20-F 1 y94512e20vf.htm CANWEST MEDIA INC. CANWEST MEIDA INC.
 

FORM 20-F

[  ] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003

OR

[  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from         to

Commission file number 333-13878

CanWest Media Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
31st Floor, TD Centre
201 Portage Avenue
Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3B 3L7
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

10 5/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011

7 5/8% Series B Senior Notes due 2013
(Title of Class)

      Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

22,786 common shares

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

      Yes   [X]         No  [  ]

      Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

      Item 17  [X ]         Item 18    [  ]

 


 

INTRODUCTION
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
ITEM 2.   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
ITEM 3.   KEY INFORMATION
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
EXCHANGE RATE DATA
INDUSTRY DATA
ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
TRENDS
OUTLOOK
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
NETWORK TEN
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
SIGNATURES
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
LETTER AGREEMENT
LETTER AGREEMENT
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES: AMEND AGREE #3
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES: AMEND AGREE #4
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS
CERTIFICATIONS
CERTIFICATIONS
CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

This Annual Report on Form 20-F relates to CanWest Media Inc. and its subsidiaries (referred to herein as the “Company” or “CanWest”). On September 24, 2001, the Registration Statement on Form F-4 that CanWest filed to register exchange notes for the initial senior subordinated notes, or the notes, that it issued on May 17, 2001 became effective. As a result, CanWest Media Inc. became a reporting company under the Exchange Act. In addition, on July 17, 2003 the Company filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC to register exchange notes for the initial senior notes, or senior notes, issued on April 3, 2003.

As used in this annual report “CanWest Publications” refers to the newspapers and Internet assets acquired by us from Hollinger International Inc., Southam Inc., Hollinger Canadian Newspapers, Limited Partnership and HCN Publications Company on November 16, 2000, including a 100% interest in the National Post and excluding those publications that have since been sold by the Company (see Item 4. Information on the Company, A. History and Development of the Company, “Recent Events”).

The information required for some items in this annual report is “not applicable” to the Company. “Not applicable” means that the response to the referenced item is omitted either in reliance on the instructions to this form or because the information sought by the referenced item does not apply to the Company or the Company has no relevant information to disclose.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements. Whenever a statement is not simply a statement of historical fact (such as a statement that includes the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” and other similar expressions), the Company’s expectations may not be correct, even though it believes on the date of this annual report that they are reasonable. The Company does not guarantee that the transactions and events described in this annual report will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). Read this annual report completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what the Company expects. The Company will not update these forward- looking statements, even though the Company’s situation may change in the future, except as required by law.

Whether actual results will conform with the Company’s present expectations and predictions is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties including:

    the significant considerations, including the risk factors, discussed in this annual report (See Item 3.D. Risk Factors);

    the Company’s outstanding indebtedness and its leverage;

    risks related to the Company’s ability to incur substantially more indebtedness;

    restrictions imposed by the terms of the Company’s indebtedness;

    risks related to the Company’s ability to successfully implement its business and operating strategies;

    risks related to the Company’s ability to effectively manage its growth; and

    the highly competitive nature of the industry in which the Company operates.

2


 

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.   KEY INFORMATION

A.   Selected Financial Data

The following tables set forth selected historical financial data for the Company. The Company’s selected historical financial data presented for, and as of the year end of, each of the years ended August 31, 1999 through 2003, are derived from the Company’s audited financial statements, which were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants.

The selected historical financial data are not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operation. The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in Canadian dollars and in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The selected historical financial data in the following tables should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements and the notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this annual report. (See Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and Item 8 Financial Information)

3


 

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in thousands)

CanWest Media Inc.

                                         
    For the fiscal year ended August 31,
   
    1999   2000   2001   2002   2003
   
 
 
 
 
Operating Data:(1)
                                       
Revenue
  $ 555,005     $ 620,269     $ 1,767,306     $ 2,120,344     $ 2,096,061  
Operating expenses
    406,978       478,953       1,333,236       1,649,294       1,616,846  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Operating profit before amortization
    148,027       141,316       434,070       471,050       479,215  
Amortization of intangibles and goodwill
    14,465       20,077       89,319       17,500       17,500  
Other amortization
    19,491       22,551       64,768       80,100       77,187  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    114,071       98,688       279,983       373,450       384,528  
Financing expenses
    42,580       59,813       268,843       255,006       248,478  
Investment and other income
    (22,473 )     (103,901 )     (31,582 )     (37,084 )     10,243  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    93,964       142,776       42,722       155,528       125,807  
Provision for (recovery of) income
Taxes
    40,679       41,757       (27,280 )     47,610       39,130  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings before the following
    53,285       101,019       70,002       107,918       86,677  
Minority interests
    9,791       2,174       (3,196 )     4,330        
Interest in earnings (loss) of
Network TEN
    68,749       72,194       52,567       (11,815 )     101,339  
Interest in earnings (loss) of other
Equity accounted affiliates
          2,286       (14,491 )     (1,523 )     (1,332 )
Realized translation adjustments
    (1,500 )     (1,300 )     (7,200 )     (1,000 )     922  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings for the year
  $ 130,325     $ 176,373     $ 97,682     $ 97,910     $ 187,606  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 130,325     $ 176,373     $ 97,682     $ 97,910     $ 187,606  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from:
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 118,037     $ 128,267     $ 190,743     $ 186,723     $ 275,083  
Investing activities
    (234,242 )     (681,191 )     (2,104,325 )     374,325       145,761  
Financing activities
    110,127       589,841       1,855,351       (522,702 )     (355,172 )
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                       
Intangibles and goodwill
  $ 428,900     $ 1,453,143     $ 3,877,579     $ 3,675,654     $ 3,518,581  
Total assets
    1,616,911       2,779,111       6,151,300       5,712,866       5,612,257  
Long- term debt
    544,675       1,168,282       2,907,527       2,379,459       2,384,146  
Equity instruments
    11,591       11,591       1,277,756       1,371,442       1,191,004  
Shareholder’s equity
    686,596       812,211       2,144,415       2,259,230       2,227,554  
U.S. GAAP Data:
                                       
Operating income
  $ 115,139     $ 102,020     $ 283,633     $ 364,052     $ 379,645  
Net earnings for the year
    137,508       212,674       17,492       22,547       80,362  
Total assets
    1,600,204       2,825,592       6,126,503       5,798,123       5,635,134  
Long term debt
    535,423       1,123,903       3,685,624       3,320,781       2,942,327  
Shareholders’ equity
    673,558       858,038       1,232,493       1,371,810       1,443,413  
Other Financial Data:
                                       
EBITDA(2)
  $ 148,027     $ 141,316     $ 434,070     $ 471,050     $ 479,215  
Distributions from Network TEN
    60,001       75,259       71,096       60,984       33,378  
Capital expenditures and other
Investments
    17,658       14,617       43,469       57,459       42,451  
Fixed charge coverage
    4.7       4.6       1.1       1.3       1.2  
Reconciliation of Non GAAP financial
Measure (2)
                                       
Operating Income
    114,071       98,688       279,983       373,450       384,528  
Amortization
    33,956       42,628       154,087       97,600       94,687  
EBITDA
  $ 148,027     $ 141,316     $ 434,070     $ 471,050     $ 479,215  

(1)   Operating data and results in the periods presented were impacted by the following business acquisitions and divestitures:

    In March 2000, the Company acquired nine television stations from WIC Western International Communications Ltd, or WIC;

    In November 2000, the Company acquired CanWest Publications;

    In January 2001, the Company acquired the remaining shares of RadioWorks New Zealand Limited, a New Zealand national radio operation;

4


 

    In March 2001, the Company restructured its controlling interest in Ireland’s TV3, at which time it began to proportionately consolidate its results;

    In August 2001, the Company disposed of ROBTv, a specialty cable channel;

    In September 2001 and October 2001, the Company disposed of its television stations, CFCF (Montreal) and CKVU (Vancouver);

    In September 2001, the Company gained effective control of the National Post and began consolidating its financial results (the Company acquired the remaining 50% not already owned in April 2002); and

    In August 2002 and February 2003, the Company disposed of certain community newspapers.

    Operating data and results under Canadian GAAP for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2001 were impacted by the adoption of new standards in respect of accounting for income taxes.

    Operating data and results under Canadian and U.S. GAAP for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 were impacted by the adoption of new standards in respect of accounting for goodwill and other intangibles. Net earnings, adjusted to exclude amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles, for the years ended August 31, 2001, 2000, 1999 would have increased by $69,079, $16,035, and $18,909, respectively under Canadian GAAP.

    Operating data and results under Canadian and U.S. GAAP for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003 were impacted by the implementation by Network TEN and its wholly controlled Australian entities of a new income tax consolidation regime provided for under enacted changes to Australian tax law.

    The Accounting Standards Board will be issuing amendments to Section 3860, Financial Instruments — Disclosure and Presentation, in January 2004, requiring that an entity account for certain financial instruments that may be settled in cash or by an issuer’s own equity instruments, at the issuer’s discretion as liabilities. The amended section will be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after November 1, 2004. The application of this standard by the Company effective September 1, 2005 may result in the reclassification of the Company’s junior subordinated notes as liabilities.

  (2)   EBITDA represents net earnings from continuing operations before realized currency translation adjustments, interest in earnings of Network TEN and other equity accounted affiliates, minority interests, provision for (recovery of) income taxes, investment and other income, financing expenses, and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized measure of financial performance under Canadian GAAP. Management utilizes EBITDA as a measure of segment profitability in making strategic resource allocations. In addition, the Company and its lenders and investors use EBITDA to measure performance against the Company’s various leverage covenants. Investors are cautioned, however, that EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income (earnings before interest and taxes, “EBIT”) or net earnings determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of the Company’s performance. The Company’s method of calculating EBITDA may differ from other companies and, accordingly, EBITDA may not be comparable to measures used by other companies. A reconciliation of EBITDA to operating income is provided above.

EXCHANGE RATE DATA

The Company prepares its financial statements in Canadian dollars. In this annual report, unless otherwise specified, all dollar amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars. The following tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between U.S. dollars and Canadian dollars based on the noon rates of exchange as reported by the Bank of Canada, expressed in U.S. dollars per Cdn$1.00. No representation is made that the Canadian dollar amounts, on the one hand, or the U.S. dollar amounts, on the other hand, referred to in this annual report could be or could have been converted into U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all.

                                         
    Years ended August 31,
   
    1999   2000   2001   2002   2003
   
 
 
 
 
High for period
  $ 0.6891     $ 0.6969     $ 0.6695     $ 0.6618     $ 0.7495  
Low for period
    0.6423       0.6629       0.6242     $ 0.6199     $ 0.6273  
End of period
    0.6682       0.6793       0.6300     $ 0.6331     $ 0.7220  
Average for period(1)
    0.6643       0.6805       0.6448     $ 0.6372     $ 0.6790  

5


 

(1)   The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the period.

                                                 
    Month ended
   
    August 31,   Sept. 30,   Oct . 31,   Nov. 30,   Dec. 31,   Jan. 31,
    2003   2003   2003   2003   2003   2004
   
 
 
 
 
 
High for period
    0.7228       0.7423       0.7670       0.7708       0.7738       0.7879  
Low for period
    0.7093       0.7206       0.7418       0.7486       0.7464       0.7497  

In this annual report, “A$” means Australian dollars, “Cdn$” or “$” means Canadian dollars, “” means Euros, “Ire£” means Irish punts, “NZ$” means New Zealand dollars and “US$” means U.S. dollars.

     On February 24, 2004, the Bank of Canada noon rate for Canadian dollars was:

    A$0.9645 per Cdn$1.00;

    Euro 0.5933 per Cdn$1.00;

    NZ$1.0904 per Cdn$1.00; and

    US$0.7530 per Cdn$1.00.

INDUSTRY DATA

     Unless otherwise indicated in this annual report:

    Individual newspaper circulation figures are from the Audit Bureau of Circulations, an independent research organization that audits the circulation of print media vehicles, including newspapers; industry-wide newspaper industry advertising revenue, circulation revenue, circulation and median newspaper price data are from the Canadian Newspaper Association, a not-for-profit industry association representing Canadian newspaper publishers.

    Broadcasting viewership data for Canada is from Nielsen Media Research Limited, a company that provides television audience measurement and related services, and BBM Bureau of Measurement, a not-for-profit broadcast research company that provides ratings information for the television, radio and interactive media industries.

    Broadcasting viewership data for Australia is from OzTam Pty Limited, a Company that provides television audience data and related services, and for New Zealand and the Republic of Ireland is from AC Nielsen Corporation, a company that provides market research, information and analysis to the consumer products and services industries.

    Broadcasting viewership data for Northern Ireland is from the Broadcasters’ Audience Research Board Ltd., a company that provides television audience data for the United Kingdom.

    Radio listenership data for New Zealand is from the New Zealand Radio Broadcasters Association, an industry association.

     Although the Company believes these independent sources are generally reliable, the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed and has not been independently verified.

B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

6


 

C.   Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.   Risk Factors

The Company’s substantial debt could adversely affect its financial condition.

The Company now has a substantial amount of debt. As of August 31, 2003, it had $2,447 million in long term debt (including the current portion) and shareholder’s equity of $2,228 million, resulting in a total debt to capitalization ratio of 52%.

The Company’s substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

    make it more difficult for the Company to satisfy its obligations with respect to the US$425.0 million 10 5/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011, its obligations with regard to the US$200.0 million 7 5/8% senior unsecured notes due 2013 and its obligations under the Company’s senior credit facility;

    require the Company to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to payments on debt, which will reduce amounts available for working capital, capital expenditures, marketing, product and program development and other general corporate purposes. The Company estimates cash flow requirements to service existing debt over the twelve months ending August 31, 2004 to be $268 million, including scheduled repayments under the senior credit facility of $38 million. Scheduled annual repayments beyond August 2004 under the senior credit facility are as follows:

Years ending:

         
August 2005   $47 million
August 2006   $57 million
August 2007   $34 million
August 2008   $138 million
August 2009   $854 million

In addition, at August 31, 2003 the Company had $250 million drawn under the revolving portion of its credit facility, which matures in November 2006.

    limit the Company’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which it operates;

    increase the Company’s vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

    place the Company at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors with less debt; and

    limit the Company’s ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, a portion of the Company’s debt, including debt under the senior credit facility, bears interest at variable rates. An increase in the interest rates on the debt will reduce the funds available to repay the notes and other debt and for operations and future business opportunities and will intensify the consequences of the Company’s leveraged capital structure.

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of our publishing assets, we issued a series of junior subordinated debentures, which we refer to as the CMI notes, to our immediate parent in an aggregate principal amount of $766.8 million ($275.0 million of obligations under the CMI notes were repaid with a portion of the proceeds of the 7 5/8% Senior Unsecured Notes). Because we have the option of paying all of our principal and interest obligations under the CMI notes with cash or shares, under Canadian GAAP, they are reflected as shareholder’s equity and are

7


 

therefore not included in the foregoing discussion of our debt. However, under U.S. GAAP, the CMI notes would be reflected as long-term debt, the effect of which, at August 31, 2003 would be to increase our total debt by $752.2 million to $3,199.4 million, and decrease total shareholder’s equity to $1,475.4 million, resulting in a total debt to total capitalization ratio of 68%. Under Canadian GAAP, the interest on the CMI notes (net of income taxes) is charged to retained earnings, while under U.S. GAAP, such interest is charged to earnings. For the year ended August 31, 2003 the ratio of the Company’s earnings to fixed charges was 1.2x under Canadian GAAP.

The Company may not successfully implement the strategies relating to its acquisitions or achieve the anticipated benefits from these acquisitions.

The acquisitions of our publishing assets forms part of a set of business strategies which are based on developing a comprehensive platform of media assets. The Company continues to refine its strategies, which include the offering of multi-platform advertising solutions, the pursuit of cross-promotional opportunities and enhanced content development. The Company believes that its convergence and synergy strategies will enable it to achieve efficiencies. However, these strategies are still under development. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to fully develop or implement these strategies or that the Company will realize the anticipated benefits of these strategies. Implementation of these strategies could also be affected by a number of factors beyond the Company’s control, including operating difficulties, increased operating costs, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions or increased competition. In addition, the Company’s ability to achieve other anticipated benefits from its recent acquisitions, including cost savings and operating efficiencies, will depend, in large part, on its ability to successfully integrate certain of the operations of the acquired assets with its existing operations. The success of the integration of the acquired assets will also require the dedication of management and other personnel resources, which may temporarily distract their attention from day-to-day business. There can be no assurances that the Company will accomplish the integration of any acquired assets successfully.

The Company may not be able to effectively manage growth.

The Company has recently experienced substantial growth in its business and has significantly expanded its operations both domestically and internationally. The Company has made a number of other acquisitions in the past and it plans to continue to make acquisitions in the future. Certain of these acquisitions have involved expansion into businesses in which the Company has historically had limited or no involvement. The Company intends to continue to increase business in Canada and in foreign markets, further expand the types of businesses in which it engages and make selective acquisitions. This growth and expansion has placed, and will continue to place, a significant demand on management resources. To manage growth effectively, the Company must maintain a high level of content quality, efficiency and performance and must continue to enhance its operational, financial and management systems, and attract, train, motivate and manage its employees. The Company may not be able to effectively manage this expansion and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company operates in highly competitive industries.

Participants in the broadcasting and publishing industries depend primarily upon the sale of advertising and paid subscriptions to generate revenue. Competition for advertising, subscribers, viewers, listeners, readers and distribution is intense and comes from broadcast television stations and networks and specialty cable channels; radio; local, regional and national newspapers; direct mail; and other communications and advertising media that operate in these markets. The Company’s competitors include both privately-owned companies and government-owned market participants. In addition, there is increasing consolidation in the Canadian broadcasting, publishing and other media industries and competitors increasingly include market participants with interests in multiple industries and media. There can be no assurances that existing and future competitors will not pursue or be capable of achieving similar or competitive business strategies. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than the Company. Competing successfully depends on a number of factors, including the Company’s ability to secure popular television programs and high quality editorial content, the Company’s ability to achieve high distribution levels and subscriptions and the Company’s ability to generate advertising revenue. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential

8


 

competitors, or that increased competition will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company competes and will continue to compete with alternative technologies and it may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continued technological development.

The media industry continues to experience rapid and significant technological changes, which may result in alternative means of program and content transmission and which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional media. Further, in each of the Company’s broadcasting markets, industry regulators have authorized direct-to-home satellite, microwave and cable services, and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television, radio and other content with improved speed and quality. The Company may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies or may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and the Company’s ability to fund such implementation may be limited and could have a material adverse effect on its ability to successfully compete in the future.

Revenue is subject to cyclical and seasonal variations and is generated primarily from advertisers.

The Company’s business is cyclical in nature. Because it depends upon the sale of advertising for a substantial portion of revenue, the Company’s operating results are sensitive to prevailing economic conditions, including changes in local, regional and national economic conditions, particularly as they may affect advertising expenditures. In addition, newspaper publishing is both capital and labor intensive and, as a result, newspapers have relatively high fixed cost structures. During periods of economic contraction, revenue may decrease while some costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings. Similarly, because a substantial portion of revenue is derived from retail advertisers, which have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially adversely affected by a downturn in the retail sector.

The Company’s business has experienced and is expected to continue to experience significant seasonality due to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on people’s viewing, reading and listening habits. Typically, revenue is lowest during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year, which ends in August, and highest during the first quarter of the fiscal year.

Acts of terrorism and other political and economic developments could adversely affect revenue.

The Company’s revenue and profitability depend on the sale of advertising. The Company’s revenues were negatively affected by the impact of the September 11th tragedy on advertising expenditures and, more recently, were modestly affected by war in Iraq in early 2003. If there are further acts of terrorism or other hostilities, or if other future financial, political, economic and other uncertainties arise, this could lead to a reduction in advertising expenditures, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company may be adversely affected by variations in television programming acquisition costs.

The most significant cost in the broadcasting businesses is television programming. There can be no assurances that the Company’s broadcasting operations will not be exposed in the future to volatile or increased television programming costs which may adversely affect its operating results. Developments in cable, satellite or other forms of distribution could also affect both the availability and the cost of programming and increase competition for advertising expenditures. In addition, the production and distribution costs of television and other forms of entertainment, as well as television programming costs, may increase. Moreover, programs may be purchased for broadcasting two to three years in advance, making it difficult to predict how such programs will perform. In some instances, programs must be replaced before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in revised amortization periods or impairments that would increase operating costs.

9


 

The Company may be adversely affected by strikes and other labor protests.

The Company estimates over half of its employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements. Any strikes or other forms of labor protest could disrupt operations and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. The CHAN television station in Vancouver, as well as the newspapers in Vancouver, The Vancouver Sun and The Province; The Times Columnist (Victoria), the Calgary Herald; and the Ottawa Citizen have each been subject to a strike over the past five years. These strikes have varied in duration with the longest continuing for approximately six months (at the Calgary Herald).

Approximately 55% of our Canadian broadcasting employees are employed under a total of 15 collective agreements. Three of these agreements are in negotiation or conciliation, and an additional three agreements will expire in 2004. Approximately 53% of our Canadian publishing employees are employed under 49 collective agreements. Six of these agreements are in negotiation; an additional one will expire in 2004; and 25 will expire in 2005. There can be no assurances that any of these collective agreements will be renewed on satisfactory terms or at all, or that we will not experience any strike or other forms of labor protest. During 2001, one of our broadcast unions applied to consolidate 12 of our bargaining units (representing approximately 900 employees) into a single bargaining unit. Any strike or other form of labor protest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company may be adversely affected by variations in the cost of newsprint.

Newsprint expense represents one of the Company’s largest raw material expenses and, after wages and employee benefits expense and programming acquisition costs, is the Company’s most significant operating cost. Newsprint costs vary widely from time to time and price changes in newsprint can significantly affect the overall earnings of the publishing operations. There can be no assurances that the publishing operations will not be exposed in the future to volatile or increased newsprint costs which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

A significant portion of the Company’s cash flow from operations has historically been attributable to distributions from Australia’s Network TEN; there can be no assurances that such distributions will continue at the same level or at all.

Distributions from The Ten Group Pty. Limited, referred to herein as Network TEN, in the form of dividends and interest payments have historically represented a significant portion of the Company’s cash flow from operations activities. Distributions from Network TEN amounted to $33.4 million in the year ended August 31, 2003. Dividends declared by Network TEN in June, October and December, 2003 resulted in the receipt of approximately $100.0 million by the Company in December 2003 and January 2004. Network TEN maintains an A$700 million credit facility; as of August 31, 2003, A$175 million was outstanding under this facility. Additional loans under Network TEN’s credit facility would increase Network TEN’s interest expense and could reduce the amount of cash available for distribution by Network TEN. The Company does not own a majority or controlling voting interest in Network TEN, nor does it exercise control over its management, strategic direction or daily operations. There can be no assurance that distributions from Network TEN will continue at a similar level or at all. A significant decline in distributions from Network TEN could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to service its indebtedness.

The Company may be adversely affected by foreign exchange fluctuations.

Fluctuations in the values of the currencies of Australia, New Zealand, Ireland and the United Kingdom relative to the Canadian dollar have affected the comparison of Canadian dollar translated amounts over periods of time. The most significant impact relates to the Australian dollar as a result of the Company’s economic interest in Network TEN. For example, the average rate of exchange used to translate results from Network TEN increased 7% in fiscal 2003, compared to fiscal 2002. Had the average exchange rate remained constant over the two years, the Company’s interest in the earnings of Network TEN in fiscal 2003 would have been $7.1 million lower. Additionally, as of August 31, 2003, since the Company’s initial acquisition of Network TEN in 1992, it has realized a total of $10.7 million in currency translation losses arising from distributions made by Network TEN to the Company.

10


 

Virtually all of the revenue is generated in the local currencies of countries in which the Company operates, while certain programming and other expenses are incurred in US dollars. In addition, a significant portion of the Company’s borrowing is denominated in U.S. dollars and interest, principal and premium, if any, on such borrowing must be paid in US dollars. As a result the Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk. In addition a significant portion of the Company’s borrowing is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, on such borrowing must be paid in U.S. dollars. The Company has entered into cross currency interest rate swaps, which convert the U.S. dollar principal and interest payable under the senior credit facility, the notes and the senior notes into Canadian dollar obligations, to hedge the foreign exchange rate risk and cash flow risk, with the exception of US$41.8 million in notes which are not hedged. In fiscal 2004 the Company has been required to make payments of a net amount of $18 million to recoup on the swaps in order to maintain the fair value of its interest rate and cross currency swaps within the limits prescribed under its senior credit facility. There can be no assurances that exchange rate fluctuations in the future will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to make payments in respect of the notes and the senior notes, as the Company may be required to provide additional cash or other collateral to secure its obligations in respect of its hedging transactions.

Changes in government regulation could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Changes to the regulations and policies governing broadcast television, specialty cable channels and program distribution through cable and direct-to-home satellite services, the introduction of new regulations or policies or terms of licenses or treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation.

Broadcasting operations are generally subject to extensive government regulation. Regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer and ownership of broadcast licenses in virtually all jurisdictions and, in some jurisdictions, govern the timing and content of programming; the timing, content and amount of commercial advertising; and the amount of foreign versus domestically produced programming. In many jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada and Northern Ireland, there are significant restrictions on the ability of foreign entities to own or control broadcasting businesses.

The Company’s Canadian television operations are regulated pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada). The Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act (Canada), among other things, grants, amends and renews broadcasting licences, approves certain changes in corporate ownership and control and may determine and implement broadcasting regulations and policies pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada), subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet. Television broadcasting operations in Canada are also subject to simultaneous program substitution requirements, cable priority carriage rules, specialty service access rules, content rules and foreign ownership restrictions, all of which the Company must comply with. Changes to the regulations and policies governing broadcast television, specialty cable channels and program distribution through cable and direct-to-home satellite services or the introduction of new regulations, policies or terms of licence or changes to the treatment of tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations.

In June 2003, a House of Commons committee, the Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage, released the findings of its study of the current state and future direction of Canada’s broadcasting system and the efficacy of the Broadcasting Act in meeting policy objectives, which commenced in May 2001. Included among the broad ranging issues considered by the Committee were cross-media ownership, foreign ownership, licence fees, program funding, community, local and regional broadcasting, the effectiveness of the CRTC, digital transmission, performance measurement and Canadian content and cultural diversity. In November 2003 the Government responded to the Report. The Government response did not deal substantively with any of the issues identified in the Heritage Committee report, but did indicate that a number of them will be the subjects of further study. Among others, the Government indicated that it would give further consideration to the issues involved in cross media ownership. The Government committed to do an analysis of foreign ownership restrictions. The Government further agreed that additional efforts needed to be made to attract increased audiences for Canadian programming and to centralize the assessment and certification of Canadian content. The introduction of new laws, regulations or policies with respect to these matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation.

11


 

The Company’s operations outside of Canada are also subject to government regulation. In Australia, the Company’s investments are subject to statutes and regulation regarding licensing, programming standards, ownership and control of commercial broadcasting services and administering the allocation of broadcasting frequency spectrum. Although the New Zealand radio and television broadcasting industry was deregulated in 1989, the Company’s New Zealand operations remain subject to broadcasting standards and to general legislation concerning foreign investment in New Zealand. Television broadcasting in the Republic of Ireland is regulated with respect to, among other things, licensing, ownership and control, advertising and programming. The Company’s Northern Ireland operations are subject to rules regarding licensing, foreign and other ownership restrictions, program quality, production and content quotas. There can be no assurances that any changes to the rules and regulations affecting the Company’s operations outside of Canada will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company’s non-Canadian subsidiaries and investments or the Company’s ability to maintain its ownership interests in its non-Canadian subsidiaries and investments.

The CRTC and other applicable broadcasting regulatory authorities may not renew the Company’s existing broadcasting licenses or grant it new licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

The Company’s CRTC broadcasting licenses must be renewed from time to time, typically every seven years, and cannot be transferred without regulatory approval. The CRTC considered the Company’s applications for the renewal of the licenses for all of its Canadian television stations, except CJNT (Montreal) (the license for which expires in 2007) in 2001. New licenses were granted with effect from September 1, 2001 for the maximum seven year term. The Company’s license for Global Prime was renewed in 2004, for the maximum seven year term and the Company’s licences for our Category 1 and Category 2 digital specialty channels expire in 2007.

While CRTC regulations and policies do not require CRTC approval before a broadcaster purchases an unregulated media entity, such as a newspaper, the CRTC considered the issue of the Company’s cross-media ownership at license renewal proceedings. The CRTC has expressed its support for the promotion of diversity in broadcasting expression at a local and national level, primarily with respect to news voices, and has the power to preserve diversity of voices and prevent or address the emergence of undue competitive advantage on behalf of one licensee where it is found to exist. As a condition of the recent license renewals, the CRTC directed the Company to abide by its proposed code of conduct respecting the maintenance of separate management over the television and print news operations. There can be no assurances that, in future license renewal proceedings, the CRTC will not require the Company to take measures which could have a material adverse effect on the integration of CanWest Publications with the Company’s broadcasting assets and the Company’s ability to continue to realize certain of the anticipated benefits of acquiring CanWest Publications.

The licenses held by Network TEN’s stations in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane and Perth were renewed in 2002 and will be subject to renewal by the Australian Broadcasting Authority in 2007. The license for Network TEN’s Adelaide station is subject to renewal in 2004. Licenses in other jurisdictions are also subject to renewal from time to time.

The Company’s inability to renew any of its licenses or acquire new interests or licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. To date, the Company has not had a licence renewal declined.

The Commissioner under the Competition Act (Canada) retains the right to challenge a transaction such as the acquisition of CanWest Publications at any time up to three years after the closing of the transaction.

Under the Competition Act, a transaction satisfying prescribed thresholds is subject to mandatory pre-merger notification to the Commissioner of Competition and observance of a prescribed short-form or long-form waiting period during which the parties are prohibited from closing the transaction. Alternatively, if the Commissioner is satisfied by the parties to a proposed transaction that there would not be sufficient grounds on which to challenge the transaction before the Competition Tribunal, the Commissioner may issue an advance ruling certificate, or an ARC, which exempts the transaction from the pre-merger notification requirements. Where the Commissioner determines the proposed transaction is likely to prevent or lessen competition substantially, the Commissioner may apply to the Competition Tribunal for an order prohibiting it or an order permitting it provided certain assets are divested and

12


 

other conditions are satisfied. Where the Commissioner has completed his review and determined that grounds do not exist to challenge a proposed transaction, the Commissioner typically advises the parties in writing that, at that time, the Commissioner will not apply to the Competition Tribunal for an order in respect of the transaction. Such a “no-action” letter remains subject to the Commissioner’s statutory right to challenge a transaction at any time up to three years after a transaction has been substantially completed. However, if the parties apply for and the Commissioner issues an ARC, and the transaction is substantially completed within one year after the ARC is issued, the Commissioner may not apply to the Competition Tribunal for an order in respect of the transaction solely on the basis of information that is the same or substantially the same as the information on the basis of which the ARC was issued.

If the Commissioner successfully challenges a completed transaction, the Competition Tribunal may issue an order requiring divestiture of assets or shares or dissolution of the merger. Also, with the consent of the parties, the Competition Tribunal may issue an order to take such other action as is deemed necessary to remedy any substantial lessening or prevention of competition the Competition Tribunal determines would result from or would be likely to result from the completion of the transaction.

The acquisitions of the publishing assets and the remaining 50% interest in the National Post were subject to pre-merger notifications under the Competition Act. The Commissioner issued a “no-action” letter prior to the closing of the acquisition of the publishing assets and issued an ARC prior to the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in the National Post. Certain conditions, which were formalized in the form of written undertakings from the Company to the Commissioner, have been satisfied. However, the Commissioner retains the right to challenge our acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in the National Post on the basis of new information at any time up to three years after it was completed in March 2002, a right the Commissioner retains in every transaction where an ARC has been issued.

CanWest Global Communications Corp. may not be successful in defending a lawsuit which has been commenced against CanWest Global Communications Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries.

On March 5, 2001, certain plaintiffs who owned a 29.3% interest in CanWest Broadcasting Ltd. or CBL filed a statement of claim with the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against CanWest Global Communications Corp., certain of its subsidiaries and Israel Asper. The plaintiffs claim, among other things, that the defendants:

    have acted in a manner that is oppressive and unfairly prejudicial to the plaintiffs;

    have improperly favored the interests of the defendants over the interests of CBL and the plaintiffs (including the diversion of corporate opportunities);

    owe fiduciary duties to the plaintiffs; and

    have wrongly terminated certain contracts with the plaintiffs and replaced them with non-arms’ length contracts.

The plaintiffs are seeking, among other things, damages of $345.0 million (including aggravated and punitive damages).

At the time of the commencement of the action, the Company owned 70.67% of CBL and the plaintiffs owned the minority interest. CBL owned the Global Television Network stations in British Columbia (CKVU), Manitoba (CKND) and Saskatchewan (CFRE and CFSK). On May 1, 2001, CBL amalgamated with one of the Company’s indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries to continue as CBL Amalco. Under the terms of the amalgamation agreement, the Company received all of the shares of CBL Amalco and the minority shareholders of CBL received special preference shares of CanWest Global Communications Corp. CanWest Global Communications Corp. redeemed the special preference shares for $57.7 million on December 18, 2002. There can be no assurances as to the outcome of the lawsuit, the timing or amounts of any payments the Company may make in connection with the lawsuit (including litigation expenses), whether any additional allegations or claims will be made, how long the suit will last or as to any of the other risks inherent in any litigation. There can be no assurances that CanWest Global Communications Corp. and the other defendants will be successful in defending this lawsuit. While the Company

13


 

believes these claims to be substantially without merit, a significant adverse result could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Specifically, the lawsuit could adversely affect the value of the Company’s equity interests in its subsidiaries named as defendants.

The Company does not control and is not permitted to control some of its broadcasting assets.

The Company does not own a majority voting interest in Australia’s Network TEN, nor does it control its management or strategic direction, and the Company is not permitted under Australian law to own more than 15% of the equity of Network TEN. The Company does not own a majority interest in Northern Ireland’s UTV, nor does it have any representation on its board of directors. The Company does not own a majority interest in TV3. There can be no assurances that any or all of Network TEN, UTV and TV3 will not take any actions that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s economic or ownership interest in such entities.

The Company may be adversely affected by changes in government incentive programs for Canadian program production.

The CRTC requires Canadian broadcasters to broadcast certain amounts of content of Canadian origin. Often, a portion of the production budgets of Canadian programs is financed by Canadian government agencies and incentive programs, such as the Canadian Television Fund, Telefilm Canada and federal and provincial tax credits. There can be no assurances that such financing will continue to be available at current levels, or at all. Reductions or other changes in the policies of Canada or its provinces in connection with their incentive programs could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Company is subject to extensive environmental and other regulations.

The Company is subject to a variety of Canadian and foreign environmental laws and regulations concerning emissions to the air, water and sewer discharges, handling, storage and disposal of wastes, recycling, remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to protection of the environment. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability. The Company’s properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses (or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties) which may affect its properties and require further study or remedial measures. There can be no assurances that all environmental liabilities have been identified, that any prior owner of the properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to the Company, or that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist at any of its properties.

ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.   History and Development of the Company

CanWest Media Inc., or the Company, is an international media company with interests in broadcast television, newspapers, radio, specialty cable channels and Internet websites in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Since its incorporation in 2000, the majority of the Company’s revenue has been derived from its Canadian television operations and its Canadian publishing operations, the latter of which were acquired at the end of 2000 for approximately $3.1 billion. Prior to such acquisition, the Company did not have any significant publishing operations.

On September 28, 2000, the Company was incorporated in Canada under the Canada Business Corporations Act (Canada) as an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest Global Communications Corp., to acquire 100% of the common shares of Global Television Network Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest Global Communications Corp. and to consummate the acquisition of CanWest Publications described below. The Company’s corporate and principal office is located on the 31st Floor TD Centre, 201 Portage Avenue, Winnipeg, Manitoba, R3B 3L7. The Company’s telephone number is (204) 956-2025. The Company appointed CanWest International Corp., a Delaware corporation, as its authorized agent. CanWest International Corp.’s address is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

14


 

In Canada, through its 100% ownership of Global Television Network Inc. (“GTNI”), the Company owns 100% of Global Communications Limited (“GCL”). GCL owns and operates 16 Canadian television stations, eleven of which comprise the Global Television Network (“Global Television”). Of the remaining stations, three comprise the Company’s CH network and two are affiliated with another network. In addition to the conventional free-to-air television stations, GCL owns Global Prime, a specialty television channel, and GTNI has varying interests in seven partnerships which own and operate digital specialty television channels as follows: Lonestar (100%); DejaView (100%); Fox Sports World Canada (100%); Xtreme Sports (100%); mentv (49%); Mystery TV (45.05%); and CoolTV (100%). GCL owns and operates COOL FM a jazz radio station and The Beat, a contemporary urban radio station. GCL owns and operates, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, 12 daily metropolitan Canadian newspapers, several non-daily newspaper and other publications businesses, and The National Post Company which produces the National Post, a Canadian daily national newspaper. GCL also owns 100% of canada.com New Media Inc., which owns and operates canada.com, a full-service Internet portal and a number of websites affiliated with the Company’s media properties. Additionally, the Company’s electronic publishing arm consists of FP Data Group and Infomart.

Internationally, the Company owns CanWest Television NZ Limited which owns and operates New Zealand’s 3 and C4 Television Networks; CanWest Radio NZ Limited (“CanWest Radio NZ”) which owns and operates the More FM and RadioWorks networks throughout New Zealand. The Company also has significant investments in Australia, in The TEN Group Pty. Limited (“Network TEN”), in the Republic of Ireland, in TV3 Television Network Limited (“TV3 Ireland”) and in Northern Ireland, in Ulster Television plc. (“UTV”). The Company’s Interactive division holds interests in Internet Broadcasting Systems Inc.

Recent Developments

Refinancing of Senior Secured Credit Facility

In August 2003, the Company refinanced $940 million of its existing senior secured credit facilities. The transaction involved refinancing two of the term loans into a single loan at current market rates. The refinancing will achieve annual interest savings of approximately $8 million.

Sale of Shares of SBS Broadcasting S.A.

In July 2003, the Company sold its holding of 2,032,300 common shares of SBS Broadcasting S.A. to a U.S. institutional investor for US$16.10 per share. The net proceeds from the transaction, approximately US$32.7 million ($44.1 million), were used to reduce corporate debt.

Debt Offering

In April 2003, the Company completed a private placement of $295 million in unsecured senior notes at a coupon interest rate of 7 5/8% per annum with a ten-year term. The proceeds from the sale were used to retire a portion of the junior subordinated notes payable to the Company’s parent which will result in annual interest savings of approximately $12 million.

Radio Application Approved

In August 2002 the Company received its first broadcast licence for radio in Canada, 99.1 COOL FM, a jazz station, in it’s home city of Winnipeg. The station launched in February 2003. In January 2004, the Company launched its second radio station in Canada, The Beat, a contemporary urban station in the Kitchener-Waterloo region.

Sale of Certain Community Newspapers

In February 2003, the Company sold community newspapers and related assets in Ontario to Osprey Media Inc. for cash proceeds of approximately $193.5 million. The sale included daily newspapers such as the St. Catharines Standard, the Brantford Expositor, the Niagara Falls Review, and the Welland Tribune. The transaction included a number of other periodicals as well as commercial printing operations in Hamilton. Revenue and EBITDA generated from these properties in fiscal 2002 were approximately $87 million and $22 million respectively.

15


 

In August 2002 the Company sold all of its community newspapers and related assets in Atlantic Canada and Saskatchewan to GTC Transcontinental Group Ltd. for cash proceeds of approximately $257 million. The sale included daily newspapers such as the Halifax Daily News, Charlottetown Guardian, St. John’s Telegram, New Glasgow Evening News, Cape Breton Post, Truro Daily News, Prince Albert Daily Herald, and the Moose Jaw Times. The transaction also included other weeklies, monthlies, shoppers and insert publications, as well as commercial printing operations in Prince Edward Island and Saskatchewan. Revenue and EBITDA generated from these properties in fiscal 2002 were approximately $94 million and $30 million, respectively.

The proceeds from these sales were used to reduce senior bank debt.

Integrated Management Structure for Canadian Media Operations

In January 2003, the Company announced the implementation of a new management structure for its Canadian Media business to further integrate its broadcasting and publishing operations, an important step in its multi-platform media strategy. Under the new structure, the Company’s Canadian broadcast and publishing operations will be operated under the common leadership of Rick Camilleri, Chief Operating Officer. Gerry Noble, former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company’s broadcasting operations remained with the Company as special advisor until August, 2003. The Company appointed Robert Calvert as Senior Vice President, Operations, and John Burgis as Executive Vice President, Business Services and Finance. Both Robert Calvert and John Burgis have over 20 years of experience in the newspaper publishing and television broadcasting industries, respectively, largely with the Company’s Canadian media operations.

Election under Australian Tax Consolidation Legislation

During the year ended August 31, 2003, Network TEN and its wholly controlled Australian entities implemented a new income tax consolidation regime provided for under enacted changes to Australian tax law. During the application of the new regime, the tax values of certain assets were reset. This resulted in the revision of goodwill and intangible assets of approximately $47.3 million, and equivalent additional future income tax liabilities. In addition, the new regime allowed for the uplift in the tax value of certain assets; as a result, a non-recurring income tax recovery of $63.9 million was recorded related to reduction of future tax liabilities.

Settlement of Tax Dispute by Network TEN

On August 30, 2002 Network TEN settled a long-standing dispute with the Australian Tax Office (“ATO”) over the deductibility of debenture interest payments. The settlement resulted in a non-recurring tax expense to Network TEN of A$36 million, including costs incurred in respect of the dispute. Due to a change in legislation, debenture interest payments made by Network TEN will not be deductible after June 30, 2004.

Acquisition of Eye Corp. by Network TEN

In August 2002, Network TEN bought the remaining 40% interest in Eye Corp, Australia’s second largest outdoor advertising company. Network TEN had acquired it’s original 60% interest in December 2000. The total purchase price of A$189.9 million for the 100% interest was paid in cash with available funds, including draws under Network TEN’s credit facility. Eye Corp.’s outdoor signage and airport, point of purchase and shopping center advertising complement Network TEN’s broadcasting operations and provide Network TEN with enhanced multi-media advertising opportunities. Eye Corp. operates an extensive out-of-home advertising network across Australia, and to a lesser extent, in several South East Asian countries including Indonesia and Malaysia. During 2002, Network TEN wrote down its investment in Eye Corp. by A$178 million.

16


 

B.   Business Overview

The Company’s Markets

General

The Company operates in the commercial television markets in Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Ireland, the commercial radio market in New Zealand and the newspaper publishing industry in Canada. Currently, these countries have well-developed economies and advertising markets. Commercial television stations (stations which derive most of their revenue from the sale of advertising time) began broadcasting on a regular basis in the United States in the 1940’s, Canada and Australia in the 1950’s, and in New Zealand and Ireland in the 1960’s.

The following table sets forth demographic and market information for calendar year 2002 for the countries in which CanWest currently operates:

Selected Market Information

                                                         
                            Daily   Daily        
            Total Major Media   Television   Newspaper   Newspaper   Out-of-Home   Radio
            Advertising   Advertising   Advertising   Circulation   Advertising   Advertising
    Population   Expenditures   Expenditures   Expenditures   Revenue   Expenditures   Expenditures
    (millions)   (millions)   (millions)   (millions)   (millions)   (millions)   (millions)
 
Canada
    31.4       C$7,047       C$2,612       C$2,510       C$674       C$273       C$1,094  
Australia
    19.6       A$7,359       A$2,490       n/a       n/a       A$271       n/a  
New Zealand     4.0       NZ$1,565     NZ$516     n/a       n/a       n/a     NZ$203
Ireland
    3.9       700       165       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  

Television Ratings and Transmission

Revenue in the broadcasting industry is derived primarily from the sale of broadcast air time. The advertising rates that a television station can command are based, to a large extent, on the station’s share of the total potential audience in the market (the station’s “ratings”), the demographic and socio-economic composition of its audience and the price and availability of advertising time on competing networks or in suitable alternative media. Advertising agencies and media buyers use ratings to direct their clients’ advertising expenditures to the appropriate audience. The size and demographics of the audience that a network can offer to potential advertisers in turn depends upon the attractiveness to potential viewers of the television network’s programming.

For potential advertisers, the two most important measurement statistics for television audiences are rating points and share. One “rating point” equals one per cent of a defined population within a defined geographic area viewing a particular program for a specified time period. Rating points in the aggregate measure the size of the actual viewing audience as a percentage of the total potential viewing audience. “Share” indicates the percentage of people within a defined population who are viewing television and who are tuned to a particular program for a specific time period in a specific area, and thus measures the market share held by a particular program relative to the actual viewing audience.

The two basic methods of television transmission in use in CanWest’s existing markets are: (i) over-the-air television broadcasting, which can be either local or national in scope (these operations are often referred to as “terrestrial” broadcast operations), and (ii) satellite-to-cable and direct satellite (“direct-to-home”) broadcasting. In over-the-air broadcasting, the station operator broadcasts its signal at an established frequency and power via one or more land-based transmitters, each with a limited geographic range. In satellite-to-cable broadcasting, the station operator transmits its signal to a satellite which redirects the signal to either a ground based antenna which is connected to a cable system or directly to a home television via a satellite receiver. In satellite-to-cable and direct-to-home broadcasting, the signal can originate from the territory where the viewer is situated or can be broadcast from abroad. While over-the-air broadcasters can typically be received by virtually all of the television households in the geographic area covered by their broadcast signal, satellite broadcasters can be received only by television households connected to a cable system or households that have satellite receivers and, if the signals are encrypted, signal decoders.

17


 

Newspaper Advertising, Circulation and Distribution

Revenue in the newspaper industry is derived primarily from advertising and circulation. Advertising and circulation comprised 79% and 18% respectively of the Company’s newspaper revenues for the year ended August 31, 2003.

Advertising revenues are generated through the sale of retail, classified and national advertising. Retail advertising is display advertising, typically placed by local merchants such as department and grocery stores. Classified advertising includes advertisements listed together in sequence by category, such as automobile sales, real estate sales or help wanted. National advertising is advertising principally from advertisers promoting a product on a national basis.

Newspaper distribution is carried out primarily by a system of independent carriers, wholesalers and dealers, through which newspapers are delivered to individual subscribers. Single copies are also sold through vending boxes and retail outlets in the relevant circulation area.

Revenue

Until November 2000 CanWest operated primarily within the television broadcasting industry in Canada, Australia, New Zealand and the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements for August 31, 2001 include the accounts of CanWest Publications from November 16, 2000, the date of acquisition. The Company accounts for its interest in Network TEN using the equity basis of accounting. The Company accounted for its interest in the National Post using the equity basis of accounting until September 1, 2001, and subsequently consolidated its interest. The Company’s investment in UTV is accounted using the cost basis of accounting.

Geographic and industry segment revenues for the last three fiscal years is presented below.

                         
    For the years ended August 31
    (in thousands of dollars)
    2003   2002   2001
   
 
 
Canada
                       
- Television
    730,407       691,888       701,027  
- Publishing & Online
    1,164,012       1,270,336       919,923  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    1,894,419       1,962,224       1,620,950  
New Zealand
                       
- Television
    95,752       69,079       58,436  
- Radio
    73,400       60,724       56,864  
Ireland
    32,490       28,317       31,056  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    2,096,061       2,120,344       1,767,306  
 
   
     
     
 

For the years ended August 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 the Company’s equity interest in the earnings of Australia’s Network TEN was $101,339,000, a loss of $11,815,000 and earnings of $52,567,000, respectively.

Canadian Operations

Canadian Television Industry

General

The Canadian television broadcasting industry is currently comprised of: (i) three English-language national networks, including Global Television, and one French-language national network; (ii) two French-language networks based in Quebec; and (iii) a number of local stations, including those of the Company.

Two of the four national networks are government-owned and operated by the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (the “CBC”). The CBC operates one network in English and one in French and both are financed by a combination

18


 

of parliamentary grants and commercial revenues. CTV Television Network Inc. (“CTV”) is Canada’s third national network.

In addition to receiving signals from Canadian broadcasters, virtually all populated areas of Canada have access either directly by over-the-air broadcasts or through cable television to the signals of U.S. border stations. These stations are usually affiliated with one of four national U.S. commercial networks (ABC, CBS, Fox or NBC) or with the Public Broadcasting System. Numerous Canadian and American English-language and French-language specialty programming services are also available via cable service in most areas on either basic or optional cable service basis. The extensive penetration of cable television in most Canadian cities has resulted in most television viewers in those areas having a wide range of viewing options. In the fall of 2000 the CRTC awarded a total of 283 new digital specialty cable channels, which will increase the viewing options available to Canadians over time. Of the new licences granted, approximately 48 new digital specialty channels have been launched to date.

The following table reflects the respective share of the English-language audience held by the major Canadian networks and station groups in Spring 2003 as a percentage of both Canadian television and total television viewership:

                   
Network or Station   Share of Canadian    
Group   Television   Share of Total Television

 
 
Global Television Network
    20.8 %     14.0 %
CTV
    21.0 %     14.1 %
CBC
    9.0 %     6.1 %
CHUM
    8.5 %     5.7 %
Other broadcast stations
    6.5 %     4.4 %
Specialty cable channels
    34.2 %     23.0 %
 
   
     
 
Total
               
 
English-language broadcasting
    100.0 %     67.2 %
 
   
     
 

Source: Bureau of Broadcast Measurement (“BBM”) sweeps, Monday to Sunday, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. adults ages 18 to 49.

Simultaneous Program Substitution

A significant aspect of over-the-air broadcasting operations in Canada is the regulatory requirement of simultaneous program substitution or “simulcasting”. Due to Canada’s geographic proximity to the United States, the Cable Television Regulations in Canada require that cable television systems with over 2,000 subscribers must substitute the Canadian over-the-air broadcast of a U.S. program, including the Canadian commercials, for the broadcast of an identical program by a U.S. station when the two programs are broadcast at the same time. Direct-to-home satellite services also have program substitution obligations under these regulations. This effectively means that the Canadian station’s signal and advertisements appear on two or more channels simultaneously, including the originating Canadian channel and the channel of the U.S. station for whose signal it is being substituted. In so doing, Canadian over-the-air broadcasters, which have purchased exclusive local broadcast rights from U.S. programming distributors or producers, are compensated to some degree for the encroachment by U.S. broadcasters via cable and direct-to-home satellite services.

Television broadcasting in Canada is subject to cable priority carriage rules, whereby cable systems with over 2,000 subscribers must carry the signals of local broadcasters as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under these rules is designed to ensure that they reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement.

In markets with significant cable television penetration, broadcasting a Canadian signal simultaneously on two or more cable channels can substantially increase the potential size of a Canadian broadcaster’s audience, and thus

19


 

rating points and share. As a result, advertisers are prepared to pay more for broadcast airtime in simulcast programs. Canadian broadcasters generally attempt to maximize the number of simulcast programs in their schedules.

Also important to television broadcasting operations is the specialty service access rules, which require cable systems with more than 6,000 subscribers operating in an English-language market to deliver each English-language specialty service licenced for the area, other than certain religious services, to the extent of available channels. Similarly, direct-to-home satellite services, must, by regulation, distribute all Canadian Specialty services, other than certain religious services. These rules help to ensure wider carriage for Canadian specialty services than might otherwise be secured through negotiation with the cable companies.

The CRTC has indicated that it intends to merge the licences held by operators of multiple cable systems into a maximum of three licences per operator in a given region. However, the CRTC has stated that rules related to the carriage of programming services and program substitution must be maintained within the regional licencing context.

In addition, Canadian broadcasters are required to show specified percentages of programming of Canadian origin during a broadcast day and, specifically, during the evening period.

Canadian Television Operations

General

The Company, through its principal broadcasting subsidiaries in Canada, is currently licensed to provide over-the-air English-language television broadcasting services through 16 television stations located in eight of Canada’s ten provinces. The Company’s broadcast interests have developed through the acquisition and turnaround of financially distressed stations, the start-up of new stations, and the acquisition of stations previously owned by WIC.

CanWest’s national network of stations, Global Television, includes eleven stations and broadcasts to all major metropolitan markets in Canada, including Toronto, Montreal, Vancouver, Ottawa, Calgary, Edmonton, Quebec and Winnipeg. Global Television Network stations reach an estimated 23.6 million persons, or approximately 97% of Canada’s English-language market, and is targeted to appeal to adults ages 18 to 49.

Two independent stations, CHCH in Hamilton and CHEK in Victoria, are regional stations offering a broad range of entertainment, news and information programming. CHCH reaches 90% of viewers in the province of Ontario, or approximately 10.4 million people, and CHEK reaches 81% of viewers in British Columbia, or approximately 3.1 million people. The acquisition of these stations from WIC provides second stations in Canada’s three largest English-language markets: Toronto/Hamilton, Vancouver/Victoria and Ottawa/Hull. The Company’s “CH” brand stations, including CHCH and CHEK are targeted at the adult audience ages 25 to 54, a more mature demographic group than the 18 to 49 year old audience targeted by the Global Television Network. A third independent station, CH-Horizon in Montreal, Quebec, broadcasts a schedule consisting primarily of multi-cultural programming.

CanWest also owns two stations affiliated with the CBC, which were acquired as part of the WIC transaction.

CanWest also owns Global Prime, a Canadian cable specialty channel providing entertainment and information programming to the “baby boomer” generation.

In November 2000, the CRTC awarded licences to operate three new digital Category 1 specialty channels and 27 new digital Category 2 specialty channels to the Company and various third parties who will hold interests in the entities holding the licences. Cable and Satellite service operators are legally required to carry Category 1 channels, and can carry Category 2 channels at their option. From time to time the CRTC may award additional licences. The Company launched two Category 1 services, mentv and Mystery TV and four Category 2 channels, Lonestar, DejaView, Fox Sports World Canada and Xtreme Sports in September 2001. In September 2003, the Company launched CoolTV, a category 2 channel.

20


 

Operating Strategy

The key elements of the Company’s operating strategy are to: (i) broadcast top-rated series programming targeting the adult 18 to 49 year old or 25 to 54 year old demographic; (ii) purchase national rights to such programming; and (iii) maximize simulcasting programming opportunities. The Company emphasizes the broadcasting and aggressive promotion of top-rated series programming and seeks to develop viewer loyalty by offering a regular, consistent programming format, which the Company calls “appointment television”. By purchasing national broadcasting rights to such programming, the Company is able to control its distribution throughout Canada, including its syndication to affiliated or non-competing stations, which in turn, decreases programming costs for the Company’s owned stations. In addition, the Company controls programming costs by producing only its news and sports programming in-house and by entering into partnership agreements with production companies to acquire or produce programming. The Company further offsets programming costs through the sale of syndication rights and the sublicensing to non-competing broadcasters of regional broadcasting rights for programming for which it has national rights. The Company also seeks to produce high quality Canadian news and series programming of relevance to local and national audiences and believes that success in this area represents a growth opportunity.

CanWest attempts to simulcast its US-originated programming whenever possible in order to maximize ratings and share through the inclusion of the additional audience available from the duplication of its signal on cable television. CanWest believes that it has greater flexibility than its competitors in coordinating its program schedules to match those of U.S. broadcasters.

Advertising Market

In 2002, English-language and French-language television advertising expenditures in Canada were approximately $2.6 billion, representing approximately 37% of major media advertising expenditures of $7.0 billion. Television advertising expenditures in 2002 included approximately $508 million related to specialty channels.

CanWest derives its revenue in Canada primarily from the sale of broadcast airtime to national, regional and local advertisers. CanWest Media Sales Limited (“CanWest Media”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is the principal national advertising sales representative for each of the Company’s stations and also represents other, non-competing television broadcasters. CanWest Media is the largest television advertising sales representation company in Canada in terms of sales revenues. CanWest Media, through its offices in Toronto and Montreal, is responsible for the Company’s sales to national advertisers while sales to regional and local advertisers are made by each station’s local staff. In fiscal 2003, approximately 91% of the revenue delivered from the sale of broadcast airtime related to sales to national advertisers and 9% related to sales to regional and local advertisers. By condition of its broadcasting licences in Ontario and Quebec, Global Television can sell broadcast airtime only to national advertisers. Based on information provided by the CRTC, the Company estimates its share of the Canadian English-language television advertising market (conventional and specialty) was 29% in 2002.

CanWest believes that its significant presence in the three largest English-speaking markets in Canada position it to benefit from the continuing shift in advertising expenditures towards major markets at the expense of secondary markets. In addition, management believes that CanWest offers an advantage to national advertisers over its competitors in that such advertisers need only to deal with one agent, CanWest Media, when purchasing broadcast airtime. In contrast, a purchaser of national advertising from one of its competitors may be required to purchase broadcast airtime at both the network level and from selected local affiliates.

Ratings

According to independent surveys, Global Television enjoyed high ratings and strong audience shares during fiscal 2003.

21


 

The following table sets forth the relative ranking and audience share of the Company’s originating broadcast television stations in each of their respective Demographic Market Areas or Extended Market Areas for Fall 2002/Spring 2003:

                             
        Stations in   Rank in   Audience
    Call Sign   DMA/EMA   DMA/EMA(1)   Share(1)
   
 
 
 
Global Television Network:
 
 
                       
Global Ontario
 
CIII
    14       2       11.2 %
Global Quebec
 
CKMI
    8       2       10.8 %
Global Vancouver
 
CHAN
    13       1       12.2 %
Global Calgary
 
CICT
    8       2       15.1 %
Global Edmonton
 
CITV
    8       1       14.7 %
Global Winnipeg
 
CKND
    8       2       12.9 %
Global Halifax
 
CIHFNS
    8       2       10.9 %
Global Saskatoon
 
CFSK
    7       2       11.3 %
Global Regina
 
CFRE
    7       2       9.7 %
Global Saint John
 
CIHF-NB
    8       1       9.8 %
Global Lethbridge (2)(3)
 
CISA
    9       1       15.3 %
CH Television System:
 
 
                       
Montreal, Quebec
 
CJNT
    8       7       2.8 %
Hamilton, Ontario(4)
 
CHCH
    14       4       5.2 %
Victoria, British Columbia (6)
 
CHEK
    13       5       5.6 %
CBC Affiliates:
 
 
                       
Kelowna, British Columbia (5)
 
CHBC
    8       5       4.7 %
Red Deer, Alberta
 
CKRD
    8       4       3.8 %

(1)   Monday to Sunday, Central Prime Time (8:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. in all markets except Saskatchewan and Manitoba where, due to time zone differences with U.S. border stations, Central Prime Time is 7:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.) For Toronto/Hamilton and Vancouver/Victoria September 2, 2002 to December 22, 2002 and January 6, 2003 to May 25, 2003 BBM Meter Research adults ages 18 to 49 All other markets: Fall 2002 and Spring 2003 average BBM Sweeps, adults ages 18 to 49
 
(2)   BBM Area 8021 — Lethbridge area
 
(3)   CISA is a repeater of CICT Calgary
 
(4)   Rank and Share in the Toronto/Hamilton EMA
 
(5)   North Okanagan County
 
(6)   Rank and Share in Vancouver EMA

22


 

The following table sets forth Global Television’s audience shares and that of its competitors in each of the Toronto/Hamilton and Vancouver/Victoria markets for the 2002 and 2003 broadcast years, BBM Meter data:

Audience Share in Selected Major Markets

                                                 
    Audience Share(1)
   
    Prime-time:            
    7PM-11PM(2)   Rank(3)   6AM-MIDNIGHT(2)   Rank(3)
   
 
 
 
    2002/2003   2001/2002   2002/2003   2002/2003   2001/2002   2002/2003
   
 
 
 
 
 
    %   %           %   %        
Toronto/Hamilton:
                                               
CTV-CFTO
    11.7       11.4       1       9.8       10.0       1  
Global Ontario – CIII
    10.7       11.9       2       8.8       9.5       2  
Independent – CITY
    8.7       8.5       3       7.8       8.1       3  
CBC – CBLT
    5.3       8.8       4       4.0       6.8       5  
Independent – CHCH
    5.1       4.7       5       4.2       3.8       4  
Independent – CKVR
    2.9       2.6       6       2.3       2.5       7  
Fox – WUTV
    2.7       3.0       7       3.2       3.4       6  
Rogers – CFMT
    1.7       1.9       8       2.3       2.7       7  
Vancouver/Victoria:
                                               
Global Vancouver- CHAN
    11.6       13.0       1       11.8       12.4       1  
Independent – CIVT
    9.8       8.3       2       6.6       6.1       2  
CBC – CBUT
    8.0       7.6       3       6.5       8.0       3  
Independent – CHEK
    5.6       5.1       4       4.3       4.2       4  
CHUM-CKVU
    5.5       5.6       5       4.1       4.0       5  
CHUM – CIVI
    3.4       3.1       6       2.5       2.2       6  
Independent – KVOS
    1.6       1.9       7       2.0       2.4       7  

(1)   Audience share among adults 18 to 49
 
(2)   09/16/2002 to 05/25/2003 and 09/17/2001 to 05/26/2002
 
(3)   Based upon figures reported in this table

Programming

Substantially all of the Company’s acquired programming is purchased for national exposure in Canada and the majority of the programming is produced within Canada and the United States. In order to gain economies of scale, the programming is often purchased for multiple levels, including telecast rights for our specialty and digital television channels as well as conventional television outlets. Many of the Company’s programming agreements are for multi-year program supply. Such agreements are currently held with several major non-Canadian studios, including Sony Pictures Television (Columbia), Fox, Vivendi Universal, Paramount, CBS and NBC. These agreements require suppliers to provide, and the Company to buy, pre-agreed amounts of programming over one or more years. These agreements have provided price stability for the Company’s program acquisitions and have enhanced our ability to retain highly-rated US network series programming and to acquire desirable new programming while, at the same time, helping to soften the effect of the very cyclical nature of most television programs.

Both Global Television and the independent stations broadcast many of the most popular programs in Canada. Among the many “hit” shows in our current program schedules are a combination of recent entrants and established programs, including Survivor, Frasier, Friends, Will and Grace, Everybody Loves Raymond, 60 Minutes, Fear Factor, The Simpsons, NYPD Blue, Gilmore Girls, The Practice, Boston Public, That 70’s Show, Malcolm in the Middle, and 24. Global Television is also Canada’s television source for world class sporting events such as NFL football (including the Super Bowl), Molson Indy, the Masters Golf Tournament and the Wimbledon Tennis Finals. In 2002, Global Television introduced Global Showcase, a series of Canadian documentaries from

23


 

independent producers across all the regions of Canada. Several of the programs have aired to strong national acclaim, including On Wings and Dreams, which was nominated for a Gemini Award in 2002. The two Canadian hour-long action series, Mutant X and Andromeda are also generating very positive audience reaction.

Since launching the Global National news in September 2001, during what must rank as one of the most intense news gathering periods in the history of television, (Global National anchor Kevin Newman was the first Canadian national newscaster on the air with the devastating news from New York on September 11, 2001), it has gained stature among its peers and with its audience. The BBM has placed Global National as the number two national newscast in Canada — and the audience growth continues. Global National, Canada’s only national dinner-hour newscast, has already been recognized with two Gemini nominations and two major Radio Television News Director Association awards. Strategically, Global National has enhanced the news “brand” and credibility of many of Global Television’s local television news and public affairs programs. Each of the local stations maintains local news teams which coordinate with national news bureaus in Ottawa and Calgary and international news bureaus in Washington, D.C., and London, England. Local news is in increasingly high demand in virtually all of the Company’s television markets.

Canadian Publishing Industry

General

The Canadian newspaper industry is comprised of over 100 daily paid circulation newspapers and numerous non-daily paid and free-distribution publications. The industry is mature and is dominated by a small number of major publishers. CanWest is the largest newspaper publisher in Canada, with 29% of daily newspaper circulation (including the National Post), ahead of Quebecor Inc. (21%), Torstar Corporation (14%), Power Corporation (9%), Bell Globemedia (6%), Osprey Media (6%), and others (15%).

Total Canadian daily newspaper industry revenue was $3.2 billion in 2002, with 79% derived from advertising and the balance of 21% coming from circulation. Advertising revenue and, to a lesser extent, circulation revenue are cyclical and dependent upon general economic conditions. Historically, increases in advertising revenue have corresponded with periods of economic growth, while decreases have corresponded with general economic downturns and regional and local recessions. Daily newspaper advertising revenue decreased by 0.3%, or $8.5 million in 2002 following a decrease by 3%, or $80 million in 2001. The decline in 2001 followed six successive years of growth from the $1.8 billion posted in 1994. Most of the losses in 2001 were attributable to declines in national and classified lineage.

Daily newspaper circulation revenue decreased slightly from $692.7 million in 1995 to $673.8 million in 2002 as price increases offset receding demand. The median single copy price for a weekday edition of a Canadian daily newspaper increased from $0.65 in 1995 to $0.75 in 2002, partly in an attempt by newspaper publishers to offset the impact of significant increases in newsprint prices during earlier periods. Average daily newspaper circulation declined 3.5% in 2002 to 5.0 million copies from 5.2 million copies in 2001.

CanWest’s Publishing Operations

General

CanWest is the largest publisher of daily newspapers in Canada, as measured by circulation, revenue and EBITDA. The Company’s publications include 10 daily newspapers, all of which serve markets also reached by the Company’s broadcast television signals. In addition, the Company owns and operates several small market daily newspapers, non-daily newspapers, shopping guides and other newspaper-related publications. The Company also owns the National Post, one of Canada’s two national daily newspapers.

The Company’s newspapers (including the National Post) have an average daily paid circulation of 1.4 million copies, representing 34.8% of Canada’s daily average English-language newspaper circulation, and an estimated average daily readership of 3.0 million people. Most of the Company’s newspapers have the highest circulation among publications in their markets and many of its publications serving smaller cities and towns are the only

24


 

general circulation newspapers published in their markets. The high cost associated with starting a major daily newspaper operation constitutes a barrier to entry by potential new competitors to larger daily newspapers. While Internet advertising may become more competitive in the future, it has not yet had a significant impact on revenue or EBITDA of CanWest Publications.

The following table provides circulation statistics for the six months ended September 30, 2003 for the major newspapers (excluding the National Post):

                     
        Average    
Newspaper   CMA   Daily Circulation   Market Position

 
 
 
The Vancouver Sun   Vancouver, British
Columbia
 
197,047

 
1

The Province   Vancouver, British
Columbia
 
166,894

 
2

The Gazette   Montreal, Quebec  
142,885

 
1
(1)
Ottawa Citizen   Ottawa, Ontario  
135,000

 
1

The Edmonton Journal   Edmonton, Alberta  
130,238

 
1

Calgary Herald   Calgary, Alberta  
116,106

 
1

The Windsor Star   Windsor, Ontario  
74,764

 
1

The Times Colonist   Victoria, British Columbia  
70,465

 
1

The Star Phoenix   Saskatoon, Saskatchewan  
55,459

 
1

The Leader Post   Regina, Saskatchewan  
50,558

 
1

    (1)    Number one English-language newspaper; number three overall.
Source: September 30, 2003 ABC FAS-FAX, released November 3, 2003

The National Post is a Canadian national newspaper with an average daily circulation of 251,517 for the six months ended September 30, 2003. The National Post was developed from The Financial Post, a daily business newspaper based in Toronto. Since its launch on October 27, 1998, the National Post has established a large national readership with attractive demographics.

The National Post’s sole competitor as a national newspaper is The Globe and Mail. In Toronto, the National Post competes with the Toronto Star, The Sun and The Globe and Mail.

The National Post is printed at CanWest’s facilities in Calgary, Regina, Montreal and Ottawa, and by third-party printing contractors in Vancouver, Toronto, Borden and St. John’s.

Raw Material

Newsprint comprised approximately $137 million, or 15% of the total costs of CanWest Publications for the year ending August 31, 2003. Newsprint is a commodity subject to considerable price volatility. For example, the average price of newsprint decreased by 4% in the twelve months ending August 31, 2003 compared to the prior year. Subsequent to August 31, 2003 prices have increased by about 5%. CanWest Publications’ papers use approximately 186,000 tonnes of newsprint per year.

Internet Operations

The Company’s Internet operations include the following:

    canada.com

    canada.com is Canada’s most comprehensive Internet network and portal, with an average of 115 million page views and 3 million unique users per month. Canada.com is a full service portal for personalized information and services including travel, automobiles (Driving), careers (Careerclick.com), sports (including hockey site Faceoff.com) finance, free e-mail, search, shopping, and many additional services. Canada.com also provides up-to-date international, national and local news coverage from over 30 of our

25


 

    newspapers, Global Television News, wire services, and its own interactive news bureaus. City portals offer local news, weather, and services information.

    FP DataGroup

    The Financial Post DataGroup is an unbiased source for corporate and financial information on publicly traded Canadian companies and mutual funds. FP Data Group offers a full range of financial information products both online and in print. Money managers, investment professionals, individual investors and information professionals use FP DataGroup products to make investment decisions and perform in-depth research on companies and industries.

    Infomart

    Infomart is an aggregator of same day and archival Canadian news, business information and corporate data, providing clients with access to more than 200 full-text news and business sources – from major Canadian dailies and newswires, to regional community papers, TV and radio transcripts, corporate databases, specialty trade journals and magazines. Infomart.ca provides a range of work modules that support desktop and cross-organizational research, media-monitoring, and distribution of results.

    Other

    The company holds minority interests in several Internet companies, including Internet Broadcasting Systems of Minneapolis, which specializes in developing web sites for local U.S.-based television stations and their immediate markets; and LifeServ Corporation of Chicago, which provides online content and planning tools for people experiencing life events such as weddings, home-buying or having a child.

Australian Operations

Australian Television Industry

Australia has five national broadcast networks and several unaffiliated local commercial stations. Two of the national broadcast networks, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation and the Special Broadcasting System, are government-owned and largely commercial-free.

Three national networks, Seven, Nine and Network TEN, are privately-owned and broadcast commercial television to substantially all of the Australian population, including the major metropolitan areas of Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth. Affiliated broadcasters serve rural areas and broadcast programs purchased from some or all of these three networks.

Australia has one metropolitan pay television operator and one regional pay television operator, who broadcasts primarily via cable and direct home satellite delivery technologies. In 2003, there were approximately 700,000 cable subscribers, located primarily in metropolitan markets, and 750,000 satellite subscribers, located primarily in rural areas. While pay television operators have been permitted to broadcast paid advertising since July 1997, federal legislation requires that subscription fees remain the predominant source of revenue for pay television operators.

Network TEN – Acquisition

In 1992, the Company organized a consortium, which acquired Network TEN for total consideration of $208 million (A$236 million), including the provision of acquisition financing by Westpac Banking Corporation of $128 million (A$145 million). Since the acquisition, which was effective October 1992, management of Network TEN has sought earnings growth through the implementation of a strategy which focuses upon controlling operating costs, targeting selected demographic groups and expanding signal coverage through the acquisition of its affiliated stations in Perth and Adelaide, and strategic alliances with affiliates in regional markets. Over the period since acquisition, Network TEN’s results have improved dramatically and distributions to date to securities holders far exceed the original investments.

26


 

In addition, Network TEN holds a 24.3% share interest in Television and Media Services Limited (“TMS”). TMS provides the television and video industry with facilities, studio and field production and post-production of television programming and advertising.

Network TEN, through its wholly owned stations, now has signal coverage reaching approximately 65% of the Australian population of 20 million. Through program supply contracts with its affiliates, Network TEN augments its audience coverage, with signal coverage reaching approximately 90% of the Australian population.

Operating Strategy

The operating strategy of Network TEN is to (i) purchase programming targeted to a particular demographic niche, (ii) effectively market the network and its programming to its advertisers and (iii) control all operating and administrative expenses. Network TEN’s programming strategy focuses upon attracting viewers between the ages of 16 to 39, a key demographic segment for Australian advertisers. Network TEN reaches its chosen niche audience through a combination of Australian-produced programming, U.S. network series and other non-Australian programming. Network TEN also uses a counter-programming strategy to attract viewers in demographic groups not served by programming on other networks at particular times. Network TEN seeks sponsorship of its programming by advertisers and employs on-air promotion as well as radio and print advertising to market both the network and its programming.

Australian programming is generally more expensive to produce than foreign programs are to acquire, but domestically produced programming generally rates more highly than foreign programming. As a result, Network TEN has sought to implement a mix of domestic and foreign programming to achieve higher ratings at the lowest possible cost.

Network TEN seeks to control programming costs by producing only news and some sports programming in-house and by purchasing independently sourced and produced content, including Australian and non-Australian programs. As part of this strategy, in fiscal 1995 Network TEN sold its studio production business and outside broadcast facilities to TMS in exchange for a shareholding interest in TMS. Network TEN commissions independent production companies to produce Australian programming and purchases national rights to programming. For commissioned programs, Network TEN maintains an active role in creative aspects of the programs. In addition, Network TEN enters into multi-year supply agreements with several major U.S. programming suppliers as well as other non-Australian production companies in order to acquire desirable programming at fixed prices.

Television Advertising Market

In 2003, television advertising expenditures in Australia generated approximately A$2.9 billion, representing approximately 35% of total major media advertising expenditures of approximately A$8.3 billion. The cities of Adelaide, Brisbane, Melbourne, Perth and Sydney, which are all reached by Network TEN’s signal, account for approximately 78% of all television advertising expenditures in Australia.

The Australian television industry generates more than 90% of its total revenue from the sale of advertising time. The table below sets forth advertising market shares of Australia’s three commercial networks based upon industry information available to the Company:

27


 

Television Advertising Market Shares

                                         
    Twelve months ended June 30,
    2003   2002   2001(1)   2000   1999
    %   %   %   %   %
Network
                                       
Network TEN
    29       27       23       24       26  
Nine
    39       39       38       41       41  
Seven
    32       34       39       35       33  

SOURCE:   CTVA
 
    (1) Includes the Sydney 2000 Olympics, aired by Seven.

Ratings

The table below sets forth commercial network audience shares for calendar years: 16-39 year olds (Sunday-Saturday 6:00 pm — 10:30 pm) for each of the three national commercial networks:

Audience Share

                                         
    2003(1)   2002   2001   2000(2)   1999
    %   %   %   %   %
Network
                                       
Network TEN
    37       38       34       31       30  
Nine
    35       34       33       36       37  
Seven
    28       28       33       33       33  


Source: 2001-2003 OzTam television ratings; 1998-2000 AC Nielsen television ratings data.
 
(1)   To November 15, 2003
 
(2)   Excluding the impact of the Sydney 2000 Olympics.

Since audience share is the principal factor by which television advertising is bought in Australia, there is a strong correlation between audience and revenue shares. While overall audience share is the most frequently published statistic, advertisers are increasingly looking to the demographic and socio-economic sub-groups that make up the overall audience share. Network TEN has attempted to differentiate itself from other broadcasters by focusing primarily on demographics and only secondarily on overall audience share.

Programming

Network TEN sources programming material from international and Australian sources. Both prime-time and off peak schedules include a mix of local and international content, appealing predominantly to the under 40’s audience. Local content regulations also place certain minimum requirements on drama, documentary and children’s programming as well as an overall domestic quota. Although Australian programming is generally more expensive to acquire than foreign programming, it usually attracts more viewers. As a result, Network TEN schedules a mix of Australian and foreign shows to maximize ratings while controlling costs.

Network TEN purchases most of its non-Australian programming from major U.S. studios. It has acquired Australian rights to shows that are popular with its target audience, such as Charmed, Everybody Loves Raymond, Becker, Queer Eye for the Straight Guy, The Guardian, The Simpsons, and the Law & Order franchise. By

28


 

obtaining “run of series” commitments, Network TEN ensures these series remain with the network for as long as they are produced. In addition, Network TEN enters into multi-year supply agreements with U.S. and other non-Australian production companies in order to acquire Australian rights to desirable programming at fixed prices.

Network TEN produces news, local sports and a limited number of other programs in-house, while entertainment programs are acquired from independent Australian producers. In-house productions include the sports programs Sports Tonight and RPM, the news program Meet the Press, the afternoon children’s programs Totally Wild and Cheez TV and the breakfast program Good Morning Australia. Entertainment programs commissioned from Australian production companies include Australian Idol, Big Brother, The Secret Life of Us, Neighbours, The Panel and Rove Live. For commissioned programs, Network TEN typically maintains an active role in the creative process. Network TEN seeks sponsorship of certain of its programs by advertisers and employs on-air promotion as well as radio and print advertising to market both the network and its programming.

Domestic production is a combination of news, sport, drama, light entertainment and children’s programming. News and some sport is produced internally, but most entertainment programming is acquired from independent producers. Australia has a large and efficient independent production sector that supplies programming to all commercial and government broadcasters.

Network TEN is the major broadcaster of Australia’s top football code, the AFL. TEN has exclusive free-to-air coverage of the finals series, including the Grand Final. Motorsport has surged in popularity through the Network’s coverage of the Formula One, World Motorcycle Championships, the Indy Cars, the World and Australian Rally Championships and the V8’s.

Australian Out-of-Home and Eye Corp.

Eye Corp is one of Australia’s premier out-of-home advertising companies. In December 2000, Network TEN acquired a 60% interest in Eye Corp and then in August 2002 acquired the remaining 40% interest.

Eye Corp, which was created from the consolidation of several smaller players has become the second largest entity in the marketplace, following APN News and Media Limited, which management estimates controls 60% of the domestic market.

Eye Corp’s operations are comprised of five divisions: (i) Eye Drive, which has Australia’s second largest stable of large format outdoor signage, and includes inventory of nearly 400 sites; (ii) Eye Fly, which has more than 800 strategically located signs within all of Australia’s domestic and international air terminals, with the exception of Perth international, giving Fly 98% of the Australian airport market; (iii) Eye Shop which controls two and half thousand “eyelites” through more than 60 leading centres across Australia and New Zealand; (iv) Adval is a visual merchandising and point-of-sale supplier to leading retailers, and (v) the overseas division has made substantial inroads into southeast Asian markets, including Indonesia, Malaysia and Myanmar, and encompasses large format outdoor advertising and internal airport signage.

New Zealand Operations

New Zealand Television Industry

The New Zealand television industry currently consists of five national free-to-air networks, TV1, TV2, 3, C4 and Prime TV and several smaller regional broadcasters. TVNZ (which consists of TV1 and TV2) is government-owned, although it operates as a commercial enterprise. 3 and C4, both of which are owned and operated by the Company, are the only privately owned, VHF national commercial broadcast television networks in New Zealand. Prime TV, a company affiliated with Australia’s Nine Network launched its free-to-air service on UHF frequencies in 1998.

SKY Network, the leading pay service operating in New Zealand, operates dual playout signals on both UHF terrestrial frequency and digital satellite DTH. The terrestrial service transmits seven SKY channels while the digital DTH service offers 71 channels. In total, the SKY service has approximately 39% penetration or 543,000

29


 

subscribers. Relatively few New Zealand homes have access to cable television. All five national free-to-air networks are also carried on SKY Satellite.

Operating Strategy

3’s operating strategy is to: (i) focus on mainstream demographics, (ii) improve air time inventory management, (iii) increase broadcasts of certain sports and special events programming and (iv) attract advertiser sponsorship on certain programs. 3 has also acquired and aired sports and special event programming. 3 targets the 18 to 49 year old core demographic. Since October 2003, TV4 has rebranded its evening programs as “C4” and changed its programming to a youth music format to target the important 15-29 age demographic in urban markets.

In 1993, 3 embarked upon a campaign to extend its signal coverage and presently reaches approximately 98% of the New Zealand population. This increase in coverage was funded in part by New Zealand On-Air, a government body established to promote the expansion of broadcasting throughout the country. C4 reaches approximately 75% of the New Zealand population.

Television Advertising Market

For the twelve months to December 31, 2002, gross television advertising expenditures generated approximately NZ$516 million, representing approximately 33% of total expected advertising expenditures of NZ$1.565 billion.

Television advertising in New Zealand experienced strong growth during the 1991-1997 period, which management attributes primarily to (i) deregulation of the New Zealand economy, which has led to significant increases in advertising expenditures to challenge and protect many long-held New Zealand brand monopolies, (ii) the launch of TV3 in late 1989, which broke a 24-year government-owned television monopoly, and (iii) general improvement in the New Zealand economy. During the 1998 to 2001 period the television advertising market was relatively constant ranging between NZ$473 million and NZ$501 million. The television advertising market for 2002 has improved with 8% growth recorded.

The New Zealand television industry generates its revenue from the sale of advertising time. The distribution between TVNZ and 3 and C4 of their combined television market share (based on revenue) as estimated by management is set out below:

                                         
    Advertising Market Share
    Year ended March 31
   
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
    %   %   %   %   %
 
3/C4
    27.3       25.1       24.8       24.7       25.9  
TVNZ
    72.7       74.9       75.2       75.3       74.1  

30


 

Ratings

The table below sets forth audience shares of New Zealand’s commercial television networks during prime-time viewing hours:

                                         
    Audience Share(1)
    Year ended March 31
   
    2003   2002   2001   2000   1999
    %   %   %   %   %
   
 
 
 
 
3
    25       23       22       23       23  
C4
    3       4       3       3       4  
TV1
    29       30       33       31       31  
TV2
    31       31       33       33       32  
SKY/Other
    12       12       9       10       10  

Source: AC Nielsen

(1) Among adults 18 to 49 (Sunday – Saturday 6:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m.)

Similar to Network TEN’s strategy in Australia, 3 and C4 have differentiated themselves from other broadcasters by focusing primarily on demographics and secondarily on audience share.

Programming

3’s long-term programming strategy is designed to improve the ratings performance of both domestic productions and foreign series among its targeted demographic audience. This strategy has focused upon increasing the amount of local production, adding sports programming, building evenings with time blocks of compatible programming and encouraging audience loyalty by offering a regular consistent programming format. An important factor in 3’s audience share growth has been its increased development of domestically produced programs. 3 has developed and promoted a nightly news hour and the current affairs program 20/20 and 60 Minutes attracted funding from the government production agency, New Zealand On-Air, for developing new domestic programming. Local productions include the popular documentary series Inside New Zealand, The Strip, Hot Property and Target.

In September 1999, 3 announced a major sporting rights deal which substantially increased viewership and sales and promotional opportunities. 3 New Zealand completed a deal with pay TV operator, SKY Television that made the network New Zealand’s leading free-to-air sports broadcaster. Since December 1, 1999, 3 has carried a comprehensive and exclusive free-to-air schedule of domestic Cricket and Rugby games. The deal with SKY has seen 3 add extensive coverage of cricket test matches, one-day international cricket, Super 12 rugby matches, and the prestigious international rugby matches featuring the world famous New Zealand All-Blacks. The agreement to broadcast the cricket and rugby matches is part of a larger commercial arrangement between 3 and SKY offering long-term benefits for both, including carriage of 3 on SKY’s digital platform.

The deal significantly enhances revenues and is a major draw for audiences throughout the year. It also provides all of CanWest’s media operations in New Zealand with beneficial promotional opportunities. 3 believes that the sports broadcasts help create a solid foundation for future growth.

3 and C4 continue to offer viewers a combination of popular U.S. and foreign programming with excellent domestic productions. Among the shows on the schedule for TV3 this season: CSI, That 70’s Show, Boston Public, Charmed, SVU - Special Victims Unit, Law and Order and Sex and The City. TV4 programming is primarily music, augmented by shows such as Southpark and Jackass.

3 has developed strong relationships with distributors and major studios to secure ongoing supply of foreign programming including features. These arrangements include Universal and Carsey-Werner. In addition, 3 has entered into a multi-year supply agreement with FOX Studios, which provides strong movie titles and series programming.

31


 

New Zealand Radio Industry

The New Zealand radio broadcasting industry has been through significant changes commencing with the passing of the Broadcasting Act 1989 (the “1989 Act”) which came into force on July 1, 1989. The 1989 Act repealed the Broadcast Act 1976 which placed restrictions on entry to broadcasting markets.

Among other things, the 1989 Act made it easier for new broadcasters to enter the industry; reduced or removed ownership restrictions; made it easier for new technologies to be used and new services provided; and in the interests of increasing efficiency, separated the Government’s commercial and non-commercial radio interests. Since deregulation in 1989, there has been a rapid and significant increase in the number of commercial radio stations operating in New Zealand. The total number of commercial radio stations has increased from 56 in 1989, to over 200 today.

The 1989 Act established the Broadcasting Commission and the Broadcasting Standards Authority, provided for election broadcasting and restricted the scope for political intervention in the management or programming of TVNZ and state-owned radio.

The Act and the Broadcasting Standards Authority require radio broadcasters to adhere to industry codes, but these are not unduly restrictive. Licences are issued and technical parameters are controlled by the Ministry of Commerce, but there are no restrictions as to format, style, or content of a radio broadcast, provided it meets the Broadcast Standards for good taste and decency and respects the privacy of the individual. Essentially, as with TV, the radio industry in New Zealand is unregulated.

There are effectively two major groupings of stations, which account for 90% of radio revenues for the year ended December 31, 2002, as follows:

         
    Approximate
    revenue share
   
The Radio Network (TRN)
    45 %
CanWest NZ Radio
    45 %
Others
    10 %
 
   
 
 
    100 %
 
   
 

Radio Advertising Market

Over the past three years to December 31, 2002, the total radio advertising market grew at an average of 4.5% per annum. For the twelve months ending December 31, 2002, radio advertising generated approximately NZ$203 million, representing approximately 13% of total advertising expenditures.

CanWest NZ Radio

CanWest entered the radio business in 1997 when it acquired nine radio stations in the metropolitan markets of Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin and Hamilton reaching approximately 65% of New Zealand’s population. The success of these stations resulted from developing top talent in all areas of the operation backed by extensive audience and radio media research, which experienced radio executives use to develop strong brand identities.

During May 2000, the Company acquired a 72% share of RadioWorks New Zealand Limited, a New Zealand stock exchange listed national radio operator. The remaining 28% was purchased in January 2001. With the purchase of RadioWorks, CanWest’s NZ Radio now covers both the urban and rural markets and virtually the full range of formats. The group has made good progress with the full integration of all radio properties. This integration process has achieved synergy benefits, including both revenue gains and cost savings. Operationally, CanWest NZ Radio has the best operating and profit margins in the industry in New Zealand.

32


 

CanWest NZ Radio now operates five national network stations and 27 local or regional stations. The five national networks are Radio Pacific, (AM) (a talkback format) targeted at the older demographic; Solid Gold (FM) (a classic hits format also targeted at the older demographic); The Rock (FM) (targeted to mainly males in the 18-34 age group; The Edge (FM) (a contemporary station targeting a young audience with current hits); and Channel Z (FM) (slightly alternative urban rock also targeting the younger audience). The 27 local stations (including More FM) cover various cities and towns across the country. They operate under specific location brand names and are mainly adult contemporary in format, targeting a “middle market” position. The Company estimates its signal reaches 99% of the New Zealand population.

Ratings

In the recent October 2003 radio survey of New Zealand’s largest five markets, CanWest’s radio stations achieved the following ranking positions for audience share (music stations — all listeners aged 10 plus): Auckland — fourth and fifth; Canterbury — first, second, third, fourth and fifth; Wellington — first, third and fifth; Waikato — second, third and fifth; Otago — first, third and fourth.

Irish Operations

Irish Television Industry

Prior to the launch of TV3 Ireland in September 1998, the Irish television industry consisted of three national networks, RTE1, Net 2 and TG4 , which are all available off-air and through cable, satellite and MMDS. In addition to commercial advertising revenue, these three networks are publicly funded and operate under the auspices of RTE, the state-owned broadcast organization. TV3 Ireland is the first and only privately owned independent commercial television channel in the Republic of Ireland. TV3 targets the 15-44 age groups and is a full service free-to-air television network offering a mix of domestic and foreign general entertainment programming. TV3 is Ireland’s second most viewed channel of all available in the Republic of Ireland, including those channels that overspill, or transmit from the UK to service Ireland.

In addition to the four Irish channels, the major UK terrestrial channels, each of which serves Northern Ireland, including BBCI, BBC2, ITV (Channel 3), Channel 4 and Channel 5 are available to some or all Irish viewers via off-air, satellite cable or MMDS. In addition, Sky One and other satellite services are available on cable, MMDS or satellite. In April 2002 the four Irish terrestrial channels, including TV3, were made available on the “family package” offered by Sky Digital Satellite in the Republic. The addition of Sky satellite distribution added to the 93% terrestrial coverage of TV3, making it technically available to essentially every Irish home.

TV3 is available to approximately 62% of Northern Irish homes off-air through transmitters located in the northern part of the Irish Republic.

Overall, approximately 61% of the Irish television households are served by cable, MMDS or satellite services, reaching up to 88% in the largest urban market of Dublin. Those homes served by retransmission systems or capable of receiving terrestrial overspill of the major UK channels now account for 79% of all homes nationally. In recent years Sky Digital has grown its subscribers to 315,000 Irish homes, which consequently receive, a host of UK based services not available on the spectrum-limited cable services.

Advertising Market

In 2002, television advertising expenditures in the Republic of Ireland were expected to have generated approximately 165 million, representing approximately 24% of total advertising expenditures of 700 million. This is supplemented by additional expenditures on advertising in the UK on services, which reach into the Republic of Ireland, which expenditures are targeted at consumers in the Republic of Ireland. This expenditure is estimated at approximately 35 million annually. In calendar 2002, the television advertising market grew approximately 6%.

In the later part of the fiscal year a number of factors, including a general slowdown in advertising have negatively influenced the Irish advertising market. This has impacted both TV3 and its competitors.

33


 

Ratings

TV3’s rapid growth to its current status as the second most viewed channel has demonstrated the need for a third mainstream station. TV3 has filled the gap between RTE’s older audience and Net 2’s youthful franchise. With the addition of TV3 Ireland, there has been repatriation of Irish audiences and growth in the number of people viewing Irish channels.

After five years on-air, TV3 Ireland has achieved a significant share of the market, exceeding that of the established and successful British Channels. In the year just completed, TV3 continued as Ireland’s second most viewed channel for its target demographic. In September 2003, TV3 achieved its highest ever ratings, boding well for the important autumn ratings and fiscal 2004.

         
    Peak Audience Share
Network   September 2003

 
TV3
    15 %
RTE1
    33 %
Net 2
    9 %
UTV
    9 %

Source: AC Nielsen: All individuals (Monday to Sunday) September 2003 Republic of Ireland.

Programming

TV3 Ireland offers a wide variety of programming, including news, factual, comedy, drama, sports and local interest programming. The schedule is a mix of domestic programming and foreign programming.

TV3 Ireland’s programming is targeted to the 15 – 44 age group, audiences which are in high demand by Irish advertisers and which had been previously neglected in the Irish market. TV3 Ireland has quickly established itself with the viewing audience through the introduction of programs to the Irish market like Law and Order: Special Victims Unit, South Park, Malcolm in the Middle, and currently the most popular non-U.K. acquired series, Sex and the City. The tradition of U.S. movie premieres on a Sunday evening has continued with such titles as Crouching Tiger, Proof of Life and Perfect Storm.

In 2001, as part of the agreement by which Granada acquired an interest in TV3, two new titles to TV3, Coronation Street and top-ranked daily peak time soap Emmerdale, moved to TV3. Audiences for these foundation series have grown since their transfer to TV3 and have added to TV3’s overall success. Other Granada products, like Heartbeat and Cold Feet, have further improved the channel. Support for TV3 Ireland’s coverage of Europe’s prime club soccer tournament, the UEFA Champions’ League has increased, with record audiences for the season that began in September 2001. TV3 has entered into a contract to broadcast another three years of UEFA Champions League commencing September 2003. TV3 also retains certain exclusive territorial rights for Irish International Soccer home matches in a multi-year agreement with the Irish Football Association.

TV3 Ireland recognizes the importance of relevant domestic programming and in 2003 invested almost twice as much in homegrown production than it did in programming acquired from outside the country. In September 2003 the channel was required by its license to increase Irish produced programming to 25% of its output. TV3 had long exceeded this requirement and since its second year in operation had voluntarily exceeded by 25% its required output of Irish produced programming. In addition to three daily news bulletins, TV3 Ireland produces Sports Tonight, Week in Review, periodic News Specials, and Ireland AM, Ireland’s first morning breakfast television service, which quickly established itself as the number one breakfast choice in Ireland. Ireland AM is a weekday live, magazine and lifestyle program. Building on its success, the program was expanded to three hours daily in September 2002, including weekend compilations of the best of the week’s output. The program now has viewing greater than the accumulated audiences of all its breakfast program competitors available in the market. Agenda, is a weekly one-hour live program focusing on politics and money. As part of the strategy to build a strong inventory

34


 

of Irish dramatic programs, TV3 continues to actively invest in new Irish film productions. In recent years TV3 has invested in a re-creation of the events of “Bloody Sunday”, a pivotal event in modern Irish history, along with theatrical productions, Map Maker, Watermelon and most recently Halo Effect. These investments have helped to secure total independent Irish film investment budgets of over 8 million. These movies are broadcast on TV3 as theatrical releases permit.

NORTHERN IRELAND — UTV

Headquartered in Belfast, UTV is the ITV television service provider in Northern Ireland. It first went on the air in 1958, and over the past 45 years, has firmly positioned itself as the number one regional television network in Northern Ireland. With a strong focus on meeting the distinctive viewing needs and preferences of its audience, UTV enjoys a viewing share in excess of 38% in the 6 p.m. to 11 p.m. time period.

Its strong regional identity is reflected not only in the programs being shown, but also in the tone, style and nature of the presentation of the service, which is targeted primarily at a younger demographic audience. Regional programming is the mainstay of UTV’s service and over the years has been the driver of the network’s solid ratings figures.

UTV is an internet service provider under the brand “UTV Internet” and recently entered the telephone service reselling business. In the past few years, UTV has also invested in radio stations in Dublin, Limerick and Cork, in the Republic of Ireland and most recently in Liverpool in the UK. UTV has also invested in Republic of Ireland based Bocom, an airport and supermarket advertising company.

The Company has a 29.9% equity interest in UTV, and does not currently have representation on the UTV board. UTV is a public company listed on the London Stock Exchange.

Seasonality

The Company’s business has experienced and is expected to continue to experience significant seasonality due to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on people’s viewing, reading and listening habits. Typically, the Company’s revenue is lowest during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year, which ends in August, and highest during the first quarter of the fiscal year.

Regulation

Canadian Television

Canadian television broadcasting, including specialty cable television broadcasting, is regulated principally by the Broadcasting Act (Canada). The Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC, which, among other things, administers the Broadcasting Act, grants and reviews broadcasting licences, approves certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establishes and oversees compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming requirements, subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet.

In June 2003, a House of Commons committee, the Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage, released the findings of its study of the current state and future direction of Canada’s broadcasting system and the efficacy of the Broadcasting Act in meeting policy objectives, which commenced in May 2001. Included among the broad ranging issues considered by the Committee were cross-media ownership, foreign ownership, licence fees, program funding, community, local and regional broadcasting, the effectiveness of the CRTC, digital transmission, performance measurement and Canadian content and cultural diversity. The government has responded to the report and agreed to further study a number of the recommendations. It is not possible to predict the outcome of future actions, if any, by government with respect to these matters.

35


 

Ownership and Control

The Canadian government, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC (Ineligibility of Non-Canadians), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting licence to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term within the CRTC Direction, means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation the directors of which are appointed or designated by statute or governmental authorities, or a mutual insurance company, pension fund society or cooperative of which 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer or other presiding officer and 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition, in order for a subsidiary to be a qualified corporation, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66 2/3% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66 2/3% of the votes of the parent company that controls the subsidiary and neither the parent company nor its directors or similar officers may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary. There are no specific restrictions on the number of non-voting shares that may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting licence must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact, which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion.

The CRTC’s Television Broadcasting Regulations, 1987, and the Specialty Services Regulations, 1990, require the prior approval of the CRTC of any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the broadcasting undertaking of a licensee, (ii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a licensee or of a person that has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if a transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person that has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be given notice of the transaction. If a transaction increases control to over 40%, the CRTC must be notified.

To enable CanWest to ensure continuing compliance with the CRTC Direction, the CRTC regulations and the conditions of its Canadian broadcasting licences, the issue and transfer of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s preference shares, subordinate voting shares and multiple voting shares and the conversion of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s non-voting shares, multiple voting shares or preference shares into subordinate voting shares are constrained by CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s articles.

Canadian Programming Content

CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming. Television broadcasters are subject to the requirement that, over the broadcast year and over any six month period specified in the licence, a minimum of 60% of the aggregate programming shown during the broadcast day (a continuous 18 hour period between 6:00 a.m. and 1:00 a.m.) must be of Canadian origin. Canadian origin is most commonly achieved on the basis of a points system requiring that a number of creative and production staff be Canadian and that specified Canadian production expenditure levels be met. In addition, at least 50% of the aggregate programming between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 12:00 midnight over the broadcast year must be of Canadian origin. Specialty cable television channels also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming, generally set forth in their conditions of licence. Broadcasters are required to broadcast a minimum of eight hours per week of priority programming during prime time (7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m.). Priority programming includes Canadian-produced drama, music and dance, and variety and long-form documentaries, but does not include news and information or sports programming.

36


 

Advertising

The CRTC also regulates the quantity and content of television advertising. A television licensee may not, during any clock hour, broadcast more than twelve minutes of advertising, subject to certain exceptions for unpaid public service announcements and promotions for upcoming Canadian programs. Advertising content is regulated by various federal and provincial statutes and regulations, as well as by standards in the Canadian television broadcasting industry.

Licensing

The CRTC has responsibility for the issuance, amendment and renewal of Canadian broadcasting licences. A television broadcasting licence grants the right to a broadcaster to transmit a television signal on a defined frequency within a defined geographic area and at a defined power level. Subject to being distributed as a “distant signal” by a distribution service such as cable or direct-to-home satellite service, it defines the geographic area capable of being reached by the broadcaster. The CRTC may also grant licences for rebroadcast transmitters to relay a particular signal to other areas. A specialty cable television licence grants the right to a broadcaster to transmit programming to the public through a distribution service such as cable or direct-to-home satellite service. Broadcasting licences may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the licence or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a licence and may hold public hearings in other circumstances.

In order to conduct business, CanWest must maintain its licences in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of such licences may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. Conditions may be imposed by the CRTC on broadcasting licences that may affect the licensee’s profitability. Licensees of distribution services must also meet technical certification requirements under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada).

37


 

All of the Company’s licences are in good standing and the Company is confident of its ability to continue to satisfy the terms of all related undertakings. Licences and their respective dates of renewal are as follows:

                 
Station        
Global Television Network:        
    Global Vancouver       CHAN   August 31, 2008
    Global Halifax       CIHF   August 31, 2008
    Global Saint John       CIHF-2   August 31, 2008
    Global Quebec       CKMI   August 31, 2008
    Global Calgary       CICT   August 31, 2008
    Global Edmonton       CITV   August 31, 2008
    Global Winnipeg       CKND   August 31, 2008
    Global Saskatoon       CFSK   August 31, 2008
    Global Regina       CFRE   August 31, 2008
    Global Lethbridge       CISA   August 31, 2008
    Global Ontario       CIII   August 31, 2008
Independent Stations:        
    CJNT Montreal, Quebec       CJNT   August 31, 2007
    CHCH Hamilton, Ontario       CHCH   August 31, 2008
    CHEK, Victoria, British Columbia       CHEK   August 31, 2008
CBC Affiliates:        
    CHBC Kelowna, British Columbia       CHBC   August 31, 2008
    CKRD Red Deer, Alberta       CKRD   August 31, 2008
Specialty Cable Channels:        
Analog:        
    Global Prime   Global Prime       August 31, 2010
Digital:        
    mentv (49% interest)   Category 1       August 31, 2007
    Mystery (45.05% interest)   Category 1       August 31, 2007
    Lonestar   Category 2       August 31, 2007
    DejaView   Category 2       August 31, 2007
    Fox Sports World Canada   Category 2       August 31, 2007
    Xtreme Sports   Category 2       August 31, 2007

All licences and related CRTC decisions are available for public review.

The Company believes it enjoys good relations with the CRTC and all other regulatory bodies that govern its operations. All of its licences have been renewed since the granting of its first licence in 1974. The CRTC considered the licence renewals of all of the Global Television stations in spring 2001 under new group licensing procedures. These licences were renewed effective September 2001 for the maximum term, which is seven years.

Cross-Ownership Issues

Although the Broadcasting Act and its regulations and policies do not require the CRTC’s approval of a broadcaster’s purchase of an unregulated media entity such as a newspaper, the CRTC may consider the issue of a cross-media ownership when granting or renewing broadcasting licences. The CRTC has a broad mandate to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system, to provide for and encourage the expression of a diversity of voices within the broadcasting system and to prevent or address the emergence of any undue competitive advantage on behalf of one licensee. As such, the CRTC may be concerned about the level of diversity among the media voices available in the geographic markets where cross-ownership occurs and may choose to accept safeguards or implement conditions in the Company’s licences to ensure a level of diversity and prevent any undue competitive advantage. Whether the CRTC will be concerned about the level of diversity will depend upon a number of factors, including the definition of the relevant geographic market in which diversity is measured and the number of participants in the market. The CRTC has wide discretion in determining what constitutes the relevant market. The CRTC examined cross-ownership issues at the recently completed group licence renewal hearings.

38


 

At the renewal of the Company’s broadcasting licences and in response to potential concerns about diversity or undue competitive advantage, the CRTC attached a condition to the Company’s group licence which requires a code of conduct be followed respecting the maintenance of separate management over the television and print news operations. The CRTC could refuse to renew a licence or to grant new licences based on the concerns about diversity or undue competitive advantage.

While there are currently no specific prohibitions on the cross-ownership of television stations and other media properties in Canada, the House of Commons committee reviewing Canada’s broadcasting system and the Broadcasting Act has announced that it will study patterns of media ownership, cross-media ownership and vertical integration as part of its review.

Canadian Publishing

The publication of newspapers in Canada is not directly regulated by federal or provincial laws. There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue of certain provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada). The Income Tax Act limits the deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures that are made in newspapers other than “Canadian issues of Canadian newspapers”. For any given publication to qualify as a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded, must ultimately be controlled by Canadian citizens and, if a private company, must be at least 75% owned by Canadians. In addition, the publication must, with limited exceptions, be printed and published in Canada. All the Company’s newspapers qualify as “Canadian issues of Canadian newspapers” and, as a result, the Company’s advertisers generally have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures for Canadian tax purposes.

Australian Television

The Broadcasting Services Act (Australia), (“BSA”) regulates the commercial television industry in Australia. Under the provisions of the BSA, the Australian Broadcasting Authority, (“ABA”) has responsibility for planning and licensing, programming and content standards, ownership and control of commercial broadcasting services, handling complaints and administering the allocation of broadcasting frequency spectrum.

Ownership and Control

The BSA prohibits non-Australian persons from being in a position to exercise control, either alone or together with associates, over commercial television broadcasting licences. “Control” is very widely defined and includes the capacity to veto or exercise restraint over a substantial issue affecting the management of affairs of a corporation holding a licence.

The BSA limits foreign ownership of commercial television licences by any one person and its associates to 15% of the shares of any television licensee or of the voting rights or rights to distributions by way of dividend or a winding up of the licensee, because the BSA deems any person who has more than 15% interest of this type to “control” the television licensee. This limit increases to 20% for a combined interest holding for two or more persons. An interest in shares, voting or distribution rights of this nature is referred to as a “company interest”. Interests of this kind are also traced on a proportionate basis through a chain of companies or other entities, so that a person with a company interest in CanWest would also be considered to have a company interest in Network TEN. In addition, if foreign persons acquired company interests directly or indirectly in other shareholders of Network TEN (including through interests in other companies such as TEN Network Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, those interests would be traced on a proportionate basis through those corporate chains and aggregated with those persons’ existing interests for the purposes of determining compliance with the 15% and 20% thresholds.

The BSA also includes provisions that limit cross-ownership between commercial television licences, radio licences and newspapers within the same licence area.

39


 

The audience reach limitations of the BSA prevent a person from being in a position to exercise control of television licences with a combined audience reach of more than 75% of the Australian population, although it is possible for a person to supply programming (through affiliates or otherwise) to achieve greater audience reach. Furthermore, a person must not be in a position to control more than one licence in the same licence area.

In March 2002 the Australian Government introduced the Broadcasting Services Amendment (Media Ownership) Bill 2002, which would remove limitations in the Broadcasting Services Act (BSA) on foreign ownership and control of the Australian media, leaving the sector to be regulated under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 and Australia’s general foreign investment policy. The Australian Senate, in which the Government does not hold a majority of Senators, has not supported the Bill proposed by the Government. The Government has indicated that it will send the Bill to the Senate again to reconsider. There is no guarantee that the Bill will be passed.

Content and Advertising

The ABA imposes mandatory transmission quotas for Australian content and other more specific quotas for Australian drama, children’s programming and documentaries. A minimum of 55% of programming broadcast between 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight must be “produced under Australian creative control.”

The Australian commercial television industry is also subject to the Commercial Television Industry Code of Practice, which has been developed by Commercial Television Australia in conjunction with the ABA. The industry’s code pertains to matters such as the classification of programs and program promotions, the content of news and current affairs programs and the content, placement and amount of advertisements, as well as handling of complaints on code matters.

The broadcasting of commercials and program promotions is limited under the Code of Practice to an average of 13 minutes per hour from 6:00 p.m. to 12:00 midnight and an average of 15 minutes per hour at other times. The exception to this is certain children’s programming which is regulated by the ABA’s Children’s Television Standards.

Digital Television

The Australian government has passed legislation that required national television networks to commence broadcasting on new digital channels beginning on January 1, 2001. Commencing no later than 2005, all over-the-air broadcasters will be required to simulcast both digital and analog services until 2008, or such time as determined by further review. Over-the-air broadcasters are not permitted to provide multiple channels or over-the-air subscription broadcasting services, conditions that are subject to review by January 1, 2005. In view of this legislation and the investment and expense involved for existing broadcasters, the government has determined that no new commercial television licences will be issued before December 31, 2006.

Network TEN has undertaken a major implementation plan to establish the infrastructure and operations necessary for digital terrestrial broadcasting and commenced digital broadcasting on January 1, 2001.

General Regulatory Obligations

In addition to the regulatory framework specific to broadcasting, the television industry is also governed by general legislation that applies to all industries. This includes the Trade Practices Act, which primarily deals with anti-competitive conduct and consumer protection, and the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act (Australia), which provides the Federal Treasurer with the power to prohibit acquisitions by foreign persons of Australian companies and assets where the acquisition is considered to be contrary to the national interest.

Licencing

The ABA grants commercial television licences only to companies incorporated in Australia. Commercial television licences granted by the ABA remain in force for five years, subject to compliance with the BSA, and are renewed at the request of the licence holder if the licensee is considered suitable by the ABA to continue to hold a licence.

40


 

The following table sets forth the licences held by Network TEN and their respective dates of renewal:

                 
    Call Sign   Due for Renewal
   
 
Sydney   TEN     2007  
Melbourne   ATV     2007  
Brisbane   TVO     2007  
Perth   NEW     2007  
Adelaide   ADS     2004  

New Zealand Broadcasting

The New Zealand broadcasting industry was deregulated in 1989. Current broadcasting laws are primarily concerned with the maintenance of broadcasting standards in New Zealand and do not contain restrictions on foreign ownership or cross media ownership. Other general legislation concerning foreign investment in New Zealand may, however, have some effect on proposals by non-New Zealand persons to acquire companies in New Zealand.

TV3 operates under a broadcast licence issued in 1995 and TV4 operates under a broadcast licence issued in 1994. Both licences were granted for a 20-year period and have similar terms and conditions. CanWest Radio NZ and RadioWorks each hold broadcasting licences that will expire in 2011.

Under New Zealand law, television and radio broadcasters are required to report their annual operating revenue to the New Zealand Broadcasting Standards Authority and, if that operating revenue exceeds NZ$500,000 in any year, they are required to pay a levy of 0.051% of that revenue, plus applicable taxes.

Under New Zealand law, there are no fixed domestic content quotas for television or radio broadcasting. However, the Broadcasting Act 1989 requires the New Zealand Broadcasting Commission to promote local programming and to have regard to government policy on broadcasting. The New Zealand government has a policy of promoting programming which represents the uniqueness of New Zealand, by promoting national culture and identity.

At the invitation of the government, the New Zealand commercial radio industry has agreed to reach a 20% domestic music quota by 2006.

Republic of Ireland Television

Television broadcasting in the Republic of Ireland is regulated by ComReg and the Broadcast Commission of Ireland, or the BCI, pursuant to the Broadcast Act, 2001 and the Broadcasting Authority Acts, 1960 to 1990. The broadcasting industry is overseen by the Minister for Communication, Marine and Natural Resources; the Broadcasting Complaints Commission; the Irish Competition Authority; and is guided by European Union Directives.

Licencing

ComReg issues television broadcasting licences to the BCI, which then contracts with television program service providers. Under the Broadcast Act, 2001, TV3 has been awarded broadcast spectrum in the event a national Digital Terrestrial Television platform is built, which would enable TV3 to supply digital and other services.

TV3 has entered an agreement with the BCI providing TV3 with the right to operate its television service and setting forth certain restrictions on the manner in which TV3 will conduct business. The contract expires in September 2008 and provides for automatic renewal of the contract for an additional ten years unless TV3 is in breach of the contract or suffers some form of insolvency event.

41


 

Ownership and Control

The BCI has the right to approve any changes to TV3’s articles of association, directors and senior management. The BCI also has the right to approve material changes in the ownership of TV3 and any related shareholders agreement. The BCI must approve any transfer of TV3 shares to a person deemed to be a “media operator,” non-European Union persons and certain others. A “media operator” includes any person who is a television or radio broadcaster, a cable operator, a program production company, a newspaper, a news magazine, an advertising agency and certain other persons. There is no express regulatory prohibition on a non-European Union person controlling TV3.

With effect from January 1, 2002, any change of control of TV3 will also require the approval of the Irish Competition Authority (which is subject to a decision by the Minister for Enterprise, Trade and Employment) under Section 23 of the Competition Act, 2002 (which deals specifically with mergers or acquisitions involving media businesses). In certain circumstances, such a transaction may be subject to the prior approval of the European Commission.

Advertising

The BCI and other regulators regulate the quantity and content of television advertising. Under the terms of TV3’s agreement with the BCI, TV3 may broadcast commercials for an average of 15% of its broadcast day (or an average of nine minutes per hour), with a maximum of ten minutes in any single hour.

Programming

In accordance with European Union Directives, a minimum of 50% of TV3’s programming must be of European Union origin. In addition, TV3’s agreement with the BCI requires that in 2002-2003 a minimum of 25% of its content must be of Irish origin. TV3 has consistently exceeded on its Irish origin programming commitment.

Northern Ireland Television

Commercial television broadcasting in the United Kingdom (including Northern Ireland) is regulated by the Office of Communications, or Ofcom, under the Broadcasting Act 1990, as amended and the 2003 Communications Act.

Licencing

Ofcom issues broadcasting licences under the Broadcasting Act 1990 and the 2003 Communications Act. UTV holds a regional licence for Northern Ireland that expires on December 31, 2009.

Foreign Ownership Restrictions

The 2003 Communications Act removed certain foreign ownership restrictions in respect of UTV such that the Company, or other foreign parties, may no longer be prohibited from holding a controlling interest in UTV.

Other Ownership Restrictions

The Broadcasting Act 1990 and the 2003 Communications Act and impose certain restrictions on holding or controlling broadcast licences. These restrictions include prohibitions against (i) the ownership of multiple television stations, (ii) the cross-ownership of television stations and radio stations serving a particular market, and (iii) the cross-ownership of television stations and newspapers.

Content Quotas

In accordance with the terms of its licence, in each calendar year, a majority of UTV’s programming must be of European Union origin, a minimum of 25% of UTV’s programming must be independent productions, and a

42


 

minimum of 65% of UTV’s programming must be originally commissioned or produced for UTV or another ITV affiliate.

C. Organizational Structure

The following chart illustrates the relationship of the Company to its parent and principal subsidiaries and indicates each company’s respective jurisdiction of incorporation and the percentage of voting securities held by each company’s parent company; entities are 100% owned unless otherwise indicated:

(FLOWCHART)


(1)   Owned indirectly through CanWest Irish Holdings (Barbados) Inc.
 
(2)   50% owned indirectly through CanWest International Investments (Luxembourg) S.A. (“International Investments”).
 
(3)   The Company owns 14.7% of the voting stock and 100% of the subordinated debentures indirectly through International Investments.
 
(4)   Owned indirectly through International Investments.

43


 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Facilities

The corporate head office is located in leased space located at the TD Centre, 31st Floor, 201 Portage Avenue, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3B 3L7.

The Company owns the administrative and studio buildings associated with television broadcasting operations in Vancouver, Victoria, Kelowna, Edmonton, Calgary, Lethbridge, Red Deer, Regina, Saskatoon, Winnipeg, Toronto and Hamilton. The Company also leases office and studio premises in Toronto, Ottawa, Montreal, Quebec City, Dartmouth and Saint John. The Company leases certain tower and transmitter facilities and a channel on the Anik- E2 satellite which is used to deliver the Company’s signal to its transmitters.

All of the newspapers and the National Post are published from premises owned by the Company, except The Edmonton Journal, which is published from premises occupied under a lease agreement. In addition, the Company prints all of its publications using its own presses and related equipment, except for the National Post, which is printed in part by third parties at locations throughout Canada. The Company leases additional office space and warehouse space from time to time as required. The Company owns an office facility in Toronto which serves as the headquarters for the Canadian Media Operations. The New Zealand television operations are headquartered in Auckland, where the Company owns a broadcast and production facility. The Company also leases premises for its news bureaus in Wellington and Christchurch. The majority of the transmission facilities are leased under long-term agreements. CanWest Radio NZ operates its radio stations from leased premises located in Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin and Hamilton. RadioWorks leases a corporate office in Auckland and studios throughout the country.

TV3 is headquartered in Dublin, where it leases office and studio premises.

All of the Company’s owned property has been pledged as security under senior bank debt.

Environmental Protection

Substantially all of the Company’s operations are subject to laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharges, handling, storage and disposal of wastes, recycling, remediation of contaminated sites or otherwise relating to protection of the environment. The Company believes all of its operations, including its publishing operations, are in compliance with applicable environmental protection laws and its own internal environmental compliance standards. Ensuring environmental compliance has not given and is not expected to give rise, in the aggregate, to any material adverse financial or operational effects upon the Company’s business.

Nevertheless, more stringent environmental laws as well as more vigorous enforcement policies or discovery of previously unknown conditions requiring remediation could result in additional costs that may have such effects.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Certain statements in this annual report may constitute forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

TRENDS

The Company has historically derived more than 75% of its revenue from advertising in Canada. For that reason, the Company’s results typically reflect overall activity in the economy. Advertising markets in North America and throughout the world recovered in the second half of fiscal 2002 and continued to improve through fiscal 2003. The

44


 

impact of the war in Iraq, which overtook normal television schedules for several days during the third quarter and the effects of the Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) on the travel and tourism sector, particularly in Toronto, was temporary, and advertising markets strengthened in the fourth quarter.

Looking forward to fiscal 2004, the positive momentum in advertising markets for Canadian newspapers experienced in fiscal 2003 is expected to continue. For Canadian television, after a strong up front market, the television advertising market in Canada appears to have softened.

Internationally, advertising markets, particularly in Australia and New Zealand, continue to be very strong and are expected to contribute to further growth in our results for our broadcasting operations in those markets.

OUTLOOK

All of the Company’s television operations have shown considerable strength through the end of fiscal 2003. This positive trend should continue as economic indicators in the respective economies of Canada, Australia and New Zealand show positive growth, particularly in relation to the U.S. market.

In Canada, however, after a strong up front market, television revenues have softened and revenues for the first half of fiscal 2004 will be below last year. The shortfall, in part, is attributable to delays in new product launches and a program schedule with a number of new offerings. The outlook for the balance of the fiscal year is more positive with revenue bookings tracking with the prior year.

Internationally, continued strengthening of individual currencies will serve to increase the contribution above the already strong domestic results.

In Canada, management expects to boost long term profitability of its conventional television operations by continuing to implement a more aggressive domestic programming strategy. The signing of Kevin Newman to a new multi-year contract as executive editor and anchor of the nightly national news flagship has enabled Global National to sustain its strong competitive position in the Canadian news marketplace and continue to move closer to the traditional leaders. The recruitment of well-known comedian Mike Bullard to launch a national late night talk/variety show continues the trend of aggressively pursuing leading Canadian talent.

For fiscal 2004, Global Television has concentrated on a strategy to refresh and renew its prime time schedule. In 2003, the Company acquired 10 new dramas, 6 new sitcoms and 1 new reality series from top U.S. producers. The acquisitions brought 14 new hours of high quality primetime viewing to Canadians in the fall and will complement returning drama series such as 24 and Without A Trace that continue to gain popularity with viewers. In addition, the final season of Friends and Frasier have created must-see programming events around the series finales that will be the television events of the 2003 - 2004 program year.

The CRTC held a public hearing in June 2003 to hear an application from the Company, among others, to disaffiliate its Red Deer, Alberta station, CKRD, from the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and bring to Alberta the CH schedule currently seen throughout Ontario, Montreal, and the Greater Vancouver and Victoria BC markets. A favourable decision by the CRTC on the application, which was supported by the CBC, would increase the reach for CH to 75% of English speaking Canadians. The CRTC also heard an application from the Company for a new FM radio station for the Edmonton market. The Company’s digital specialty channels remained popular among viewers. Two of them, Lonestar and DejaView, remained among the most popular aged 24-54 in Canada. The other channels continue to rate in the top twenty among digital subscribers. Close to 3 million households now have access to the Company’s digital channels, and advertisers are beginning to show an interest in the niche market opportunities provided by the new specialty channels. In September 2003, the Company launched its seventh specialty service, CoolTV, dedicated to jazz music and the jazz lifestyle. The service which was added to the present offering with only small additional resources complements and enhances the Company’s jazz radio station CoolFM, which launched in February, 2003.

The Company added to its Canadian radio operations in January 2004 with the launch of The Beat, a contemporary urban station in the Kitchener-Waterloo region. The station which will reach out to the region’s underserved youth market will feature a mix of contemporary hits, hip-hop and rhythmic dance music.

45


 

The Company’s newspaper operations in Canada continue to perform well. The automobile and technology sectors continue to remain strong and the financial sector, particularly the investment market, is expected to significantly increase its presence through newspaper advertising during the upcoming Canadian Registered Retirement Savings Plan season. The absence of newspaper circulation growth remains a concern at metropolitan daily newspapers everywhere and the Company’s properties are no exception. Nevertheless, various promotional campaigns generated increases in net paid circulation in the Company’s dailies in Montreal, Calgary and Vancouver through fiscal 2003, and similar initiatives are in process at other locations. The cannibalization of newspaper subscribers accessing content online is also being addressed. The implementation of tiered access to newspapers online, including an innovative new product that allows subscribers complete access to an enhanced digital version of the Company’s daily newspapers, is currently being rolled out across the country.

The Company continues to pursue additional operational efficiencies and cost reductions at all of its operating units. The Company announced a major re-organization of the senior management of its Canadian media operations in January, 2003. The more integrated management structure has streamlined decision-making and enhanced the ability of the Company’s broadcast, publishing and interactive assets to work more closely together as complementary and mutually supportive media businesses. This re-organization was followed by the launch of the CanWest News Service and the Canadian News Desk, located in Winnipeg, but with journalist resources in Winnipeg and across Canada. The Company’s consumers saw immediate benefits of increased depth and wider coverage of Canadian and international news both on television and in the Company’s newspapers.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars and in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s accounts and the accounts of its subsidiary companies.

The Company’s operating segments include television and radio broadcasting, publishing and online operations and outdoor advertising. In Canada, the Television Broadcast segment includes the operation of the Global Television Network, Global Prime, various other conventional and specialty channels and the Cool FM radio station. The Australian Television segment includes the Company’s 57.1% economic interest (57.5% to February 27, 2003) in the TEN Group Pty Limited which owns and operates Australia’s TEN Television Network (“Network TEN”). The Canadian Publishing and Online segment includes the publication of a number of newspapers, including 10 metropolitan daily newspapers, and the National Post as well as operation of the canada.com web portal and other web based operations. The New Zealand Television Broadcasting segment includes the operations of the 3 and C4 Television Networks. The New Zealand Radio Broadcasting segment includes five nationally networked radio brands and 27 local radio stations including the More FM stations. The Irish Television Broadcasting segment includes the Company’s 45% interest in the Republic of Ireland’s TV3 Television Network. The Australian Outdoor advertising segment includes the Company’s economic interest in EyeCorp, an out-of-home advertising operation. The Corporate and Other segment includes various investments in media operations including a 29.9% interest in Northern Ireland’s Ulster Television plc (“UTV”).

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with Canadian GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingencies. Future events could alter such estimates.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, broadcast rights, useful lives of property plant and equipment, carrying values of intangibles and goodwill, carrying values of investments, accrued liabilities, contingent liabilities, income taxes, employee future benefits, and the fair value of financial instruments. The estimates noted herein are the most subjective and therefore could have a material effect upon the Company’s reported results.

46


 

Goodwill and intangible assets

The Company operates in highly competitive markets. The useful lives of intangible assets and the value of goodwill were estimated, based on historical customer patterns, industry trends and existing competitive factors. Significant long term changes in these factors could result in material impairment of the value and life of intangible assets and goodwill.

As at August 31, 2003 the Company had $1,094 million of intangibles and $2,425 million of goodwill on its balance sheet.

In performing the annual impairment testing of goodwill and intangibles, a number of assumptions and estimates are made in applying a fair value test. The fair value definition used is the amount at which an asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. Valuation techniques used for reporting units include either a market approach or a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach. The market approach is used where comparable public market data is available, or the Company has bona fide offers for assets. The projections used in the DCFs represent managements’ best estimates of expected future operating results of the reporting units for the first three years and an extrapolation based on aggregate economic factors such as gross domestic product growth rates and inflation, for the final two years of the forecast period.

Precedent transactions involving comparable companies and market statistics for comparable companies are used to select appropriate terminal multiples. In addition, the expected risk-free and other rates of return, general economic conditions, historical and forecasted operating results, and valuations prepared by third parties are considered. The discount rates used are based on the weighted average costs of capital using the capital pricing model and adjusting for the size of the local reporting unit, local tax rates and risk profile.

Had different assumptions or valuation techniques been used in performing the impairment testing at August 31, 2003, the carrying value of intangibles and goodwill may have been different. The Company considers the assumptions and techniques used to be reasonable.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Approximately 75% of the Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of advertising. Advertising revenue, net of agency commissions, is recognized at the time a television or radio commercial is broadcast, or at the time the publication is delivered.

Circulation revenue is recognized when the publication is delivered. Circulation revenue includes sales to retail distributors that are subject to returns. The retail sales are recorded upon delivery, net of estimated returns. The estimates are based on historical return rates and are revised as necessary based on actual returns realized. Subscription revenue is recorded straight line over the term of the subscription.

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents an estimate of amounts that may not be collectible. At August 31, 2003, the allowance was $15 million and bad debts expense for that year was $6 million. The allowance is estimated based on historical collection experience, continual review of aging categories and the specific identification of customers at risk.

Income taxes

Income taxes were $39 million for the year ended August 31, 2003. Future tax assets were $94 million, while future tax liabilities were $482 million at August 31, 2003 (see note 12 to the consolidated financial statements).

Management uses judgment and estimates in determining the appropriate rates and amounts to record future taxes, giving consideration to timing and probability. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates as a result of future events, including changes in income tax law or reviews by tax authorities.

47


 

Accounting for Pension and other Benefit Plans

The cost of defined benefit pension and other retirement benefits earned by employees is calculated based on management’s estimates of expected plan investment performance, salary escalation, retirement ages of employees and expected healthcare costs. The defined benefit pension and other retirement benefit expense recorded by the Company for the year ended August 31, 2003 was $20.7 million. Use of different assumptions would result in different results.

Broadcast rights

At August 31, 2003, the Company had $111 million in broadcast rights. Broadcast rights represent the right to air various forms of programming. Broadcast rights and the corresponding liability are recorded when the licence period begins and the programs are available for air. Foreign programming is primarily acquired on a “pay for play” basis, and is immediately aired, while some foreign and most domestic programming may be carried in inventory and amortized over a series of plays. Management must use estimates and judgment in determining the useful lives and carrying values of broadcast rights. Estimates of useful life relates to the expected number of plays over which the cost of acquiring the rights are amortized; while estimates of value primarily relate to the time slots in which the programs will be aired. Inventories are reviewed regularly to ensure recoverability of the book value of broadcast rights.

Operating Results

Fiscal 2003 Compared to Fiscal 2002

EBITDA represents net earnings from continuing operations before realized currency translation adjustments, interest in earnings of Network TEN and other equity accounted affiliates, minority interests, provision for (recovery of) income taxes, investment and other income, financing expenses, and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized measure of financial performance under Canadian GAAP. Management utilizes EBITDA as a measure of segment profitability in making strategic resource allocations. In addition, the Company and its lenders and investors use EBITDA to measure performance against the Company’s various leverage covenants. Investors are cautioned, however, that EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income (earnings before interest and taxes) or net earnings determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of the Company’s performance. The Company’s method of calculating EBITDA may differ from other companies and, accordingly, EBITDA may not be comparable to measures used by other companies. Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is not a recognized measure of financial performance under Canadian GAAP.

48


 

The following is a table of segmented results for the years ended August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 including a reconciliation of operating income before amortization (EBITDA) to operating income:

                                                                 
                    Segment operating        
    Revenue   profit (EBITDA)   Amortization   Operating income
   
 
 
 
    2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002   2003   2002
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Operating Segments
                                                               
Television
                                                               
Canada
    730,407       691,888       216,346       190,752       25,363       25,924       190,983       64,828  
Australia-Network TEN (1)
    336,362       281,427       106,975       81,782       6,573       5,808       100,402       75,974  
New Zealand
    95,752       69,079       10,095       (1,938 )     3,408       2,541       6,687       (4,479 )
Ireland
    32,490       28,317       9,729       7,654       2,249       1,869       7,480       5,785  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    1,195,011       1,070,711       343,145       278,250       37,593       36,142       305,552       242,108  
Publishing and Online — Canada
    1,164,012       1,270,335       258,496       285,027       56,349       62,488       202,147       222,539  
Radio — New Zealand
    73,400       60,724       20,751       16,361       2,336       2,086       18,415       14,275  
Outdoor-Australia (1)
    36,656       38,074       2,560       874       2,782       2,891       (222 )     (2,017 )
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,469,079       2,439,844       624,952       580,512       99,060       103,607       525,892       476,905  
Corporate expenses
                (23,213 )     (26,807 )     4,982       2,692       (28,195 )     (29,499 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,469,079       2,439,844       601,739       553,705       104,042       106,299       497,697       447,406  
Restructuring and television program impairment expense (2)
                (23,305 )                       (23,305 )      
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Combined
    2,469,079       2,439,844       578,434       553,705       104,042       106,299       474,392       447,406  
Elimination of equity accounted affiliates (1)
    (373,018 )     (319,500 )     (99,219 )     (82,655 )     (9,355 )     (8,699 )     (89,864 )     (73,956 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Consolidated
    2,096,061       2,120,344       479,215       471,050       94,687       97,600       384,528       373,450  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)   Represents the Company’s proportionate interest in Network TEN and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
(2)   Includes Network TEN television program impairment charges of $10,316 and Canadian media restructuring charges of $12,989.

49


 

The following discussion is based on the Company’s consolidated results for the year ended August 31, 2003. Comparisons with the prior year’s results are affected by corporate initiatives, including the divestiture of certain newspaper publishing properties, accordingly, the Company provides certain pro forma comparatives. Pro forma revenue, EBITDA and operating income for fiscal 2002 exclude the results of newspaper publishing interests in Saskatchewan and Atlantic Canada sold to GTC in August 2002 and exclude the results of the newspaper properties sold to Osprey Media in February 2003 for the period from February 16, 2002 to August 31, 2002.

                         
                    Operating
    Revenue   EBITDA   income
For the year ended August 31, 2002   $000   $000   $000

 
 
 
As reported
    2,120,344       471,050       373,450  
Newspaper publishing properties sold
    (141,807 )     (42,721 )     (39,167 )
 
   
     
     
 
Pro forma
    1,978,537       428,329       334,283  
 
   
     
     
 

The Company reported consolidated revenues of $2,096 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, a decrease of $24 million from the actual revenues reported for the previous year and an increase of $118 million from pro forma revenues of $1,979 million. Revenues for 2003 reflect solid increases in Canadian television and Publishing revenues, as well as New Zealand broadcasting operations.

Consolidated operating expenses (including selling, general, and administrative expenses) before amortization decreased $32 million to $1,617 million. On a pro forma basis, operating expenses increased $67 million, or 4% from $1,550 million in the previous year, reflecting expense increases in Publishing and Online operations, as well as restructuring expenses.

Consolidated EBITDA increased by 2% to $479 million from $471 million last year. Compared to last year on a pro forma basis, EBITDA increased by 12% from $428 million last year. Substantial increases at broadcast operations in Canada, New Zealand, and Ireland as well as in publishing and online operations were partially offset by restructuring expenses.

Revenues from Canadian Television Broadcast operations were up by 6% to $730 million from $692 million recorded in the previous year. Revenues at conventional television operations and at Global Prime, the Company’s top-rated analog specialty channel, increased by 5% in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002.

The Company’s six digital specialty channels saw revenues double to $9 million in fiscal 2003, their second full year of operation. The Company’s portfolio of digital channels continue to perform well relative to their peers, steadily gaining subscribers. Subsequent to year-end the Company launched a seventh channel, CoolTV.

Global Television’s news operations continue to increase viewer support across Canada and new programming was launched in fiscal 2003. Canadian audiences continue to support Global National with Kevin Newman, audience share increased by 17% in the 2003 summer period compared to the same period last year, the largest such increase by a national news program. Global Sunday continues to be one of the highest ranked Canadian current affairs programs.

Operating expenses (including selling, general and administrative expenses) at Canadian Television Broadcast operations increased by 3% to $514 million in fiscal 2003, compared to $501 million in fiscal 2002. Operating expenses were well controlled. The increase reflects nominal inflationary increases and costs related to the start up of Cool FM. Programming expenses were consistent with the previous year.

As a result of revenue increases and expense control Canadian television broadcast EBITDA increased 13% to $216 million in fiscal 2003 and operating income increased 16% to $191 million in fiscal 2003 as compared to fiscal 2002.

50


 

Publishing and Online revenues for fiscal 2003, including the National Post, were $1,164 million, an increase of 3% from the pro forma revenues of $1,129 million for the previous year, on a same paper basis. Newspaper advertising was bolstered by robust activity in the automotive and technology sectors through the second half of the fiscal year. Advertising and circulation comprise 79% and 18%, respectively, of the Company’s newspaper revenues for fiscal 2003, consistent with the prior year.

Compared to last year, on a pro forma basis, operating expenses (including selling, general and administrative expenses) of the Company’s publishing and online operations increased by 2% to $906 million from $886 million on a pro forma basis. This reflects normal cost escalations, particularly payroll and moderate increases in the price of newsprint.

The Company’s online operations achieved a significant improvement in fiscal 2003 and for the first time recorded positive EBITDA of just under $1 million, compared to EBITDA losses of $4.5 million the previous year. The Online properties are now more closely aligned with other media properties and are contributing to overall profitability.

In February, 2003, the Company completed the sale of a number of smaller market daily, weekly and shopper publications and related assets in Southern Ontario to Osprey Media for $193.5 million resulting in an investment gain of $21.3 million. The sale, which followed a similar divestiture of community papers in 2002, was the continuation of a strategy by the Company to divest assets not central to its multi-platform sales, content and promotion strategy.

The Company’s 45% share of revenues at TV3 in the Republic of Ireland increased 15% to $32 million in fiscal 2003 from $28 million the previous year. The Company’s share of TV3’s EBITDA was $10 million, up from $8 million and operating income increased to $7 million from $6 million the previous year.

Revenues from television broadcast operations for New Zealand’s 3 and C4 television networks increased by 39% to $96 million for fiscal 2003 from $69 million the previous year. In local currency, revenues increased by 21% to NZ$121 million in fiscal 2003 from NZ$100 million in fiscal 2002. EBITDA also improved, from an EBITDA loss of $2 million in fiscal 2002 to $10 million for fiscal 2003. Operating income increased to $7 million in fiscal 2003 from a loss of $4 million the previous year. Results from New Zealand have been translated at an average exchange rate of $0.7957, an increase of 15% over the prior year’s rate of exchange. A combination of factors contributed to the improved results, including higher ratings, improved advertising market conditions, and higher prices for advertising. A stronger New Zealand dollar also helped to reduce the cost of imported programming. The C4 Television Network, previously operated as TV4, is the country’s first music oriented channel.

CanWest NZ Radio continued its steady performance, increasing revenues, EBITDA and operating income. Revenue grew by 21% to $73 million in fiscal 2003 from $61 million the previous year. EBITDA grew by 27% to $21 million in fiscal 2003 from $16 million in the previous year and operating income increased by 29% to $18 million in fiscal 2003 from $14 million the previous year.

Corporate operating expenses decreased by 13% to $23 million in fiscal 2003 from $27 million in fiscal 2002.

The Company recorded a restructuring charge of $13 million related to employee severance expenses associated with the restructuring of its Canadian Media operations in fiscal 2003. The restructuring charge affected the following operating segments: Canadian Broadcasting — $3 million, Publishing and Online — $9 million and Corporate and Other — $1 million.

Amortization of intangibles was $18 million in both 2003 and 2002. Amortization of property and equipment decreased to $70 million in fiscal 2003 from $73 million in the previous year, reflecting the sale of community newspapers.

Financing costs were $248 million for fiscal 2003, compared to $255 million in the previous year, reflecting the reduced level of debt as well as lower interest rates achieved through refinancing of debt.

51


 

In fiscal 2003, the Company had investment gains of $9 million, primarily as a result of the gain on the sale of community newspapers of $21 million offset by the loss on the sale of SBS shares of $11 million. The Company recorded a $23 million loss equivalent to the fair value of interest rate swaps related to debt that was repaid during fiscal 2003. Dividend income of $3 million from UTV is consistent with fiscal 2002.

The provision for income taxes was $39 million in fiscal 2003, compared to $48 million in fiscal 2002.

The Company’s interest in earnings of Network TEN was $101 million in fiscal 2003 compared to a loss of $12 million in fiscal 2002. The Company’s share of EBITDA increased to $110 million for fiscal 2003 compared to $83 million in fiscal 2002. Earnings were affected by a number of one-time charges in both years. The Company’s share of one-time charges in fiscal 2003 included a charge of $10 million related to program inventory write-down, and a recovery of future taxes of $39 million as a result of new tax consolidation legislation in Australia. In fiscal 2002, one-time charges included an investment write down of $8 million, a charge for Eye Corp. goodwill impairment of $30 million and a charge related to the resolution of a taxation issue of $17 million. Results from TEN have been translated at an average rate of $0.8893, up 7% from the average rate of exchange in 2002. See detailed discussion of Network TEN herein.

Net earnings for fiscal 2003 were $188 million, compared to $98 million in fiscal 2002.

Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2001

The following is a table of segmented results for the years ended August 31, 2002 and August 31, 2001 including a reconciliation of operating income before amortization (EBITDA) to operating income:

                                                                 
                    Segment operating        
    Revenue   profit (EBITDA)   Amortization   Operating income
   
 
 
 
    2002   2001   2002   2001   2002   2001   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Operating Segments
                                                               
Television
                                                               
Canada
    691,888       701,027       190,752       229,494       25,924       57,840       164,828       171,654  
Australia — Network TEN(1)
    281,427       233,117       81,782       69,212       5,808       7,785       75,974       61,427  
New Zealand
    69,079       58,436       (1,938 )     (8,939 )     2,541       4,977       (4,479 )     (13,916 )
Ireland
    28,317       31,056       7,654       2,748       1,869       3,107       5,785       (359 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    1,070,711       1,023,636       278,250       292,515       36,142       73,709       242,108       218,806  
Publishing and Online — Canada
    1,270,335       919,923       285,027       207,804       62,488       83,153       222,539       124,651  
Radio — New Zealand
    60,724       56,864       16,361       14,301       2,086       4,753       14,275       9,548  
Outdoor — Australia (1)
    38,074       22,861       874       1,610       2,891       3,790       (2,017 )     (2,180 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,439,844       2,023,284       580,512       516,230       103,607       165,405       476,905       350,825  
Corporate expenses
                (26,807 )     (13,056 )     2,692       257       (29,499 )     (13,313 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Combined
    2,439,844               553,705       503,174       106,299       165,662       447,406       337,512  
Elimination of equity accounted affiliates (1)
    (319,500 )     2,023,284       (82,655 )     (69,104 )     (8,699 )     (11,575 )     (73,956 )     (57,529 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Consolidated
    2,120,344       1,767,306       471,050       434,070       97,600       154,087       373,450       279,983  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)   Represents the Company’s proportionate interest in Network TEN and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

The Company’s results were significantly impacted by acquisitions and divestitures in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001 including the following transactions:

  the acquisition of publishing and online operations in November 2000;

  the acquisition of the remaining shares of RadioWorks effective January 2001;

  the reorganization of our interest in TV3 Ireland in March 2001;

  the sale of CKVU in October 2001; and

52


 

  the gain of effective control of the National Post in September, 2001, when we began consolidating its financial results.

The Company reported consolidated revenues of $2,120 million in fiscal 2002, an increase of $353 million from the actual consolidated revenues reported for the previous year. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to the inclusion of twelve months of Publishing and Online results in fiscal 2002 compared to only nine and a half months in fiscal 2001, offset in part by a decrease in revenue as a result of the sale of CKVU and the restructuring of our interest in TV3 Ireland. On a same asset basis revenues decreased by $8 million in fiscal 2002 reflecting increases in Canadian television revenues offset by decreased revenues in Publishing and Online.

Consolidated operating expenses (including selling, general, and administrative expenses) before amortization increased $316 million to $1,649 million in fiscal 2002 as a result of the inclusion of a full year of the Publishing and Online results.

Operating income increased $93 million to $373 million in fiscal 2002 from $280 million in the previous year. $75 million of this increase resulted from the accounting policy change that discontinued the amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles, the remainder is primarily the result of the inclusion of a full year of Publishing and Online results in 2002 compared to only nine and a half months in 2001.

Actual revenues from Canadian Television Broadcast operations were down slightly to $692 million in fiscal 2002 from $701 million recorded in the previous year. This was due entirely to the sale of CKVU (Vancouver) effective August 31, 2001. On a same station basis, Canadian Television revenues increased by 9% compared to $633 million in fiscal 2001. Operating expenses increased by 5% to $493 million in fiscal 2002, compared to $472 million in fiscal 2001. On a same station basis, which excluded operating expenses associated with CKVU in the previous year, operating expenses increased by 16% in fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001. The year-over-year increase reflected higher programming costs arising from the affiliation of BCTV in Vancouver with the Global Television Network, as well as substantial additional investment in programs designed to enhance future ratings performance.

In addition, as part of the CRTC approval, the Company made substantial investments in local programming at the CH stations in Victoria and Hamilton, which included enhanced news programming and daytime programming. Operating expense increases in fiscal 2002 were offset by the discontinuation of amortization of indefinite life intangibles resulting in a decrease in amortization expense of $34 million. Operating income for Canadian Television Broadcast operations increased to $165 million in fiscal 2002 compared to $172 million in the prior year.

Revenues at Global Prime, the Company’s top-rated specialty cable channel, increased by 27% to $25 million in fiscal 2002, from $19 million in fiscal 2001. The increase was attributable to a 44.9% increase in advertising sales revenue over the previous year, and an increase in the subscriber base of 6.6% over the previous year.

The Company launched six specialty digital channels in September 2001. Five of the new channels ranked in the top ten of the 47 new digital channels that went on air at that time. At the close of fiscal 2002, the Company’s portfolio of Canadian digital channels had an aggregate of approximately 2,000,000 subscribers. Revenue from the specialty digital channels for the eight months following the end of the free preview period was $4 million, with expenses of $8 million, resulting in an operating loss of $4 million.

Publishing and Online revenues for fiscal 2002, including the National Post, were $1,270 million, an increase of $350 million from revenues of $920 million for the previous year. A 6% decline in revenue was offset by an increase attributable to the inclusion of an additional two and a half months of operations for the publishing properties as well as the inclusion of National Post operations effective September 1, 2001. Newspaper revenues were negatively affected by the impact of the September 11th tragedy on advertising expenditures and the lingering effects of a slowdown in overall advertising markets that began in April 2001. However, the decrease in advertising linage slowed and reversed through fiscal 2002. During the last four months of fiscal 2002, revenues were ahead of the corresponding months of the previous year. Consistent with the prior year, approximately 78% of newspaper revenues are derived from advertising, while circulation represents about 17% of the total newspaper revenues in fiscal 2002.

53


 

Compared to fiscal 2002, operating expenses (including selling, general and administrative expenses) of the Company’s newspaper operations increased by $270 million in fiscal 2002 to $982 million as a result of the inclusion of a full year of operations for the publishing properties and the National Post, offset by expense reductions of $135 million. The reductions were the result of restructuring at the National Post and reduced manning at other newspapers, and an overall drop of 14% in average newsprint costs during the year. Operating costs include the start-up costs associated with the launch of the Reach Canada customer contact centre in Winnipeg which receives customer service calls for all major newspapers in the group. Operating income for the publishing group increased by $101 million or 81%, to $226 million in fiscal 2002 from $125 million in the prior year. This increase is the result of the inclusion of a full year of operations of the newspaper group as compared to nine and a half months the prior year, as well as the discontinuation of amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles.

In August 2002, the Company sold a number of newspapers and related assets to GTC for aggregate cash proceeds of $257 million. These newspapers, which included eleven smaller market daily papers and certain community papers in Atlantic Canada and Saskatchewan, were not central to the Company’s multi-platform sales, content and promotion strategy. The newspapers and related assets included in the transaction generated approximately $94 million in revenue and $27 million in operating income in fiscal 2002.

The Company’s 45% share of revenues at TV3 in the Republic of Ireland increased 39% to $28 million in fiscal 2002 from $20 million the previous year. The Company’s share of TV3’s operating income was $6 million in fiscal 2002 compared to a small operating loss in the previous year. Ratings were up 13% in prime time viewing hours, with an 18% growth in all-day ratings at TV3 in fiscal 2002. Improved ratings for locally produced programming, as well as the inclusion of top-rated entertainment programming from Granada Media, contributed substantially to the continued growth at TV3.

Revenues from New Zealand Television operations in fiscal 2002 increased by 18% to $69 million from $58 million the previous year. In local currency revenues increased by 9% to NZ$100 million from NZ$92 million in 2001. Operating income also improved, from a loss of $14 million in fiscal 2001 to a loss of $4 million in fiscal 2002. Results from New Zealand were translated at an average exchange rate of $0.6910 in fiscal 2002, an increase of 8% over the prior year’s rate of exchange. A combination of factors contributed to the improved results, including higher ratings, improved advertising market conditions, and higher prices for advertising. A stronger New Zealand dollar also helped to reduce the cost of imported programming.

3 Television Network gained two points in ad market share to 25% in fiscal 2002 compared to a 23% ad market share in the previous fiscal year. In the last quarter of the year, 3 achieved the highest share in Auckland, New Zealand’s largest city, with an audience market share of 32%.

CanWest NZ Radio continued to make steady progress in fiscal 2002, increasing both its revenues and operating profit. Operating profit grew by 50% to $14 million in fiscal 2002 from $10 million in the previous year on revenues of $61 million. It recorded operating expenses of $44 million in fiscal 2002, a 4% reduction in costs from the previous year.

Financing costs were $255 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $269 million in the previous year. The decrease reflects reduced interest rates and debt repayments in fiscal 2002 partially offset by a full twelve months of financing costs related to the acquisition of CanWest Publications properties which occurred late in the first quarter of fiscal 2001, resulting in only nine and one-half months of the carrying cost associated with the acquisition in fiscal 2001.

Amortization of intangibles and goodwill was reduced to $18 million in fiscal 2002, compared to $89 million in the previous year as a result of the adoption of the new accounting policy under which goodwill and indefinite life intangibles are no longer amortized. Amortization of property and equipment increased to $73 million in fiscal 2002 from $60 million the previous year as a result of the acquisition of the publishing properties.

In fiscal 2002, the Company had investment gains, net of losses on the write down of investments, of $34 million. This was comprised of a gain on the sale of CKVU of $68 million, a gain on the sale of Atlantic Canada and Saskatchewan community newspapers of $49 million offset by write downs of $86 million as a result of non-temporary declines in fair value of other investments. In the previous year, the net investment gain was $29 million.

54


 

The provision for income taxes was $48 million in fiscal 2002, compared to a tax recovery of $27 million in fiscal 2001. The effective tax rate of 31% in fiscal 2002 was significantly lower than the Company’s statutory rate of 39%, primarily as a result of the non-taxable portion of gains. The previous year’s recovery included a future income tax recovery of $71 million due to reductions in federal and provincial income tax rates enacted during fiscal 2001.

In fiscal 2002, the Company recorded a recovery from minority interest of $4 million, compared to a charge of $3 million in the prior year. In fiscal 2002, the credit is related to the minority interest in the National Post from September 1, 2001 to March 2002. In the prior year the charge related to the minority interest in RadioWorks to January 2001.

The Company’s interest in the loss of Network TEN fiscal 2002 was $12 million, compared to income of $53 million the previous year. The Company’s share of earnings before TEN’s investment losses and write downs was $44 million in fiscal 2002, compared to $37 million in fiscal 2001, a $7 million, or 19% increase. In fiscal 2002, the Company’s share of TEN’s non-recurring charges included a one-time income tax settlement of $17 million, a goodwill impairment loss related to Eye Corp. of $30 million, and a $9 million write down of investments to fair value. In fiscal 2001, the Company’s share of non-recurring charges included gains on the sale of investments of $29 million offset by a loss on the write down of the SCAPE investment of $13 million. Results from TEN have been translated at an average rate of $0.8311 in fiscal 2002, up 4% from the average rate of exchange in fiscal 2001. See detailed discussion of Network TEN herein.

The Company’s interest in losses of equity accounted affiliates was $2 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $14 million in fiscal 2001. The fiscal 2001 loss is primarily comprised of the Company’s share of the National Post losses. In 2002, the National Post was consolidated.

The Company incurred a $1 million loss from currency translation, realized on distributions declared by Network TEN in fiscal 2002, compared to a $7 million loss in fiscal 2001.

Net earnings for fiscal 2002 were $98 million, compared to $98 million in fiscal 2001. Adjusted earnings for fiscal 2001, excluding the amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles, were $167 million.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash flow from operating activities for fiscal 2003 was $275 million compared to $187 million in the previous year. Decreases in cash flow from operations related to reduced distributions from Network TEN of $33.4 million, down from $61.0 million in fiscal 2002 was more than offset by the impact of relatively stable working capital balances. Changes in non-cash operating accounts contributed cash of $38.7 million in 2003 compared to a use of cash of $73.5 million in fiscal 2002.

In fiscal 2004 the Company expects to receive approximately $99 million in distributions from Network TEN. In addition working capital balances are expected to remain relatively constant for fiscal 2004.

Cash was $115 million at August 31, 2003, compared to $50 million as of August 31, 2002. Subsequent to August 31, 2003, $90 million was applied to reduce outstanding debt.

Capital expenditures were $38 million for fiscal 2003, compared to $52 million for the previous fiscal year. Capital spending in fiscal 2003 was primarily related to replacement of capital assets. The Company expects that capital expenditures for fiscal 2004 will include approximately $53 million in replacement of and $19 million in investment in capital assets.

Proceeds from the sale of community newspapers were $193.5 million in fiscal 2003 compared to proceeds from divestitures and the sale of investments of $477 million in fiscal 2002, which included CFCF and CKVU and certain newspapers.

Long-term debt, including the current portion, decreased $83 million during fiscal 2003 to $2,447 million. During fiscal 2003, the Company repaid $378 million of its senior secured debt. The Company issued $295 million in

55


 

senior unsecured notes, which bear interest at 7 5/8% and mature in May 2013, the proceeds of which were used to retire a portion of the 12.155% junior subordinated notes.

The total credit available under the Company’s senior secured credit facility is $1,769 million, of which the Company had drawn approximately $1,417 million as of August 31, 2003. The facility includes revolving and non-revolving tranches with terms ranging from three to six and a half years. The senior secured credit facility is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. Scheduled repayments of the Company’s senior secured credit facility amount to $38 million in fiscal 2004. The provisions of the senior secured credit facility require that, for fiscal years in which the credit rating for the Senior Secured Credit facility is below a prescribed level, the Company make a prepayment of its senior secured credit facility equal to 50% of its free cash flow, as defined under the facility, for such financial year. The Company was required to make a prepayment of $41.5 million in January 2004 in respect of fiscal 2003.

Total leverage under the Company’s senior secured credit facility was 4.91 times cash flow for debt covenant purposes for the year ended August 31, 2003 (2002 - 5.25 times), compared to a covenant of 5.75 times.

The Company has outstanding $709 million in senior subordinated notes, guaranteed by certain subsidiaries, maturing in 2011 and $295 million in senior unsecured notes maturing in 2013.

The Company has entered into currency and interest rate swaps with certain lenders under its indebtedness. The average cost of debt, including its junior subordinated notes, after taking into account other financial instruments in place, was 9.5%. As a result of debt repayment, the Company’s notional value of swaps exceeded its debt, resulting in the realization of a loss of $23 million, equivalent to the fair value of the overhanging swap, in fiscal 2003. Unrealized losses associated with the Company’s interest rate and cross currency interest rate swaps amounted to $332 million. Unrealized gains related to foreign exchange on US denominated debt amounted to $194 million as at August 31, 2003.

Under its senior credit facility the Company is required to maintain a fair value of its currency and interest rate swaps above a prescribed minimum. In fiscal 2004 the Company was required to make payments of a net amount of $18 million to recoupon the swaps in order to maintain the fair value of its interest rate and cross currency swaps within the limits prescribed. Further strengthening of the Canadian currency and or declining interest rates may result in further prepayment requirements.

At August 31, 2003 the outstanding principal balance of the junior subordinated notes payable to the Company’s parent was $752 million. These notes bear interest at 12.155% and mature in 2020.

The Company’s primary market risk exposures are interest rate and currency exchange rate risk. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk and currency exchange rate fluctuations resulting from the issuance of floating rate debt and debt denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable interest rates. Cross-currency swaps are used to hedge the currency exposure on debt originally issued in U.S. dollars. The Company does not enter into any derivatives for trading purposes.

The Company has limited the currency exposure on its US dollar denominated debt to US$42 million, and has fixed the interest rate for its senior debt by entering into a combination of cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps. The Company’s US$425 million senior subordinated notes and US$200 million senior unsecured notes have been swapped to floating interest rates.

In addition to foreign exchange rate risk on foreign currency denominated debt, the Company is also exposed to some currency risk as a result of having investments and carrying on business in currencies other than the Canadian dollar. All of the Company’s foreign operations are self-sustaining, and therefore foreign exchange gains and losses are deferred as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The Company translates the earnings of equity accounted subsidiaries and affiliates at the average rate of translation of the relevant period. The Company recognizes deferred translation gains and losses as appropriate upon dispositions and/or distributions from such operations. The Company’s primary currency exposure is to variations in the Australian and New Zealand dollars relative to the Canadian dollar as a result of its investments in Network TEN and its New Zealand television and radio operations. Currently, the Company does not use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to

56


 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates other than to hedge exposure on its debt issued in U.S. dollars as discussed above.

In the Company’s opinion, working capital is sufficient for the Company’s current requirements. Based on current operations, the Company believes that cash flow from operations, together with available borrowing capacity under the senior credit facility, will be adequate to meet its anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest and principal payments.

Although the Company has no current undertakings or agreements with respect to material acquisitions or investments, from time to time potential acquisitions and investments are evaluated and, to the extent permitted by the terms of senior debt instruments, the Company may make such acquisitions or investments should attractive opportunities arise. The Company expects that the funding for any such acquisitions or investments would come from working capital, borrowing under the senior secured credit facility or future credit facilities, additional equity and debt financing, entering into joint ventures or a combination of these options.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

The Company’s obligations under firm contractual arrangements, including commitments for future payments under long term debt arrangements, operating lease arrangements, purchase commitments and other long term liabilities as at August 31, 2003 are summarized below.

                                         
    Payments due by period
   
            Less than            
    Total   1 year   1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   Thereafter
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Long term debt
    2,447,224       63,078       104,185       171,639       2,108,322  
Operating leases
    175,919       30,045       53,414       39,410       53,050  
Purchase obligations(1)
    415,100       283,100       57,000       27,000       48,000  
Other long term liabilities
    150,190             55,400       42,000       52,790  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total
    3,188,433       370,323       257,999       268,049       2,262,162  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 


(1)   Purchase obligations represent an estimate of the Company’s contractual commitments to purchase broadcast rights and to make investments in television programs as well as its management services agreement with The Ravelston Corporation Limited.

NETWORK TEN

The Company has a 57.1% economic interest in Network TEN, one of Australia’s three private sector owned national television broadcast networks. While Network TEN’s results are not consolidated into the Company’s financial statements, the Company receives interest payments under Network TEN’s outstanding subordinated debentures, all of which are owned by the Company and dividend payments in respect of the Network TEN shares owned by the Company.

Set forth below is a discussion of Network TEN’s results of operations without giving effect to the Company’s proportionate interest in Network TEN.

Fiscal 2003 Compared to Fiscal 2002

Network TEN television operations in Australia reported a second consecutive record year in terms of revenues and operating profit after significant ratings gains for its prime time schedule in its target demographic of 16-39 year olds and significant ratings gains related to TEN’s successful acquisition of key sports properties. Total revenues increased by 13% to A$661 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from A$587 million the previous year.

57


 

Operating expenses of the Australian television operation increased by A$34 million, or 8%, to A$450 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from A$416 million in the same period in the previous year. The increase reflected the investment in a winning program strategy that included sports programming with wide audience appeal, such as the Australian Football League games, including the AFL Grand Final.

EBITDA at the broadcasting operations increased by A$39 million, or 23%, to A$211 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from A$172 million for the same period in the previous year. Revenues from Eye Corp., TEN’s out-of-home operation, decreased by A$8 million, or 10%, to A$72 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from A$80 million the previous year.

Operating expenses at Eye Corp. decreased by 14% to A$67 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from A$78 million the previous year. EBITDA of Eye Corp. increased to A$5 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 from A$2 million the previous year.

In fiscal 2003, Network TEN recorded an A$20 million write down of program inventory to fair value.

Financing expenses, excluding interest in respect of subordinated debentures, was A$27 million in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002.

Network TEN recorded an income tax recovery of A$44 million in fiscal 2003, compared to an income tax provision of A$71 million in fiscal 2002. The current year’s recovery resulted in the introduction of a new tax consolidation regime in Australia and the consequent impact on future income taxes.

Network TEN’s earnings, excluding interest in respect of subordinated debentures, increased to A$212 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, from a loss of A$23 million in the previous year. Interest in respect of subordinated debentures was A$88 million in fiscal 2003 compared to A$7 million in fiscal 2002. Network TEN’s net earnings in fiscal 2003 were $124 million compared to a loss of $30 million in 2002.

Fiscal 2002 Compared to Fiscal 2001

In fiscal 2002 Network TEN television operations in Australia reported a record year in terms of revenues after significant ratings gains for its prime time schedule in both its target demographic of 16-39 year olds and other audience categories. Total revenues increased by 16% to A$587 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, from A$506 million the previous year. This included a record fourth quarter for the television operations of the Company.

Operating expenses of the Australian television operation increased by A$60 million, or 17%, to A$416 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, from A$356 million in the same period in the previous year. The increase reflected the investment in a winning program strategy that included the most watched Australian program, Big Brother, and sports programming with wide audience appeal, such as the AFL games.

EBITDA increased by A$22 million, or 15%, to A$172 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, from A$150 million for the same period in the previous year. Revenues from Eye Corp., TEN’s out-of-home operation, increased by A$30 million, or 59%, to A$80 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, from A$50 million the previous year, which included only eight months of Eye Corp. results.

Operating expenses at Eye Corp. increased by 67% to A$78 million, from A$47 million the previous year due to the inclusion of a full year of Eye Corp. results in fiscal 2002 compared to eight months in fiscal 2001.

EBITDA of Eye Corp. decreased to A$2 million for fiscal 2002 from A$4 million the previous year.

Shortly before the end of fiscal 2002, Network TEN acquired the remaining 40% of Eye Corp. for A$10 million.

In fiscal 2002, Network TEN recorded an investment loss of A$20 million related to the write down of other investments to fair value. In fiscal 2001, Network TEN had a net investment income of A$35 million.

58


 

In fiscal 2002, Network TEN recognized a goodwill impairment loss of A$168 million related to its investment in Eye Corp.; recorded A$102 million as a charge to retained earnings; and charged A$66 million against fiscal 2002 earnings. The decline in fair value was attributable to weaknesses in the out-of-home advertising market and to certain operational issues. Financing expenses, excluding interest in respect of subordinated debentures, increased to A$27 million for fiscal 2002 from A$18 million in the previous year, reflecting higher debt levels.

Income tax expense increased to A$71 million in fiscal 2002, compared to A$24 million in fiscal 2001 as a result of increased taxable income, as well as the A$36 million settlement of a dispute with the Australian Tax Office.

Network TEN’s earnings, excluding interest in respect of subordinated debentures, decreased to a loss of A$23 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, from earnings of A$123 million in the previous year. Interest in respect of subordinated debentures was A$7 million in fiscal 2002 compared to A$71 million in fiscal 2001. Network TEN recorded a net loss of $30 million in fiscal 2002 compared to net earnings in fiscal 2001 of $52 million.

Differences Between Canadian GAAP And U.S. GAAP

The preceding discussion and analysis has been based upon financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP, which differs in certain respects from United States GAAP. The significant differences relevant to the Company are discussed in detail in note 20 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 and note 40 of the Network TEN consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s directors and senior management:

     
Name   Position with the Company
David A. Asper (3)   Executive Vice President, Chairman of the National Post, and Director
Gail S. Asper   Secretary and Director
Leonard J. Asper   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., LL.D. (1)(2)(3)   Director
Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M. (1)(2)(3)   Director
Robert G. Calvert   Senior Vice President, Operations
Richard C. Camilleri   Chief Operating Officer (Operations),
Director
Ronald Daniels (1)   Director
David J. Drybrough, FCA (2)   Director
Paul V. Godfrey, C.M. (3)   Director
Doug Hoover   Senior Vice President, Programming and Promotions
Richard M. Leipsic   Vice-President and General Counsel
John E. Maguire   Chief Financial Officer
The Hon. Frank J. McKenna, P.C.(1)(2)   Director, Interim Chairman of the Board
Thomas C. Strike   Chief Operating Officer (Corporate),
Director


(1)   Member of the Executive Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
(2)   Member of the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
(3)   Member of the Pensions Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

59


 

      David A. Asper has been one of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Directors since 1997 and one of the Company’s Directors since 2000. Since 1998, he has been President of Daremax Enterprises, a Winnipeg-based private investment company. He is also Managing Director of Creswin Properties Ltd., a private property management and development company; Past Chairman of Centre Venture Development Corp., Winnipeg’s downtown development authority; and Chairman of the Winnipeg Blue Bombers Football Club. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Asper was one of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Executive Vice Presidents. Prior to 1997, he was Vice President, Programming of CanWest Global Communications Corp. Mr. Asper is the brother of Leonard J. Asper, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Gail S. Asper, the Company’s Secretary and Director.

      Gail S. Asper has been CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Secretary and one of its Directors since 1990, and the Company’s Secretary and one of the Company’s Directors since 2000. From 1991 to 1998, she served as CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s General Counsel. Ms. Asper also acts as President of the CanWest Global Foundation, which leads CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s numerous charitable activities. Ms. Asper is currently a director of Great-West Lifeco Inc., Great-West Life Assurance Company, London Life Insurance Group Inc., The Canada Life Assurance Company and Canada Life Financial Corporation. Ms. Asper is the sister of Leonard J. Asper, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and David A. Asper, the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chairman of the National Post and Director .

      Leonard J. Asper has been CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s President and Chief Executive Officer since September 1999 and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer since 2000. Mr. Asper has also been a member of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Board of Directors since 1997 and the Company’s Board of Directors since 2000. He joined CanWest Global Communications Corp. in 1991 as Associate Counsel for the Global Television Network. He served as CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Executive Vice- President and Chief Operating Officer from October 1998 to August 1999. Prior to this, he was Director, Corporate Development. Mr. Asper is the brother of David A. Asper, the Company’s Executive Vice President, Chairman of the National Post and Director and Gail S. Asper, the Company’s Secretary and Director.

      Dr. Lloyd I. Barber has been one of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Directors since 1992 and one of the Company’s Directors since 2000. He was President Emeritus of the University of Regina from 1976 to 1990. Dr. Barber also serves as a director of Molson Inc. and Teck Cominco Ltd.

      Jalynn H. Bennett has been one of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Directors since 1998 and one of the Company’s Directors since 2000. She has been President of Jalynn H. Bennett & Associates Ltd., a Toronto-based consulting firm since 1989. Ms. Bennett also serves as a director of several Canadian companies, including Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Sears Canada Inc., Bombardier Inc. and Ontario Power Generation Inc.

      Robert G. Calvert became Senior Vice President, Operations in January, 2003. Prior to this appointment he was Executive Vice President for the Company’s publishing properties. Mr. Calvert has over 35 years of experience in the publishing industry, including eight years with CanWest’s publishing operations.

      Richard C. Camilleri became a Director of the Company in January 2004. Mr. Camilleri was appointed Chief Operating Officer (Operations) of CanWest Global Communications Corp. and the Company in July 2002. Prior to his appointment to the Company, Mr. Camilleri was Chairman, President and CEO of Arius3D Inc, and prior to 2001, was President, Sony Music Entertainment.

      Ron Daniels became a Director of the Company in January 2004. Mr. Daniels is the Dean of the Faculty of Law, University of Toronto, since 1995. He is active in public policy reformation and has contributed to several public task forces. He was chair of the Ontario Task Force on Securities Regulation and is a member of Toronto Stock Exchange Commission on Corporate Governance. He also serves as a director on the board of several public companies, including Moore Wallace Incorporated, Rockwater Capital Corporation and Great Lakes Power Inc.

60


 

      David Drybrough has been one of the Company’s Directors since 2003. Mr. Drybrough has been Vice President, Finance for Gendis Inc since his retirement in 1997 from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, then known as Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Drybrough serves as a director of Fort Chicago Energy Partners L.P.

      Paul Godfrey became a Director in January 2004. Mr. Godfrey is President and Chief Executive Officer of the Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Club, a position he has held since September 1, 2000. From November 1992 until June 2000, Mr. Godfrey was President and Chief Executive Officer of The Toronto Sun. He serves as a director of a number of major public Canadian companies including Astral Media Inc. and Riocan Real Estate Investment Trust and is actively involved in many charitable organizations. Mr. Godfrey has received many honours including the City of Toronto’s highest award, the Civic Award of Merit, and is a member of the Order of Canada.

      Doug Hoover, Senior Vice President, Programming and Promotions has provided leadership to the Company’s Canadian television programming operations since 1991. Mr. Hoover has over 20 years of experience in the Company’s television operations.

      Richard M. Leipsic has been CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Vice President and General Counsel since he joined CanWest Global Communications Corp. in 1999. Mr. Leipsic has been the Company’s Vice President and General Counsel since 2000. From 1975 until he joined CanWest Global Communications Corp., Mr. Leipsic practiced commercial law at Pitblado Buchwald Asper, a Winnipeg-based law firm, where he was a senior partner. During his time at Pitblado Buchwald Asper, Mr. Leipsic acted as CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s outside legal counsel.

      John E. Maguire has been CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Chief Financial Officer since January 1996 and prior to that was Vice President, Finance since September 1994. Mr. Maguire has been the Company’s Chief Financial Officer since 2000. Mr. Maguire is a Chartered Accountant. Prior to joining CanWest Global Communications Corp., Mr. Maguire worked with Coopers & Lybrand from 1980 to 1987.

      The Hon. Frank J. McKenna has been one of CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Directors since 1999 and one of the Company’s Directors since 2000. Mr. McKenna has been a member of the law firm of McInnes Cooper as Counsel since 1998. From 1987 to 1997, he was the Premier of the Province of New Brunswick. Mr. McKenna also serves as a director of several public companies, including Bank of Montreal, Noranda Inc., Zenon Environmental Inc., General Motors Acceptance Corporation of Canada, Limited, Minacs Worldwide Inc., Shoppers Drug Mart Corporation, and Major Drilling Group International Inc.

      Thomas C. Strike became a Director of the Company in January, 2004. Mr. Strike was appointed Chief Operating Officer (Corporate) of CanWest Global Communications Corp. and the Company in July 2002. Prior to his latest appointment, Mr. Strike was CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Chief Operating Officer since September 1999 and the Company’s Chief Operating Officer since 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Strike was Executive Vice President, and prior to January 1996, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He is a Chartered Accountant. Prior to joining CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s, Mr. Strike worked with Coopers & Lybrand from 1978 to 1986.

      All of the Company’s directors and senior management, other than Mr. Daniels, Mr. Godfrey, Mr. Drybrough and Mr. Camilleri have served in their respective positions since the Company’s incorporation on September 28, 2000. Mr. Drybrough joined the Company’s Board of Directors in March 2003, Mr. Godfrey and Mr. Daniels joined the Company’s Board of Directors in January 2004, and Mr. Camilleri was appointed to his executive role in July 2002.

      Each Director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholder’s meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her office becomes vacant by reason of his or her death, removal or other cause. The Company has no arrangements with any of our directors providing for the payment of benefits upon termination of service as director.

61


 

B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors

Directors of the Company who are employees or otherwise retained by the Company are not entitled to receive any additional remuneration for serving as directors. All other directors are entitled to receive an annual director’s fee of $25,000 and a maximum of $1,500 for each meeting attended. In January 2004, the Board of Directors increased the annual director’s fee to $30,000. The Chairman of each committee of the Board of Directors is entitled to an additional $5,000 per annum for acting as such and directors are entitled to $3,000 per annum for each committee on which they serve. All directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board meetings. In fiscal 2003 aggregate directors’ fees of $365,417 were paid by the Company. I.H. Asper was Chairman of the Board of Directors effective February 1, 2003 until his death on October 7, 2003, and received compensation based upon an annual fee of $200,000.

Until fiscal 2004, the directors were also entitled to participate in the Executive Stock Option Plan. In each of January 2003 and November 2003, each non-executive director serving at that time received a grant of options to purchase 7,500 Subordinate Voting Shares of the Company’s parent, CanWest Global Communications Corp. These options were granted in respect of each of the 2002 and 2003 fiscal years. These options, which vest immediately on grant, have a 10-year term and may be exercised at an exercise price of $7.21 per share and $12.90 per share for the January and November grant dates respectively.

The Board of Directors has determined that directors will not receive grants of options in the future and have approved a Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plan. The purpose of the plan is to promote a greater alignment of interests between the individual director and the shareholders of the Company. The Board has also introduced stock ownership guidelines which require non-executive directors to own stock either directly or in the form of DSU’s in the Company’s parent, CanWest Global Communications Corp., equivalent to four times the annual directors’ fee. Directors will have a period of 5 years to meet this guideline. Upon implementation of the DSU Plan, non-executive directors may elect to receive their remuneration in cash, DSUs or a combination thereof. Until the stock ownership threshold is reached, directors will be required to receive 50% of their annual retainer in DSUs.

Executive Compensation

The following table details the annual and long term compensation of individuals who were, on August 31, 2003 the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and certain other executive officers, which are referred to as named executive officers, for the 2003 fiscal year:

                                         
Annual Compensation   Long Term Compensation

 
                            Securities    
Name and Principal                           Underlying    
Position with the                   Other Annual   Options   All Other
Company   Salary   Bonus (4)   Compensation(1)   Granted (2)   Compensation

 
 
 
 
 
Leonard J. Asper
President and Chief Executive Officer
  $ 650,000     $ 678,906     $       60,000        
Robert G. Calvert (3 )
Senior Vice President, Operations
  $ 400,000     $ 350,000               12,500        
Richard C. Camilleri
Chief Operating Officer, (Operations)
  $ 600,000     $ 360,000     $       20,000        
Doug G. Hoover
Senior Vice President, Programming & Promotion
  $ 411,600     $ 311,375     $ 3,170       6,250        
Thomas C. Strike
Chief Operating Officer (Corporate)
  $ 500,000     $ 316,500     $ 17,714       40,000        

62


 


(1)   The value of rights and benefits for each named executive officer is less than the lesser of $50,000 and 10% of the total annual base compensation and bonuses. Amounts shown reflect imputed interest benefit on loans pursuant to CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s Management Share Purchase Plan and other indebtedness.
 
(2)   Option exercise price per share was market price per share of the Subordinate Voting Shares as at the date the options were granted.
 
(3)   Mr. Calvert was appointed to his position January 27, 2003.
 
(4)   These executives are eligible to receive annual bonuses ranging from 50% to 150% of their base salary. Awards are determined based on achievement of financial and personal performance objectives. The performance measures on which awards are determined include: net earnings, diluted earnings per share, return on average equity and achievement of personal objectives. In addition, awards for overachievement of financial objectives of 10% to 15% of base salary are available.

Option Grants During the Most Recently Completed Financial Year

The Company has adopted an Executive Stock Option Plan as part of its Amended and Restated Combined Share Compensation Plan under which directors and eligible executives of the Company are entitled to receive options to acquire Subordinate Voting Shares or Non-Voting Shares of the Company’s parent, CanWest Global Communications Corp., depending upon each executive’s citizenship. The Executive Stock Option Plan is administered by the Board of Directors of the Company, which establishes the option price per share on the date on which any options are granted. In all cases, the option price per share has been the market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares as at the date the option was granted and in no case has the option term exceeded 10 years. Options granted up to December 31, 1995 are exercisable in equal annual installments over a 5-year period at any time in each year, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise. Options granted from January 1, 1996 to January 1, 2000 vest in equal annual installments over five years in the twelfth month of each year of the option with the exceptions of options granted to Directors which vest immediately, and options granted to P.D. Viner in July 1997 and in July 1998 which vested in equal annual amounts over the period to July 2002. Options granted after January 1, 2000 and before November 2002 are exercisable over a six year period with one third of the options vesting after every two years. Options granted subsequent to November 2002 are exercisable over a five year period with 40% vesting after 2 years and 20% vesting each year thereafter. The aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares and Non-Voting Shares which have been reserved for issue under this plan, together with any Subordinate Voting Shares and Non-Voting Shares reserved for issue under any options for service or other employee stock purchase or option plans established from time to time may not exceed an aggregate of approximately 13.8 million shares and no individual optionee may hold options to purchase an aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares and Non-Voting Shares in excess of 5% of the issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares and Non-Voting Shares at the date of the grant of the option.

Options granted to Executives since November 2002 are granted according to a formula which is, in part, based upon achievement of specified financial objectives. Directors of the Company received options in January 2003 in respect of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 and in November 2003 in respect of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2003. The Board of Directors has determined that directors will not receive grants of options in the future and have approved introduction of a Deferred Share Unit Plan (see “Compensation of Directors”).

Information as to options granted in respect of fiscal 2003 to named executive officers of the Company under the Executive Stock Option Plan is shown in the table below:

63


 

                                     
                            Market Value of    
            % of Total           Subordinate Voting    
    Subordinate Voting   Options Granted           Shares Underlying    
    Shares Under   to Employees   Exercise   Options on the Date    
    Option   in respect of   Price   of Grant   Expiration
Name   #   fiscal 2003   $/Security   $/Security   Date

 
 
 
 
 
L.J. Asper  
30,000

         
7.21

 
7.21

  January 2013
   
30,000
(1)          
12.90

 
12.90

  November 2013
     
                             
   
60,000

 
13.1
%
                   
   



                           
R.G. Calvert  
12,500

 
2.7
%
 
7.21

 
7.21

  January 2013
R.C. Camilleri  
20,000

 
4.4
%
 
7.21

 
7.21

  January 2013
D.G. Hoover  
6,250

 
1.4
%
 
7.21

 
7.21

  January 2013
T.C. Strike  
20,000

         
7.21

 
7.21

  January 2013
   
20,000
(1)
         
12.90

 
12.90

  November 2013
     
                             
   
40,000

 
8.7
%
                   
   



                           


(1)   Performance based award in respect of fiscal year ended August 31, 2003.

Executive Pension Benefits

Retirement Compensation Arrangement

Certain senior executives of the Company are covered under a Retirement Compensation Arrangement (RCA). Under the RCA, the benefit accrual is equal to 2.25% of the executive’s Final Average Earnings multiplied by the number of years the executive has been continuously employed by the Company. Final Average Earnings are defined as the average of the executive’s salary plus incentive bonus in each of the best 3 consecutive years out of the last 10 years of the executive’s employment with the Company. Normal retirement is at age 62 and the pension is payable for only the lifetime of the executive. Participants can retire as early as age 50 with 5 years’ service. Pensions payable on early retirement will be reduced by 0.5% for each month that retirement occurs prior to age 62. For purposes of the RCA benefits payable to the named executive officers indicated below, the Final Average Earnings are capped at $500,000. Benefits accrued under the RCA are not reduced by any social security or Canada Pension Plan benefits. The Company has accrued $4.7 million related to this plan (for all participants) as at August 31,

64


 

2003. The table below shows the pension amounts which would be payable at normal retirement based on various levels of compensation and service.

                                           
      Years of Credited Service
     
Final Average                    
Earnings   15   20   25   30   35

 
 
 
 
 
 
$125,000
    42,187.50       56,250.00       70,312.50       84,375.00       98,437.50  
 
150,000
    50,625.00       67,500.00       84,375.00       101,250.00       118,125.00  
 
175,000
    59,062.50       78,750.00       98,437.50       118,125.00       137,812.50  
 
200,000
    67,500.00       90,000.00       112,500.00       135,000.00       157,500.00  
 
225,000
    75,937.50       101,250.00       126,562.50       151,875.00       177,187.50  
 
250,000
    84,375.00       112,500.00       140,625.00       168,750.00       196,875.00  
 
300,000
    101,250.00       135,000.00       168,750.00       202,500.00       236,250.00  
 
400,000
    135,000.00       180,000.00       225,000.00       270,000.00       315,000.00  
 
500,000
    168,750.00       225,000.00       281,250.00       337,500.00       393,750.00  

   
     
     
     
     
 

The above table is applicable to L.J. Asper, R. C. Camilleri, D.G. Hoover and T.C. Strike. Credited service at January 1, 2004 will be as follows:

  Mr. L.J. Asper, 12.83 years;
Mr. T.C. Strike, 17.42 years
Mr. R.C. Camilleri, 1.50 years; and
Mr. D.G. Hoover, 21.00 years

Supplemental Executive Retirement Arrangement

Certain executives of the Company are covered under a Supplemental Executive Retirement Arrangement (SERA). Under this arrangement the pension accrual is equal to 1.25% of the Executive’s Final Average Earnings up to a prescribed amount plus 1.75% of the Executive’s Final Average Earnings in excess of the prescribed amount multiplied by the Executive’s Credited Service. Final Average Earnings are defined as the greatest of (i) the average of the Executive’s pensionable earnings during the final 60 months immediately prior to retirement, termination, or death; (ii) the average of the Executive’s highest 5 calendar years of pensionable earnings (excluding overtime) during the last ten calendar years of employment, plus the annual average of overtime earnings over the period of employment since 1975. Pensions payable on early retirement will be reduced by 0.3333% for each month that retirement occurs prior to age 62 with 10 years service. For purposes of this Plan, the total pension payable is limited to the Maximum Pension allowable under the Income Tax Act. For the year 2003, this limit is equal to $1,722.22 x years’ of credited service. Benefits under the SERA are integrated with the YMPE under the Canada Pension Plan, but are not further reduced by the CPP Pension. The Company has accrued $5.4 million related to this plan (to cover all participants). The table below shows the maximum pensions payable at various service levels.

65


 

                                           
      Years of Credited Service
     
Final Average                    
Remuneration   15   20   25   30   35

 
 
 
 
 
$
125,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
150,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
175,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
200,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
225,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
250,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
300,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
400,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  
 
500,000
    25,833       34,444       43,056       51,667       60,278  

The above table is applicable to Mr. Calvert. Credited service at January 1, 2004 will be 8 years.

Executive Employment Agreements

Leonard J. Asper

The Company proposes to enter into a management services agreement with CanWest Direction Ltd. (“Direction”) with respect to the services of Leonard J. Asper. In respect of services to be provided by Leonard J. Asper as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the proposed agreement will provide for a base annual fee of $650,000 and incentive fees up to 150% of base fee based upon agreed financial and personal objectives and includes health, life insurance, pension and similar benefits available to all the Company’s executives. The proposed agreement will require that Mr. Asper not engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control or participate in any business that competes with the Company for a period of 12 months following expiration of his employment with the Company. Should Direction terminate the agreement within six months following a change in control of the Company, Direction is entitled to receive 18 months basic fees and pro-rated incentive fees for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs.

Robert G. Calvert

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Robert Calvert, its Senior Vice President, Operations. The agreement provides for a base annual salary of $400,000, incentive compensation up to 60% of base salary based upon agreed financial and personal objectives and includes health, life insurance, pension and similar benefits available to all the Company’s executives.

In the event of Mr. Calvert’s resignation or termination of employment by the Company, he is precluded from entering into a consulting arrangement or employment by companies engaged in television broadcasting or newspaper operations other than CanWest in any market where the Company has operations for a period of up to 12 months subsequent to leaving CanWest. Mr. Calvert is entitled to 24 months salary in the event of termination of employment without just cause, death or permanent disability, or resignation of employment after August 31, 2004.

Richard C. Camilleri

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Richard C. Camilleri, its Chief Operating Officer (Operations). The agreement provides for a base annual salary of $600,000, incentive compensation up to 60% of base salary based upon agreed financial and personal objectives and includes health, life insurance, pension and similar benefits available to all the Company’s executives. The agreement provides the Company with the right to preclude Mr. Camilleri from employment by companies other than CanWest in the countries in which CanWest has operations for a period of up to 18 months subsequent to leaving CanWest. Under such circumstances, Mr. Camilleri is entitled to continue to receive salary and health benefits for a period up to 18 months.

66


 

C. Board Practices

The Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) requires that every listed company disclose its corporate governance practices annually and relate their corporate governance practices to each of the “TSX Guidelines for Effective Corporate Governance” (the “TSX Guidelines”). A description of the Company’s corporate governance practices follows, referring to each of the guidelines established in the TSX Guidelines.

In this Statement, the terms “unrelated director” and “outside director” have the meaning given to those terms in the TSX Guidelines. An “unrelated director” is a director who is independent of management and is free from any interest and any business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act with a view to the best interests of the Company, other than interests and relationships arising from shareholding. An “outside director” is a director who is not a member of management. As well, the term “independent director” as used in this statement is used to describe an unrelated director who is free from any interests in or relationships with either the Company or the significant shareholder of the Company or any affiliate of the significant shareholder. In determining the independence of directors, reference was also made to the Corporate Governance Rules adopted by the New York Stock Exchange and approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2003. For the purposes of this Statement, the Board has determined that directors who are not independent under the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Listing Standards are considered to be related.

Mandate of the Board

The mandate of the Board of Directors is to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Company and to act with a view to the best interests of the Company. In fulfilling its mandate, the Board, among other matters, is responsible for:

    reviewing and assessing the operations of the Company with a view to ensuring the best performance is achieved;

    reviewing and approving major development activities of the Company including major acquisitions, investments and divestitures outside the ordinary course of business;

    approving operating and capital budgets;

    reviewing and approving the dividend policy and declaration of dividends;

    appointing the Chief Executive Officer;

    reviewing and assessing the performance of the senior management including the Chief Executive Officer;

    reviewing and approving prospects for additional senior management positions;

    reviewing and approving major financing;

    reviewing and approving the quarterly and annual financial statements;

    reviewing and approving compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives;

    reviewing the Company’s share compensation plan for employees, management and executives;

    reviewing and approving any securities offerings; and

    reviewing the internal control and management information systems.

Inherent in the mandate of the Board is the responsibility to review the Company’s strategic planning, risk management, succession planning (including appointing, training and monitoring senior management), shareholder communications and the integrity of the Company’s internal control and management information systems. These matters are routinely and expressly dealt with by the Board throughout the year.

There were nine meetings of the Board of Directors held in fiscal 2003. Seven meetings of the Board are currently scheduled for fiscal 2004. On a regular basis, regardless of whether a meeting is scheduled, all directors receive information including a report from the Chief Executive Officer, a report on corporate development activities,

67


 

operations reports, a financial overview and other pertinent information. All executives are available for discussions with the directors concerning any questions or comments which may arise between meetings.

Board Composition

The Company’s Board currently consists of eleven directors. The relatively small size of the Board has enabled it to be extremely flexible with regard to scheduling meetings, including unplanned meetings which are called in order to review new opportunities. The Board is thus able to act quickly and remain well informed at all times.

Nominees for election to the Board are selected having due regard for geographic diversity, considering the primary markets in which the Company operates and the appropriate expertise and background to contribute and support the Company’s strategy and operations.

The Board consists of six unrelated directors and five related directors. The six unrelated directors are: Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., S.O.M., LL.D; Ms. Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M.; Mr. Ron Daniels; Mr. David J. Drybrough, FCA; Mr. Paul V. Godfrey, C.M. and The Honourable Frank J. McKenna, P.C. The remaining five directors are related. Accordingly, the Board will be constituted with a majority of individuals who qualify as unrelated directors.

In determining whether the directors were unrelated, the Board examined the factual circumstances of each director and considered them in the context of many factors and concluded that all the individuals in question were independent from management and were free from any interest and any business or other relationship which would or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with their ability to act in the best interests of the Company.

Independence from Management

In order to ensure that the Board of Directors can function independently from management, the Company has separated the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer through the appointment of the Hon. Frank J. McKenna, P.C. as Interim Chairman of the Board of Directors and Mr. Leonard J. Asper as President and Chief Executive Officer. Further, independent directors chair each of the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Pensions Committee. Each Committee as well as the Board as a whole meet in-camera without management present. Individual directors may, with the consent of the Chairman of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board, engage outside advisors at the expense of the Company.

Board Committees

In fiscal 2003, the Board of Directors had 4 committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Executive Committee and the Pensions Committee. The Chair of the Board of Directors is an ex-officio member of all committees of the Board, subject to the limitations set out in the by-laws of the Company. For fiscal 2004, the Board has disbanded the Executive Committee and established a Governance and Nominating Committee which consists of the Board as a whole.

i) Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is composed entirely of independent directors in compliance with the Guidelines established in the TSX Guidelines. Under the terms of the Audit Committee Charter, the Committee is responsible for, among other things, reviewing the Company’s financial reporting procedures, internal controls, recommending the appointment of the external auditors as well as reviewing the performance of the Company’s external auditors. The Committee also establishes the external auditors’ compensation. Since fiscal 2002, the Audit Committee has had in place a policy limiting the scope of the external auditors services to audit and audit related activities, including tax services. Prior approval of any audit related expenses in excess of $50,000 is required. The Audit Committee has direct communication channels with the internal and external auditors to discuss and review specific issues as appropriate. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing the quarterly and the annual financial statements and related news releases as well as Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Results prior to their approval by the Board of Directors. The Committee also receives and reviews quarterly, managements’ report on compliance with the Company’s policy on full and non-selective disclosure of material information.

68


 

The Audit Committee met seven times in fiscal 2003, during which time its members were Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., S.O.M., LL.D., Ms. Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M., Mr. David J. Drybrough, FCA and The Honourable Frank McKenna, P.C. Ms. Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M. is Chair of the Audit Committee. All of the members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and the Committee has determined that Dr. Barber, Ms. Bennett and Mr. Drybrough qualify as financial experts.

ii) Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of unrelated directors and makes recommendations to the Board on, among other things, executive compensation, including the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, and reviews other aspects of executive compensation, such as the Company’s share compensation plans. The Committee also ensures that the Company complies with corporate and securities legislation with respect to executive compensation disclosure in the annual information circular. The Committee held four meetings in fiscal 2003 during which time its members were the Honourable Frank J. McKenna, P.C., Mr. I.H. Asper, O.C., O.M., Q.C., LL.D., Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., S.O.M., LL.D. and Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M. The Honorable Frank J. McKenna, P.C. is Chair of the Compensation Committee.

iii) Pensions Committee

The Pensions Committee is composed of three directors. The Committee is responsible for overseeing matters relating to the investment policies and performance of the Company’s pension funds. The Committee held one meeting in fiscal 2003 during which time its members were Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., S.O.M., LL.D., Mr. David A. Asper and Ms. Jalynn H. Bennett, C.M. Dr. Lloyd I. Barber, C.C., S.O.M., LL.D. is Chair of the Pensions Committee.

Corporate Governance

As a result of the TSX’s corporate governance rules, the Board of Directors passed a resolution authorizing the Board to expressly assume responsibility for developing and monitoring the Company’s approach to corporate governance issues. The Corporate Secretary who is also a director has been appointed as the person responsible for ensuring all corporate governance matters are reviewed by the Board and that procedures recommended in the guidelines established in the TSX Guidelines are followed, where appropriate.

Decisions Requiring Board Approval

In addition to those matters which must by law be approved by the Board, the Board reviews and approves dispositions, acquisitions or investments which are outside the ordinary course of business of the Company. The Board also reviews and approves operating and capital budgets. The Board also reviews the recommendations of the Compensation Committee as to the adequacy and form of compensation of the directors to ensure that compensation realistically reflects the responsibilities and risks involved in being an effective director. The Board also approves changes in senior management. The directors have access to management and the Company’s advisors in order to assist in their understanding of proposed Board actions and the implications of voting for or against such actions. In addition, Committees of the Board are authorized by the Board from time to and as appropriate to retain outside advisors at the Company’s expense.

69


 

Because the Company focuses on new development opportunities, at any given time a significant number of investment opportunities may be under investigation by management. The Board receives monthly reports on these activities and Board meetings are held to review and approve the corporate development transactions. As a result of its relatively small size, the Board is very flexible and management has been able to consult regularly with the Board to seek approval for any activities outside the normal course of business.

With respect to establishing specific corporate objectives for the Company and the Chief Executive Officer, the Board is satisfied that such objectives (both long and short term) are set and regularly discussed at Board meetings.

Board Performance

It is the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to ensure the effective operation of the Board and to ensure the Board discharges its responsibilities. Because of the relative youth of the Company and the small Board of Directors, it has not been necessary to create formal committees or to convene specific meetings to assess the effectiveness of the Board as a whole, the committees of the Board or the contribution of individual directors and the quality of information provided to the Board. The Board has established an orientation and education program for new director recruits. To date, issues regarding quality of information, suggestions regarding the appointment of new directors and issues regarding Board performance have been raised and have been regularly explored at meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board is developing a Charter of Expectations as part of a formal process for evaluating the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees.

Shareholder Feedback

The Company has a Director of Communications who, working with the Secretary and other senior executives of the Company, responds promptly to all shareholder inquiries. To date, the Company believes that all shareholder inquiries have been dealt with in a manner satisfactory to the particular shareholder.

Expectations of Management

The Board of Directors expects management, among other things, to work diligently towards enhancing the Corporation’s performance by ensuring that existing operations are managed prudently and that new profit centres are sought. It is expected that management will provide the Board with all pertinent information regarding the operations and corporate development activities of the Company so that the Board can properly assess whether these goals are being met. The Company believes that the Board of Directors has been kept fully informed of the Company’s activities. Management is expected and strives to provide as much information as is required or requested to ensure that the Board can participate actively in important discussions on the Company’s future, discussions regarding strategic planning and discussions regarding the assessment of performance. The Board of Directors expects management to be completely forthcoming with respect to its assessment of opportunities and performance so that the Board can make reasoned decisions regarding the same.

The Board will continue to monitor the nature of the information requested by and provided to the Board so that it is able to determine if the Board can be more effective in identifying issues and opportunities for the Company.

D. Employees

The Company’s Canadian television operations employ approximately 2000 people on a full-time and full-time equivalent basis. Approximately 55% of the Company’s Canadian broadcasting employees are employed under a total of 15 collective agreements, 12 of which are with the Communications, Energy and Paperworkers Union of Canada. Three of these agreements are in renegotiation or conciliation, an additional three agreements will expire in 2004 and a further three will expire in 2005.

CanWest Publications has approximately 5,300 full-time and full-time equivalent employees. Approximately 53% of these employees are employed under a total of 49 collective agreements. Six of these collective agreements are in negotiation, an additional one will expire in 2004 and a further 25 will expire in 2005. In general, the Company’s collective agreements cover operations at particular publications or business locations, rather than multiple locations.

70


 

Canadian newspaper operations experienced one work stoppage in the year. Collective bargaining in Victoria at the Times-Colonist commenced in April 2002 to renew agreements expiring December 31, 2001. Four unions representing 300 employees went on strike from September 2, 2002 to November 4, 2002. The term of the new collective agreement runs to December 31, 2004. Operations have returned to normal with no further disruption expected. Collective bargaining in Vancouver between the Pacific Newspaper Group and the CEP, Local 2000, representing 1,050 employees commenced during the month of October 2001 for the renewal of the 1998-2001 collective agreement. After continuous bargaining, the CEP, Local 2000 engaged in strike activity on July 1, 2002 affecting the publication of The Vancouver Sun and the Province newspapers. The parties reached a settlement on July 18, 2002 and both newspapers resumed publication for the July 22, 2002 editions. The term of the new collective agreement runs to November 30, 2004. Operations at the Pacific Newspaper Group have since been without disruption and no significant labour issues have developed as a result of the dispute.

In Australia, Network TEN and Eye Corp. employ a total of approximately 1,280 full-time employees and management estimates 30% are represented by labor unions.

In New Zealand, TV3 and TV4 have 309 employees, and CanWest NZ Radio has 580 employees. In the Republic of Ireland, TV3 has 140 employees. None of the Company’s employees in New Zealand or the Republic of Ireland are represented by trade unions.

CanWest employs approximately 53 people at its corporate and international offices. The Company’s Business Services Centre, including finance and information technology services, employs 181 people, and Reach Canada employs 209 people.

Collective bargaining agreements to which the Company is subject vary as to the number of employees covered and content. The Company believes it has satisfactory relationships with unionized and non-unionized employees.

E. Share Ownership

The Company is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest Global Communications Corp, the voting power of which is controlled by trusts for the benefit of members of the family of the late Israel Asper, including David A. Asper, Gail S. Asper, and Leonard J. Asper, who are senior officers and directors of the Company and Mrs. Ruth M. Asper.

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major Shareholders

See Item 6.E. Share Ownership.

B. Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into various transactions with management and other related parties including the following, which it believes are on substantially comparable terms as those which it could have obtained with unrelated parties on an arms’ length basis:

  For the year ended August 31, 2003, the Company paid $1.8 million in aircraft lease payments to CanWest Global Communications Corp. and expects to make similar payments in the future.

  For the year ended August 31, 2003 the Company paid $0.2 million in operating lease payments to a company which is 50% owned by a company affiliated with CanWest Communications Corporation, the parent company of CanWest Global Communications Corp.

  As of August 31, 2003, the Company has outstanding advances due from CanWest Global Communications Corp. of $82.1 million. In the future, similar advances must be made in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the notes.

71


 

  The Company has had a non-interest bearing loan outstanding during the previous year in the principal amount of $60.5 million to CanWest Entertainment Inc., the proceeds of which were used to acquire Fireworks Entertainment Inc.

  As of August 31, 2003, the Company has loans outstanding to Fireworks Entertainment Inc. in the principal amount of $372.4 million. The proceeds of such loans were used for production of content and related operating expenses, as well as a $110.0 million loan used to acquire a film and program library. The loan to Fireworks bears interest at the Canadian prime rate. The loans due from Fireworks Entertainment Inc. are subject to measurement uncertainty. The estimated recoverable amounts of these loans depend on estimates of the profitability of Fireworks, which, in turn, depends upon assumptions regarding future conditions in the film and entertainment industry and the exploitation of the films included in Fireworks’ library. These assumptions are limited by the availability of reliable industry comparative data and the uncertainty of prediction concerning future events. Accordingly, by their nature, estimates of recoverable amounts are subjective.

  For the year ended August 31, 2003 the Company acquired broadcast rights for various television programs from Fireworks in the amount of $6.6 million.

  As at August 31, 2003 the Company had senior subordinated notes held by CanWest Communications Corporation, the parent company of CanWest Global Communications Corp. totaling $58.1 million (US$41.9 million). This debt, issued in May 2001, matures May 15, 2011 and bears interest at 10.625%. Interest expense related to this debt totaled $6.4 million in fiscal 2003 (2002-$6.0 million). During fiscal 2003, CanWest Communications Corporation exchanged these Canadian dollar denominated notes for United States dollar denominated notes. The exchange was completed pursuant to the provisions of the original note indenture.

In addition, CanWest Global Communications Corp. has approved stock based compensation programs, the purpose of which are to provide the Company’s employees and certain of the Company’s directors and the directors of the Company’s subsidiaries with the opportunity to participate in the growth and development of CanWest Global Communications Corp. through the granting of options on CanWest Global Communications Corp. shares and share purchase loans.

On November 16, 2000, CanWest Global Communications Corp. acquired substantially all of Hollinger’s Canadian newspapers and Internet assets, including a 50% interest in the National Post through its wholly-owned subsidiary, 3815668 Canada Inc., the Company’s immediate parent, which then transferred those assets to the Company. The purchase price for CanWest Publications was approximately $3.1 billion, based upon an agreed value for CanWest Global Communications Corp.’s equity, subject to adjustment for future operating results and working capital.

The consideration for the acquisition of CanWest Publications consisted of:

    $1,985.5 million in cash;

    approximately $766.8 million of holding company notes issued by the Company’s immediate parent to Hollinger; and

    24.3 million non-voting shares and 2.7 million series 1 preference shares issued by CanWest Global Communications Corp. to Hollinger, which were accepted in payment of $617.6 million of the purchase price.

The value ascribed to the non-voting shares and series 1 preference shares was approximately $375.5 million under Canadian GAAP. The Company’s immediate parent issued shares to CanWest Global Communications Corp. for the consideration paid in shares by CanWest Global Communications Corp. The Company acquired CanWest Publications from its immediate parent in return for cash, share consideration and notes payable to its immediate parent. The notes payable to the Company’s immediate parent and their related service costs are payable, at the

72


 

Company’s option, in cash or shares. In connection with the acquisition of CanWest Publications, CanWest Global Communications Corp. entered into a management services agreement with Ravelston and The National Post Company. Ravelston provides advisory, consultative, procurement and administrative services to the Company’s Canadian publishing operations and to The National Post Company for an annual fee of $6.0 million.

Subsequently, the Company acquired the 50% of the National Post it did not already own. The purchase price for such acquisition consisted of nominal cash consideration and other consideration in the form of agreements and undertakings exchanged by the parties, including the elimination of certain of the purchase price adjustments. In addition, on September 30, 2001, Hollinger was required to make payment to The National Post Company in respect of a pre-payment of future losses or cash requirements of The National Post Company.

In September 2001, the Company assumed the day-to-day management of the National Post. In addition, in September 2001, the executives holding the positions of chairman, chief executive officer, publisher and assistant publisher of the National Post resigned and the Company filled the resulting vacancies.

Indebtedness of Directors and Senior Officers Under Securities Purchase Programs

All of the Company’s employees and non-executive directors are eligible to participate in the CanWest Global Communications Corp. Employee Share Purchase Plan and certain of the Company’s management employees are eligible to participate in the CanWest Global Communications Corp. Management Share Purchase Plan, each of which are part of CanWest Global Communication Corp.’s Amended and Restated Combined Share Compensation Plan. Participants may acquire, annually, subordinate voting shares or non-voting shares of CanWest Global Communications Corp., depending upon the participant’s citizenship, with a purchase price equal to the market price per share of the relevant shares up to a maximum of the amount of their annual directors’ fees in the case of directors; 5% of their annual base compensation in the case of other participants in the CanWest Employee Share Purchase Plan; and 10% of their annual base compensation in the case of participants in the CanWest Management Share Purchase Plan. All participants are eligible to receive interest-free share purchase loans from CanWest Global Communications Corp. Such loans are repayable in full by December 31 of the year in which the loans were made.

The aggregate amount outstanding to CanWest Global Communications Corp. and its subsidiaries for indebtedness of present and former directors, officers and employees, in connection with the purchase of CanWest Global Communication Corp.’s securities, excluding routine indebtedness, as of February 13, 2004 was approximately $446,871.

Other Indebtedness to CanWest Global Communications Corp.

The aggregate amount outstanding to CanWest Global Communications Corp. and its subsidiaries for indebtedness of present and former directors, officers and employees, borrowed not in connection with the purchase of securities of the Company as of February 13, 2004, was approximately $592,158. This amount includes loans to Mr. Strike, Mr. Leipsic and Mr. Hoover in connection with the purchase of their residences with principal amounts outstanding of $384,765, $99,393, and $60,000, respectively. The highest principal amount outstanding under these loans since September 1, 2001 was $418,514, $118,750, and $100,000, respectively. These loans are interest-free and secured by mortgages on the respective residences of the individuals concerned. Repayments of amounts outstanding under each of these loans are required in annual amounts equal to 50% of the individual’s net bonus after taxes in the case of Mr. Strike and Mr. Leipsic.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See the Consolidated Financial Statements for CanWest Media Inc. and The Ten Group Pty. Limited set forth in Part III, Item 17 hereof and filed as part of this annual report.

73


 

The CanWest Media Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended November 30, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited) filed by the Company on February 13, 2004, on its Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K, is incorporated by reference herein.

Legal Proceedings

On March 5, 2001, certain plaintiffs who owned a 29.3% interest in CanWest Broadcasting Limited filed a statement of claim against CanWest Global Communications Corp., the Company, certain subsidiaries, and Israel Asper. The plaintiffs claim, among other things, that the defendants have acted in a manner that is oppressive and unfairly prejudicial to the plaintiffs; have improperly favored the interests of the defendants over the interests of CBL and the plaintiffs (including the diversion of corporate opportunities); owe fiduciary duties to the plaintiffs; and have wrongly terminated certain contracts with the plaintiffs and replaced them with non-arms’ length contracts. They are seeking, among other things, damages of $345.0 million (including aggravated and punitive damages).

While the results of litigation are inherently uncertain, the Company believes the allegations are substantially without merit and intends to vigorously defend it.

At the time of the commencement of the action, the Company owned 70.67% of CBL and the plaintiffs owned the minority interest. CBL owned Global Television Network stations in British Columbia (CKVU), Manitoba (CKND) and Saskatchewan (CFRE and CFSK). On May 1, 2001, CBL amalgamated with one of the Company’s indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. Under the terms of the amalgamation agreement, the Company received all of the shares of the amalgamated corporation and the minority shareholders of CBL received series 2 preference shares of CanWest Global Communications Corp. CanWest Global Communications Corp. redeemed the series 2 preference shares for cash of $57.7 million on December 18, 2002.

B. Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report, no significant changes have occurred since the date of the Company’s Financial Statements.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

B. Markets

The Company is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest Global Communications Corp. CanWest Global Communications Corp. is a public company whose shares are listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange and The New York Stock Exchange.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Memorandum and Articles of Association

Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

The Company’s board of directors shall consist of a majority of resident Canadians. (Section 4.2 of the By-laws) If a director is materially interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company, or is a director or officer of or has a material interest in any person who is a party to a contract or proposed contract with the Company, such

74


 

director must disclose in writing to the Company the nature and extent of such director’s interest and refrain from voting with respect thereto. (Section 4.19 of the By-laws) Directors need not hold shares of the Company in order to qualify as directors on the Board of Directors. (Section 4.2 of the By-laws)

Holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to receive notice of and attend all meetings of the shareholders of the Company and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class or series of shares are entitled to vote. Each holder of common shares is entitled to one vote for each share held. (Common Shares — Section 1 of Schedule I to the Articles of Incorporation). Holders of common shares are entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Company, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Company. (Common Shares — Section 2 of Schedule I to the Articles of Incorporation).

Holders of the Company’s Preference shares shall, with respect to the payment of dividends and any distribution or assets or return of capital, rank on a parity with the preference shares of every other series and be entitled to preference over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preference shares. (Preference Shares — Section 3 of Schedule I to the Articles of Incorporation).

Annual meetings of shareholders are to be held on such day as determined by the board, or the chairman of the board or president and approved by the board. (Section 8.1 of the By-laws.) The Board may call a special meeting at any time. (Section 8.2 of the By-laws.) Shareholders shall receive notice of any meeting not less than 21 days nor more than 50 days before the meeting. (Section 8.5 of the By-laws.) Shareholders of record as of the record date, if set, or as of one day prior to the day notice of the meeting is given, shall be entitled to attend and vote at a shareholders meeting. (Section 8.9 of the By-laws.)

The Articles of Incorporation prohibit any offering of the Company’s shares to the public. (Schedule II to the Articles of Incorporation). The shares of the Company may not be transferred without the approval of the board of directors. (Section 5 of the Articles of Incorporation).

B. Material Contracts

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report and the Company’s financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this annual report, the Company has no other material contracts.

C. Exchange Controls

Canada has no system of exchange controls. There are no Canadian restrictions on the repatriation of capital or earnings of a Canadian company to non-resident investors.

D. Taxation

Not applicable.

E. Documents on Display

The Company has filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC with respect to the exchange of all of its US$425.0 million in outstanding 10 5/8% series A senior subordinated notes due 2011 on September 4, 2001. The Company has filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC with respect to the exchange of all of its US$200.0 million in outstanding 7 5/8% series A senior unsecured notes due 2013. The Company has also filed annual reports on Form 20-F for the years ended August 31, 2001 and 2002. Filed as exhibits to the registration statements, as exhibits to the annual reports and as exhibits to this annual report, or incorporated therein by reference are complete copies of the material contracts described herein. The registration statements and exhibits thereto, the 2002 and 2001 annual reports and exhibits thereto, and this annual report and exhibits thereto may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549, and the SEC’s regional offices located in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may also be obtained from the Company’s offices after payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms.

75


 

F. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company’s primary market risk exposures are interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk and foreign exchange rate fluctuations resulting from the issuance of floating rate debt and debt denominated in U.S. dollars. In addition to monitoring the ratio of fixed rate debt to long term debt, the Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable rates. Cross currency swaps are used to hedge both the interest rate and the currency exposure on debt originally issued in U.S. dollars. The Company does not enter into any derivatives for trading purposes.

The Company has fully hedged the currency exposure on its U.S. dollar denominated debt with the exception of notes in the amount of US$42 million, and has fixed the interest rate of 100% of its floating rate debt by entering into a combination of cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps.

As of August 31, 2003, the Company has entered into interest rate swap contracts to pay fixed rates of interest (at an average rate of 8.54%) and receive floating rates of interest (at an average rate of 5.12%) on a notional amount of $589 million. The Company has entered into pay fixed receive floating cross currency swap contracts at an average rate of 9.46% on a notional amount of $1,073 million and receive floating rates of 3.9% on a notional amount of US$693 million. The Company has also entered into pay floating receive fixed cross currency swap contracts at an average floating rate of 7.45% on a notional amount of $954 million and an average fixed rate of 9.7% on a notional amount of US$625 million.

Based on the current swap contracts outstanding and the current level of variable rate debt, the Company estimates that a 1% increase in floating interest rates will increase annual interest expense by $9.5 million. This estimate is based on the assumption of a constant variable rate debt and swap level and an immediate rate increase with no subsequent rate changes in the remaining term to maturity.

The fair value of the swap contracts represents an estimate of the amount that the Company would receive or pay if the contracts were closed out at a market price on the balance sheet date. As of August 31, 2003, the fair value of the outstanding swap contracts was $357 million.

As of August 31, 2002, assuming all other variables are held constant, a 10 basis point parallel upward shift in the Canadian and U.S. fixed yield would result in a $2.1 million deterioration in the mark to market value of all swaps. A 10 basis point change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, assuming all other variables are held constant, would result in a $1.6 million change in the mark to market value of the cross currency swaps.

In addition to foreign exchange rate risk on foreign currency denominated debt, the Company is also exposed to some currency risk as a result of having investments and carrying on business in currencies other than the Canadian dollar. All of the Company’s foreign operations are self sustaining, and therefore foreign exchange gains and losses are deferred as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The Company translates the earnings of equity accounted subsidiaries and affiliates at the average rate of translation of the relevant period. The Company recognizes deferred translation gains and losses as appropriate upon dispositions and/or distributions from such operations. The Company’s primary currency exposures are to variations in the Australian and New Zealand currencies relative to the Canadian dollar as a result of its investment in Network TEN and its New Zealand television and radio operations. Currently, the Company does not use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not Applicable.

76


 

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY
HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Within 90 days prior to the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-14. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s current disclosure controls and procedures are effective. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of the evaluation by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The design of any system of controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

All of the members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and the Board has determined that Dr. Barber, Ms. Bennett and Mr. Drybrough qualify as financial experts.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

The Company has developed a Code of Ethics which applies to its Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers. The code of ethics is posted on the Company’s website at www.canwestglobal.com. If the Company makes substantive amendments to the Code of Ethics or grants any waiver, it will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on the Company’s website within five days of such amendment or waiver.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The Audit Committee establishes the external auditors’ compensation. Since fiscal 2002, the Audit Committee has had in place a policy limiting the scope of the external auditors services to audit and audit related activities, including tax services. Prior approval of any audit related expenses in excess of $50,000 is required. In addition, the Audit Committee pre-approves the provision of non-audit services performed by the Company’s audit firm in excess of $50,000 which include business advisory services and taxation services. For the years ended August 31, 2003 and 2002, the Audit Committee has approved fees to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates as follows:

                 
    2003   2002
 
  $ 000’s     $ 000’s  
Audit fees
    1,950       1,827  
Audit-related fees(1)
    936       1,408  
Tax fees
    251       291  
 
   
     
 
 
    3,137       3,525  
 
   
     
 
     
(1)   Audit related fees include fees for employee benefit plan audits, special audits in connection with the sale of certain operations, and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

77


 

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2003 AND 2002

(expressed in Canadian dollars)

1


 

     
    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
    Chartered Accountants
October 31, 2003   One Lombard Place, Suite 2300
    Winnipeg, Manitoba
Auditors’ Report   Canada R3B 0X6
    Telephone +1 (204) 926 2400
To the Directors of CanWest Media Inc.   Facsimile +1 (204) 944 1020

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of CanWest Media Inc. as at August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 and the consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

( -s- PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP)
Chartered Accountants
Winnipeg, Canada

October 31, 2003

Comments by Auditors on Canada-U.S. Reporting Difference

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when there are changes in accounting principles that have a material effect on the comparability of the Company’s financial statements, such as the changes described in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Our report to the directors dated October 31, 2003 is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not require a reference to such changes in accounting principles in the auditors’ report when the changes are properly accounted for and adequately disclosed in the financial statements.

( -s- PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP)
Chartered Accountants
Winnipeg, Canada

PricewaterhouseCoopers refers to the Canadian firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the other member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each of which is a separate and independent legal entity.

2


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS AT AUGUST 31

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash
    115,450       49,778  
Accounts receivable
    370,132       382,337  
Distributions receivable from Network TEN
    20,909        
Income taxes recoverable
          34,623  
Inventory
    14,509       19,836  
Broadcast rights
    82,912       98,096  
Future income taxes (note 12)
    20,223       30,013  
Other
    10,483       13,231  
 
   
     
 
 
    634,618       627,914  
Investment in Network TEN (note 3)
    55,546       4,494  
Other investments (note 4)
    109,280       159,181  
Broadcast rights
    27,661       23,172  
Due from parent and affiliated companies (note 15)
    515,025       466,457  
Property, plant and equipment (note 5)
    624,820       660,700  
Other assets
    126,726       95,294  
Intangible assets (note 7)
    1,093,818       1,096,458  
Goodwill (note 6)
    2,424,763       2,579,196  
 
   
     
 
 
    5,612,257       5,712,866  
 
   
     
 
LIABILITIES
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
    107,503       158,252  
Accrued liabilities (note 9)
    194,845       213,070  
Income tax payable
    16,968        
Broadcast rights accounts payable
    30,507       35,294  
Deferred revenue
    30,067       30,522  
Future income taxes (note 12)
    6,072       6,072  
Current portion of long term debt
    63,078       150,865  
 
   
     
 
 
    449,040       594,075  
Long term debt (note 8)
    2,384,146       2,379,459  
Other accrued liabilities
    150,190       65,169  
Future income taxes (note 12)
    401,327       414,933  
 
   
     
 
 
    3,384,703       3,453,636  
 
   
     
 
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (note 18)
               
SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
               
Equity instruments (note 10)
    1,191,004       1,371,442  
Contributed surplus
    132,953       132,953  
Retained earnings
    931,090       803,493  
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments (note 11)
    (27,493 )     (48,658 )
 
   
     
 
 
    2,227,554       2,259,230  
 
   
     
 
 
    5,612,257       5,712,866  
 
   
     
 

The notes constitute an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Signed on behalf of the Board

     
/s/ JALYNN H. BENNETT
  /s/ FRANK J. MCKENNA
Director   Director

3


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31

                         
    2003   2002     2001  
    $000   $000     $000  
Revenue
    2,096,061       2,120,344       1,767,306  
Operating expenses
    1,072,378       1,108,942       965,515  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    531,479       540,352       367,721  
Restructuring expenses
    12,989              
 
   
     
     
 
 
    479,215       471,050       434,070  
Amortization of intangibles
    17,500       17,500       89,319  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    70,100       73,430       59,528  
Other amortization
    7,087       6,670       5,240  
 
   
     
     
 
Operating income
    384,528       373,450       279,983  
Financing expenses
    (248,478 )     (255,006 )     (268,843 )
Dividend income
    3,532       3,241       2,952  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    139,582       121,685       14,092  
Investment gains, losses and write-downs
    9,240       33,843       28,630  
Interest rate swap loss (note 8)
    (23,015 )            
 
   
     
     
 
 
    125,807       155,528       42,722  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (note 12)
    39,130       47,610       (27,280 )
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings before the following
    86,677       107,918       70,002  
Minority interests
          4,330       (3,196 )
Interest in earnings (loss) of Network TEN
    101,339       (11,815 )     52,567  
Interest in loss of other equity accounted affiliates
    (1,332 )     (1,523 )     (14,491 )
Realized currency translation adjustments
    922       (1,000 )     (7,200 )
 
   
     
     
 
Net earnings for the year
    187,606       97,910       97,682  
 
   
     
     
 

The notes constitute an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

4


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Retained earnings – beginning of year
    803,493       808,000       755,549  
Adjustment for adoption of new accounting pronouncements
          (45,269 )     (329 )
 
   
     
     
 
Retained earnings - beginning of year, as adjusted
    803,493       762,731       755,220  
Net earnings for the year
    187,606       97,910       97,682  
Interest on junior subordinated debentures net of tax of $31,622 (2002 - $36,538, 2001 - $28,900)
    (60,009 )     (57,148 )     (44,902 )
 
   
     
     
 
Retained earnings – end of year
    931,090       803,493       808,000  
 
   
     
     
 

The notes constitute an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

5


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31

                           
      2003   2002   2001
      $000   $000   $000
CASH GENERATED (UTILIZED) BY:
                       
Operating activities
                       
Net earnings for the year
    187,606       97,910       97,682  
Items not affecting cash
                       
 
Amortization
    104,133       107,542       165,128  
 
Future income taxes
    (9,190 )     11,210       (97,006 )
 
Interest in loss (earnings) of Network TEN
    (101,339 )     11,815       (52,567 )
 
Interest in loss of equity accounted affiliates
    1,332       1,523       14,491  
 
Minority interests
          (4,330 )     3,196  
 
Interest rate swap loss
    23,015              
 
Realized currency translation adjustments
    (922 )     1,000       7,200  
 
Write-off of deferred financing fees
                17,900  
 
Investment gains, losses and write-downs
    (9,240 )     (33,843 )     (28,630 )
 
Pension expense
    7,609       6,445       2,909  
Distributions from Network TEN
    33,378       60,984       71,096  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    236,382       260,256       201,399  
Changes in non-cash operating accounts (note 13)
    38,701       (73,533 )     (10,656 )
 
   
     
     
 
Cash flows from operating activities
    275,083       186,723       190,743  
 
   
     
     
 
Investing activities
                       
Acquisitions
                (2,007,291 )
Other investments
    (4,311 )     (5,187 )     (1,733 )
Investment in broadcast licences
    (2,325 )            
Proceeds from sale of investments
    45,605       87,000       64,045  
Proceeds from divestitures
    193,500       390,059       32,454  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (38,140 )     (52,272 )     (41,736 )
Advances to parent and affiliated companies
    (48,568 )     (45,275 )     (150,064 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    145,761       374,325       (2,104,325 )
 
   
     
     
 
Financing activities
                       
Issuance of long term debt
    294,700             3,862,600  
Repayment of long term debt
    (651,603 )     (493,703 )     (2,030,988 )
Issuance of share capital
    1,731              
Net change in bank loans and advances
          (28,999 )     23,739  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (355,172 )     (522,702 )     1,855,351  
 
   
     
     
 
Net change in cash
    65,672       38,346       (58,231 )
Cash – beginning of year
    49,778       11,432       69,663  
 
   
     
     
 
Cash – end of year
    115,450       49,778       11,432  
 
   
     
     
 

The notes constitute an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

6


 

CANWEST MEDIA INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31, 2003 AND 2002

(expressed in Canadian dollars)

    1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    On September 28, 2000, CanWest Media Inc. (the “Company”) was created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest Global Communications Corp. (“CanWest”) solely to acquire 100% of the common shares of Global Television Network Inc. (“GTNI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CanWest. This transaction has been accounted for on a “continuity of interests” basis. The results of operations for periods prior to creation of the Company are presented as those of the Company in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, these consolidated financial statements present the operations of the Company on a continuity of interests basis which is identical to the financial position and results of operations of GTNI for those periods presented.
 
    The Company is an international media company with interests in broadcast television, publishing, radio, specialty cable channels, out-of-home advertising, and internet websites in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Ireland and Northern Ireland. The Company’s operating segments include television and radio broadcasting, publishing and online operations and outdoor advertising. In Canada, the Television Broadcast segment includes the operation of the Global Television Network, Global Prime, various other conventional and specialty channels and the Cool FM radio station. The Australian Television segment includes the Company’s 57.1% economic interest (57.5% to February 27, 2003) in the TEN Group Pty Limited which owns and operates Australia’s TEN Television Network (“Network TEN”). The Canadian Publishing and Online segment includes the publication of a number of newspapers, including metropolitan daily newspapers, and the National Post as well as operation of the canada.com web portal and other web based operations. The New Zealand Television Broadcasting segment includes the operations of the 3 and C4 Television Networks. The New Zealand Radio Broadcasting segment includes five nationally networked radio brands and 27 local radio stations including More FM stations. The Irish Television Broadcasting segment includes the Company’s 45% interest in the Republic of Ireland’s TV3 Television Network. The Australian Outdoor advertising segment includes the Company’s economic interest in EyeCorp, an out-of-home advertising operation which is wholly owned by the TEN Group Pty Limited. The Corporate and Other segment includes various investments in media operations including a 29.9% interest in Northern Ireland’s Ulster Television plc (“UTV”).
 
    The Company’s broadcast customer base is comprised primarily of large advertising agencies which place advertisements with the Company on behalf of their customers. Publishing revenues include advertising, circulation and subscriptions which are derived from a variety of sources. The Company’s advertising revenues are seasonal. Revenues and accounts receivable are highest in the first and third quarters, while expenses are relatively constant throughout the year.
 
    A summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements is as follows:
 
    Basis of presentation
 
    The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada. All amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise noted. A reconciliation to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States is provided in note 20.

7


 

    Principles of consolidation
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company’s pro rata 45% share of the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of TV3 Ireland.
 
    Investments
 
    The Company accounts for its investment in Network TEN, CF Television Inc. (to the date of its sale on September 12, 2001), mentv and Mystery using the equity method. Other investments are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value. A provision for loss in value of other investments is made when a decline in current market value is considered other than temporary.
 
    Broadcast rights
 
    The Company has entered into various agreements for the rights to broadcast certain feature films and television programs. The Company records a liability for broadcast rights and the corresponding asset when the programs are available for telecast. Broadcast rights are charged to operations as programs are telecast over the anticipated period of use. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value.
 
    Foreign currency translation
 
    The Company’s operations in Australia, New Zealand and Ireland represent self-sustaining foreign operations, and the respective accounts have been translated into Canadian dollars in accordance with the current rate method. Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet dates, and revenue and expenses are translated on the basis of average exchange rates during the periods. Any gains or losses arising from the translation of these accounts are deferred and included as a component of shareholders’ equity as cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. An applicable portion of these deferred gains and losses is included in the determination of net earnings when there is a reduction of the net investment.
 
    Property, plant and equipment
 
    Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Amortization is provided over the assets’ estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis at the following annual rates:

         
Buildings
    2 1/2% - 5 %
Machinery and equipment
    4% - 33 1/3 %
Leasehold and land improvements
    2 1/2% - 20 %

    Impairment of long lived assets
 
    Impairment of long lived assets is recognized when an event or change in circumstances causes the assets’ carrying value to exceed the total undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and eventual disposition. The impairment loss is calculated by deducting the fair value of the asset from its carrying value.
 
    Deferred Charges
 
    Certain pre-operating costs incurred in new business undertakings are deferred prior to the commencement of commercial operations, which is generally the time at which subscriber revenues

8


 

    commence. Pre-operating costs are amortized over a period of five years. Costs related to debt financing are deferred and amortized over the term of the debt.
 
    Capitalization of interest
 
    Interest is capitalized as part of the cost of certain assets while they are being prepared for use or sale. Interest in the amount of $3.7 million was capitalized in 2003 (2002 - $3.4 million).
 
    Intangible assets
 
    Broadcast licences, newspaper mastheads, circulation and other intangible assets are recorded at their cost which, for business acquisitions, represents the fair market value at the date of the acquisition.
 
    Circulation and other finite life intangibles are amortized over periods from 5 to 40 years. Intangibles with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization and are tested for impairment annually. Impairment of an intangible asset is recognized in an amount equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the related intangible asset.
 
    Goodwill
 
    Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually by comparing the fair value of a particular reporting unit to its carrying value. When the carrying value exceeds its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared with its carrying value to measure any impairment loss.
 
    Revenue recognition
 
    Revenue derived from broadcasting activities consists primarily of the sale of airtime which is recognized at the time commercials are broadcast. Circulation and advertising revenue from publishing activities is recognized when the newspaper is delivered. Subscription revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription.
 
    Amounts received that do not meet all of the above criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.
 
    Income taxes
 
    The asset and liability method is used to account for income taxes. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities including equity accounted investments. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on future income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Future income tax assets are recognized to the extent that realization is considered more likely than not.
 
    Income taxes on undistributed earnings of Network TEN are provided at rates applicable to distributions. Income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign operations other than Network TEN are not provided as such earnings are expected to be indefinitely reinvested.

9


 

    Inventory
 
    Inventory, consisting primarily of printing materials, is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable values.
 
    Pension plans and post retirement benefits
 
    The Company maintains a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension and other post retirement benefit plans. For the defined benefit plans, the cost of pension and other retirement benefits earned by employees is determined using the projected benefit method pro rated on service and management’s estimate of expected plan investment performance, salary escalation, retirement ages of employees and expected health care costs. For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at fair value. Past service costs from plan amendments are amortized on a straight line basis over the average remaining service period of employees active at the date of the amendment. The excess of the net actuarial gain or loss over 10% of the greater of the accrued benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees. The average remaining service period of employees covered by the pension plans is 15 years. The average remaining service period of the employees covered by the other retirement benefit plans is 15 years. For the defined contribution plans, the pension expense is the Company’s contribution to the plan. The Company also maintains post retirement benefit plans for certain of its employees, the cost of which is expensed as benefits are earned by the employees.
 
    Cash and cash equivalents
 
    For the purpose of the statements of cash flows, cash includes cash and short-term investments with maturities at the date of purchase of up to three months.
 
    Share-based compensation
 
    The Company has share based compensation plans under which options of its parent company, CanWest, are issued to certain employees. These options are granted by CanWest with exercise prices equal to the market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. No compensation expense is recognized from stock options granted by CanWest to the employees of the Company.
 
    Derivative financial instruments
 
    Derivative financial instruments are used to reduce foreign currency and interest rate risk on the Company’s debt. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company’s policy is to designate each derivative financial instrument as a hedge of a specifically identified debt instrument.
 
    Interest rate swap agreements are used as part of the Company’s program to manage the fixed and floating interest rate mix of the Company’s total debt portfolio and related overall cost of borrowing. The interest differential to be paid or received under interest rate swap agreements is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.
 
    Foreign currency interest rate swap agreements are used to manage exchange and interest rate exposures related to debt instruments denominated in foreign currencies. Translation gains and losses on the principal swapped are offset by corresponding translation losses and gains on the related debt in earnings. The Company translates its foreign currency denominated debt that is hedged by foreign currency interest rate swaps at the rate implicit in the swap agreement.

10


 

    Gains and losses on terminations of interest rate and foreign currency interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest expense related to the underlying debt over the remaining term of the original contract life of the terminated swap agreement. In the event of early extinguishment of the debt obligation, any realized or unrealized gain or loss from the swap is recognized in earnings.
 
    Use of Estimates
 
    The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingencies. Future events could alter such estimates in the near term.
 
    The Company operates in highly competitive markets. The Company has estimated the useful lives of intangible assets and the value of goodwill, based on historical customer patterns, industry trends and existing competitive factors. Significant long-term changes in these factors could result in a material impairment of the value and life of intangible assets and goodwill.
 
    Expenses, assets and liabilities related to defined benefit pension and other post retirement benefit plans are determined actuarially based on estimates including discount rates for obligations, expected long term rates of return on pension assets and the rate of compensation increase. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
 
    Changes in Accounting Policies
 
    Goodwill and other intangibles
 
    On September 1, 2001, the Company adopted Section 3062, Goodwill and Other Intangibles. As a result of adopting the new standard, goodwill and certain intangibles with indefinite lives, including newspaper mastheads and broadcast licences, are no longer amortized. Circulation and other intangibles are amortized over periods from 5 to 40 years. As a result of applying the new standards, no initial impairment in intangibles with indefinite lives or goodwill were identified at the Company or any of its subsidiaries. However, an initial goodwill impairment was identified by Network TEN in its reporting unit, Eye Corp, resulting in a charge to the Company’s retained earnings of $45.3 million (net of income tax recoveries of $2.5 million). In addition, as a result of events occurring after the beginning of 2001, a goodwill impairment of $30.2 million (net of income tax recoveries of $2.0 million) was reflected in the Company’s interest in loss of Network TEN in the Company’s statement of earnings for the period ended August 31, 2002 (note 3).
 
    This change in accounting policy has been applied prospectively commencing September 1, 2001. The table below provides a reconciliation of previously reported 2001 earnings to net earnings adjusted to exclude amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives.

         
    2001
    $000
Reported net earnings
    97,682  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles, net of tax $11,975 for the year ended August 31, 2001
    62,868  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles in equity accounted affiliates, net of tax of nil
    6,211  
 
   
 
Net earnings adjusted to exclude amortization expense recognized in 2001
    166,761  
 
   
 

11


 

    Proposed accounting policies
 
    (a)      Hedging relationships
 
    The CICA has issued Accounting Guideline 13, “Hedging Relationships”, (AcG 13) which will be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2003. AcG 13 addresses the identification, designation, documentation, and effectiveness of hedging transactions for the purposes of applying hedge accounting. It also establishes conditions for applying or discontinuing hedge accounting. Under the new guideline, the Company will be required to document its hedging transactions and explicitly demonstrate that the hedges are sufficiently effective in order to continue accrual accounting for positions hedged with derivatives. As at August 31, 2003, the only derivatives utilized by the Company are interest rate swaps and foreign currency interest rate swaps as described in notes 8 and 16. The Company has determined that the adoption of AcG 13 will not have a material effect on the balance sheet or the statement of earnings.
 
    (b)      Financial Instruments
 
    The Accounting Standards Board will be issuing amendments to Section 3860, Financial Instruments - Disclosure and Presentation, in January 2004, requiring that an entity account for certain financial instruments that may be settled in cash or by an issuer’s own equity instruments, at the issuer’s discretion as liabilities. The amended section will be effective for fiscal years beginning on or after November 1, 2004. The application of this standard by the Company effective September 1, 2005 may result in the reclassification of the Company’s junior subordinated notes as liabilities.

2.   ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES

    Acquisitions
 
    a) Effective March 31, 2002, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in The National Post not already owned. In September 2001, the Company assumed control of The National Post and, accordingly, changed its method of accounting for The National Post to a consolidation basis from an equity basis.
 
    The fair values of the net assets acquired for proceeds consisting of the carrying value of The National Post Company at date of acquisition of $83.6 million are as follows:

         
    $ 000
Current assets
    50,257  
Property, plant and equipment
    12,436  
Circulation and other intangibles
    10,700  
Newspaper masthead
    35,000  
Goodwill
    62,987  
 
   
 
Total Assets
    171,380  
 
   
 

12


 

         
    $ 000
Current liabilities
    (50,665 )
Future income taxes
    (14,600 )
Minority interests
    (22,500 )
 
   
 
Total liabilities
    (87,765 )
 
   
 
 
    83,615  
 
   
 

    b) On November 16, 2000, the Company acquired substantially all of the Canadian newspaper and other Canadian media assets including a 50% interest in the National Post (“CanWest Publications”) of Hollinger International Inc. and certain of its affiliates (“Hollinger”) for consideration of approximately $3.1 billion, including certain costs related to the acquisition.
 
    In 2003 the Company retroactively adjusted the allocation of the purchase price based on the final determination of the balance of pension assets acquired. The impact was to reduce goodwill by $21.0 million and reduce the pension liability by $21.0 million.
 
    The purchase price is subject to adjustment based on the working capital of CanWest Publications at August 31, 2000 and the results of its operations from September 1, 2000 to November 16, 2000. The amount of such adjustment is subject to negotiation between the parties and has not been finally determined. When finalized, the working capital adjustment payable or refundable will increase or decrease the amount of goodwill recorded on the acquisition.
 
    In June 2003, the Company filed a claim with Hollinger in respect of several items including the working capital and other closing adjustments and totaling $54.1 million. Certain amounts are currently in dispute and are to be resolved with Hollinger. Inability to resolve disagreements of amounts owing may result in matters being referred to arbitration or formal court adjudication.
 
    Divestitures
 
    c) In February 2003 the Company sold its interest in community newspapers and related assets in Southern Ontario for cash proceeds of $193.5 million. The accounting gain on this sale was $21.3 million; assets and liabilities disposed of amounted to $179.6 million and $7.4 million, respectively.
 
    d) In August 2002, the Company sold its interest in community newspapers and related assets in Atlantic Canada and Saskatchewan for cash proceeds of $257.0 million. The accounting gain on this sale was $48.2 million; assets and liabilities disposed of amounted to $228.7 million and $19.9 million, respectively.
 
    e) In October 2001, the Company completed the sale of CKVU Sub Inc., and received cash proceeds of $133.0 million. The accounting gain on the sale was $67.7 million; assets and liabilities disposed of amounted to $84.1 million and $18.8 million, respectively.
 
    f) In September 2001, the Company completed the sale of CF Television Inc., and received cash proceeds of $87.0 million. No gain or loss arose from this transaction; assets and liabilities disposed of amounted to $87.0 million and nil, respectively.

3.   INVESTMENT IN NETWORK TEN

    The Company owns approximately 14.8% (15% to February 27, 2003) of the issued ordinary shares and all of the convertible debentures and subordinated debentures of Network TEN, an Australian television broadcast network. The subordinated debentures have an aggregate principal amount of A$45.5 million and pay interest based on distributions to holders of ordinary shares. The convertible debentures have an aggregate principal amount of A$45,500 and pay a market linked rate of interest.

13


 

    The combination of ordinary shares and subordinated debentures yield distributions equivalent to approximately 57.1% (57.5% to February 27, 2003) of all distributions paid by Network TEN. The convertible debentures are convertible, upon payment of an aggregate of A$45.5 million, into a number of ordinary shares which would represent 49.7% (50% to February 27, 2003) of the issued and outstanding shares of Network TEN at the time of conversion.
 
    As a result of its contractual right to representation on Network TEN’s board of directors and other factors, the Company accounts for its interest in Network TEN on the equity basis. The Company has appointed three of the thirteen members of the board of directors of Network TEN.
 
    During the year ended August 31, 2003 Network TEN issued 7.1 million shares for proceeds of $14.4 million as a result of the exercise of management stock options. This effectively diluted the Company’s economic interest in Network TEN to 57.1% from 57.5% and resulted in an investment gain of $1.9 million.
 
    The following selected consolidated financial information of Network TEN has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada. The accounts have been translated to Canadian dollars using the current rate method.

14


 

    Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets

                   
      2003   2002
      $000   $000
Assets
               
 
Current assets
    241,822       285,303  
 
Other assets
    37,367       11,913  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    79,288       71,875  
 
Long term investments
    11,421       2,188  
 
Intangibles
    257,477       246,305  
 
Goodwill
    88,752       49,304  
 
   
     
 
 
    716,127       666,888  
 
   
     
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
Current liabilities
    188,633       191,736  
 
Other long term liabilities
    398,047       450,063  
 
Subordinated debentures issued to the Company
    40,171       40,154  
 
Share capital
    53,150       40,146  
 
Undistributed earnings (deficit)
    35,636       (52,232 )
 
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment
    490       (2,979 )
 
   
     
 
 
    716,127       666,888  
 
   
     
 

    Summary Consolidated Statements of Earnings

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Revenue
    650,952       555,653       445,179  
Operating expenses
    459,842       411,904       324,999  
Write down of program inventory
    18,082              
 
   
     
     
 
Operating profit before amortization
    173,028       143,749       120,180  
Amortization of intangibles and goodwill
                10,802  
Amortization of property, plant, equipment and other
    16,329       15,130       9,329  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    156,699       128,619       100,049  
Investment income and gains net of losses on write down of investments
          (17,221 )     26,427  
Financing expenses
    (102,124 )     (28,270 )     (71,343 )
Goodwill impairment loss (1)
          (56,114 )      
 
   
     
     
 
 
    54,575       27,014       55,133  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (2)
    (55,969 )     59,511       19,328  
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) before the following
    110,544       (32,497 )     35,805  
Minority interests
    48       4,737       4,354  
Interest in earnings of equity accounted afilliates
                940  
 
   
     
     
 
Net earnings (loss) for the year
    110,592       (27,760 )     41,099  
 
   
     
     
 
Net earnings (loss) for the year
    110,592       (27,760 )     41,099  
Interest in respect of subordinated debentures held by the Company
    78,056       5,370       56,697  
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) for the year before interest in respect of subordinated debentures (3)
    188,648       (22,390 )     97,796  
 
   
     
     
 

15


 

Summary Statements of Undistributed Earnings

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Undistributed earnings (deficit) – beginning of year as previously reported
    (52,232 )     177,251       220,853  
Adjustment for adoption of new accounting pronouncements (1)
          (83,109 )      
 
   
     
     
 
Undistributed earnings (deficit) – beginning of year as adjusted
    (52,232 )     94,142       220,853  
Earnings (loss) for the year before interest in respect of subordinated debentures
    188,648       (22,390 )     97,796  
Distributions paid and payable
    (100,780 )     (123,984 )     (141,398 )
 
   
     
     
 
Undistributed earnings (deficit) – end of year
    35,636       (52,232 )     177,251  
 
   
     
     
 

    (1) On December 18, 2000, Network TEN acquired 60% of Eye Corp. for A$189.9 million. Under Australian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), on February 28, 2002 the Eye Corp. goodwill was written down by A$137.5 million to A$113.8 million. In August, 2002, Network TEN determined that there was a further impairment of Eye Corp. goodwill which resulted in an additional write down of A$40.9 million. Under Canadian GAAP, in accordance with the Company’s adoption of CICA Handbook Section 3062, the Eye Corp. goodwill impairment was recorded as a charge of $83.1 million to retained earnings as of September 1, 2001 with a further goodwill impairment loss of $56.1 million recorded as a charge to net earnings for year ended August 31, 2002. Under Canadian GAAP, the fair value of Eye Corp. was determined on a discounted cash flow basis. The decline in fair value was attributable to weaknesses in the out-of-home advertising market and to certain operational issues.
 
    (2) During 2003 Network TEN and its wholly controlled Australian entities implemented a new income tax consolidation regime provided for under enacted changes to Australian tax law. During the application of the new regime, the tax values of certain assets were reset. This resulted in the recognition of additional goodwill and intangible assets of approximately $47.3 million, and equivalent additional future income tax liabilities. In addition, the new regime allowed for the uplift in the tax value of certain assets; as a result a non-recurring income tax recovery of $63.9 million was recorded related to reduction of future tax liabilities.
 
    In 2002, Network TEN reached an agreement with the Australian Tax Office (“ATO”) regarding a dispute related to the deductibility of debenture interest paid to the Company since 1997. Under the agreement Network TEN will be entitled to deduct debenture interest until June 30, 2004. The settlement resulted in a non-recurring income tax expense of A$36.2 million to Network TEN in the year ended August 31, 2002.
 
    (3) The Company’s economic interest in Network TEN’s earnings for the year ended August 31, 2003 is $101.3 million (2002 – $11.8 million loss), comprised of its 14.8% interest in net earnings and interest on the subordinated debentures.
 
    At August 31, 2003 the Company’s share of undistributed earnings of Network TEN was $20.3 million,

16


 

    (August 31, 2002 - NIL). The Company estimates that the market value of the Company’s investment in Network TEN, based on quoted market rates for Ten Network Holdings Limited at August 31, 2003, was approximately $1,091 million (2002 - $901 million).

4.   OTHER INVESTMENTS

                                   
      2003   2002
     
 
              Market           Market
      Cost   Value(2)   Cost   Value(2)
      $000   $000   $000   $000
Investments in publicly traded securities – at cost
                               
 
Ulster Television plc (1)
    92,006       108,841       92,006       148,340  
 
Other
    2,379       2,379       55,980       49,175  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
    94,385       111,220       147,986       197,515  
 
           
             
 
Investments in private companies – at cost
    8,602               8,602          
Investments – on an equity basis
    6,293               2,593          
 
   
             
         
 
    109,280               159,181          
 
   
             
         

    During 2003 the Company sold its investment in SBS Broadcasting S.A. for proceeds of $44.1 million resulting in an investment loss of $11.0 million.
 
    During 2002 the Company wrote down the value of various other investments by $85.5 million to reflect the non-temporary decline in market value.
 
    (1) The Company’s 29.9% equity interest (15,763,545 ordinary shares) is accounted for at cost, as the Company has not been successful in its attempts to gain board representation or to influence UTV’s management.
 
    (2) Market value for publicly traded securities is based on quoted market prices.

5.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                         
    2003
   
            Accumulated        
    Cost   Amortization   Net
    $000   $000   $000
Land
    58,703             58,703  
Buildings
    172,355       29,633       142,722  
Machinery and equipment
    662,448       255,619       406,829  
Leasehold and land improvements
    29,707       13,141       16,566  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    923,213       298,393       624,820  
 
   
     
     
 
                         
    2002
   
            Accumulated        
    Cost   amortization   Net
    $000   $000   $000
Land
    60,002             60,002  
Buildings
    170,302       36,630       133,672  
Machinery and equipment
    648,706       197,498       451,208  
Leasehold and land improvements
    26,785       10,967       15,818  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    905,795       245,095       660,700  
 
   
     
     
 

17


 

    Property, plant and equipment located in Canada was $587.5 million (2002 - $625.8 million) and in foreign jurisdictions was $37.3 million (2002 - $34.9 million).
 
6.   GOODWILL

                                         
    2002   Additions   Divestitures   Other   2003
Operating segment   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Television – Canada
    604,437                   (4,025 )(1)     600,412  
Television – New Zealand
    19,613                         19,613  
Television – Ireland
    1,223                         1,223  
Radio – New Zealand
    55,239                   1,775 (2)     57,014  
Publishing and Online – Canada
    1,898,684             (151,376 )     (807 )(1)     1,746,501  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total
    2,579,196             (151,376 )     (3,057 )     2,424,763  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
                                       
    2001   Additions   Divestitures   Other   2002
Operating segment   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Television – Canada
    662,637             (44,800 )     (13,400 )(1)     604,437  
Television – New Zealand
    19,613                         19,613  
Television – Ireland
    1,223                         1,223  
Radio – New Zealand
    53,039                   2,200 (2)     55,239  
Publishing and Online – Canada
    2,039,607       47,000       (187,923 )           1,898,684  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total
    2,776,119       47,000       (232,723 )     (11,200 )     2,579,196  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

(1) Decrease in goodwill was related to the adjustment of WIC and CanWest Publications purchase equations including the reversal of restructuring provisions (note 9).
 
(2) Increase in goodwill was related to increase in currency translation rates.

7.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS

                         
    2003
   
            Accumulated        
    Cost   Amortization   Net
    $000   $000   $000
Finite life:
                       
Circulation and other
    140,000       44,472       95,528  
Indefinite life:
                       
Broadcast licences
                    639,800  
Newspaper mastheads
                    358,490  
 
                   
 
 
                    998,290  
 
                   
 
Total intangible assets
                    1,093,818  
 
                   
 

18


 

                         
    2002
   
            Accumulated        
    Cost   Amortization   Net
    $000   $000   $000
Finite life:
                       
Circulation and other
    140,000       26,972       113,028  
Indefinite life:
                       
Broadcast licences
                    624,940  
Newspaper mastheads
                    358,490  
 
                   
 
 
                    983,430  
 
                   
 
Total intangible assets
                    1,096,458  
 
                   
 

    Amortization of intangible assets of $17.5 million was recorded in 2003 and 2002.

8.   LONG TERM DEBT

                                 
    Interest   2003   Interest   2002
    Rate (1)   $000   Rate (1)   $000
Term bank loans (2)
    9.7 %     1,417,148       9.7 %     1,791,938  
Senior subordinated notes (3)
    8.2 %     709,399       7.8 %     705,700  
Senior unsecured notes (4)
    7.2 %     294,500                
Term and demand loan 17,201 (2002 - 21,375) (5)
    2.7 %     26,177       5.8 %     32,686  
 
           
             
 
Long term debt
            2,447,224               2,530,324  
Less portion due within one year
            (63,078 )             (150,865 )
 
           
             
 
Long term portion
            2,384,146               2,379,459  
 
           
             
 

    (1) The weighted average interest rate gives effect to interest rate swaps.
 
    (2) Credit facilities provide for revolving and term loans in the maximum amounts of $600 million and $1,768.5 million, respectively, and are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. At August 31, 2003 the Company had drawn on availabilities under all of its term facilities, including U.S. dollar loans of US$648.8 million and had $250 million drawn under revolving facilities. The revolving credit facility matures in November 2006. The amount of credit available under the $1,768.5 million term facilities decreases periodically until maturity between November 2006 and May 2009. The Canadian dollar debt bears interest at CDOR plus a margin and the US dollar debt bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin. During 2003 the Company refinanced all of its US dollar debt and $30.2 million of its Canadian dollar debt resulting in the extension of maturity dates and reduction of interest rates.
 
    Up to $30.0 million of the revolving credit facility is available on an operating basis, of which no amount was utilized at August 31, 2003.
 
    (3) The senior subordinated notes include loans of US$425.0 million and loans held by the majority shareholder of CanWest in the amount of US$41.9 million (2002 - $56.1 million) which mature on May

19


 

    15, 2011 and bear interest at 10.625%. The notes rank junior to the Company’s senior credit facility and are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company.
 
    (4) The US$200.0 million senior unsecured notes mature on April 3, 2013 and bear interest at 7.625%.
 
    (5) These credit facilities provide for demand bank loans at August 31, 2003 in the maximum amount of 40.7 million (2002 - 47.5 million). The debt bears interest at floating rates and is secured by a letter of credit provided by the Company.
 
    The Company has entered into various cross-currency interest rate and interest rate swaps which have resulted in fixed interest costs on its senior indebtedness. The total notional value of such instruments was $1,661.3 million at August 31, 2003 (2002 - $1,796.5 million) at rates ranging from 6.25% to 6.59% plus a margin (2002 – 5.7% to 6.63% plus a margin). As a result of debt repayment during 2003 the notional value of the swaps exceeded the principal outstanding on the debt, resulting in a swap loss of $23.0 million being recorded in earnings. The Company has also entered into a cross currency interest rate swap resulting in floating interest rates on the US$425.0 million, senior subordinated notes and the US$200.0 million, senior unsecured notes at rates based on CDOR plus a margin.
 
    The Company is subject to covenants under certain of the credit facilities referred to above, including thresholds for leverage and interest coverage, and is also subject to certain restrictions under negative covenants.
 
    Principal payments of long term debt, based on terms existing at August 31, 2003 over the next five years, are:

                 
            $000
Year ending August 31,
    2004       63,078  
 
    2005       47,484  
 
    2006       56,701  
 
    2007       33,657  
 
    2008       137,982  

9.   RESTRUCTURING ACCRUALS
 
    In 2000, the Company established restructuring accruals of $37.8 million related to the acquisition and integration of WIC Western International Communications Ltd. (“WIC”). This balance was made up of approximately $12.5 million in severance costs, $9.7 million related to integration and rebranding of WIC and $15.7 million in other restructuring costs.
 
    In 2001, the Company recorded restructuring accruals of $43.0 million related to the acquisition and restructuring of its publishing operations. Restructuring activities included the centralization of certain call centres, integration of the Company’s interactive and news and editorial operations, and centralization of business, finance and information technology functions. This balance was made up of $24.5 million in involuntary severance costs, $3.6 million in lease and contract termination costs and $14.9 million in other restructuring costs.
 
    In 2002, the Company established a restructuring accrual of $7.0 million related to its acquisition and restructuring of the National Post. This balance is primarily related to involuntary severance costs and contract cancellation costs.

20


 

    In 2003, the Company undertook restructuring activities in its Canadian Media operations. The $13.0 million cost of this restructuring was related to employee severance. The restructuring expense related to the following operating segments: Canadian Broadcasting - $3.2 million, Canadian Publishing and Online - $8.8 million and Corporate and Other - $1.1 million.
 
    For the year ended August 31 2003, expenditures charged to the restructuring accruals were $36.1 million (August 31, 2002- $43.9 million). The balance of the restructuring accruals are expected to be completed by August 31, 2004.
 
    In 2003, the Company reversed certain unutilized restructuring accruals in the amount of $8.1 million as a result of changes in estimates. The reversal was recorded as a reduction of goodwill.

                                         
            Lease/                        
            contract                        
    Severance   termination   Integration   Other   Total
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
WIC integration accrual
    12,450             9,670       15,680       37,800  
CanWest Publications accrual
    24,556       3,588       250       14,606       43,000  
Expenditures - 2001
    (3,851 )           (8,232 )     (2,259 )     (14,342 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance August 31, 2001
    33,155       3,588       1,688       28,027       66,458  
National Post accrual
    4,539       2,461                   7,000  
Expenditures - 2002
    (14,728 )     (3,328 )     (1,438 )     (7,452 )     (26,946 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance August 31, 2002
    22,966       2,721       250       20,575       46,512  
Canadian Media operations accrual
    12,989                         12,989  
Expenditures – 2003
    (21,512 )     (239 )           (14,301 )     (36,052 )
Reversals - 2003
    (4,117 )                 (3,934 )     (8,051 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Balance August 31, 2003
    10,326       2,482       250       2,340       15,398  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

10.   EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
 
    The authorized and issued capital stock of the Company is as follows:
 
    Authorized
 
    An unlimited number of common shares.
 
    An unlimited number of preference shares.
 
    Issued

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
22,786 common shares (2002 – 22,785)
    438,838       437,107  
Junior subordinated notes, due November 15, 2020
    752,166       934,335  
 
   
     
 
 
    1,191,004       1,371,442  
 
   
     
 

    During the year ended August 31, 2003 the Company issued one common share to its parent for $1.7 million representing the carrying value of certain property and equipment transferred to the Company.

21


 

    The junior subordinated notes were issued to the Company’s parent on November 16, 2000 for $766.8 million in connection with the financing of the acquisition of CanWest Publications. These junior subordinated notes bear interest at 12.155%, which under certain conditions could vary subject to a maximum limit of 13.03%. Additional junior subordinated notes were issued in satisfaction of interest. The Company has the option of settling all principal and interest obligations under the junior subordinated notes with shares, and therefore the debentures and associated interest have been classified as equity instruments. In May 2003, the Company repaid $274.0 million in junior subordinated notes.
 
11.   CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENTS
 
    The cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments account reflects the net changes in the respective book values of the Company’s investments in self-sustaining foreign operations due to exchange rate fluctuations since the respective dates of their acquisition or start-up.
 
    The changes in this account arise from changes in the Australian, New Zealand, and Euro currencies relative to the Canadian currency, and changes in the Company’s net investment in the book values of international operations.
 
    Changes in this account were as follows:

                           
      2003   2002   2001
      $000   $000   $000
 
Deferred loss, beginning of year
    48,658       74,294       87,553  
 
Deferred foreign currency gain during the year
    (22,087 )     (24,636 )     (6,059 )
 
Realization of translation gain (loss) due to distributions
    922       (1,000 )     (7,200 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Deferred loss, end of year
    27,493       48,658       74,294  
 
   
     
     
 

    The balance of cumulative translation adjustments at the end of the year represents net unrealized losses (gains) as follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Australian dollar
    5,705       8,120       19,759  
New Zealand dollar
    21,506       40,266       55,467  
Irish punt
                (932 )
Euro
    282       272        
 
   
     
     
 
Deferred loss, end of year
    27,493       48,658       74,294  
 
   
     
     
 

22


 

12.   INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company’s provision for income taxes reflects an effective income tax rate which differs from the combined Canadian statutory rate as follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Income taxes at combined Canadian statutory rate of 36.6% (2002 — 38.7%)
    46,045       60,127       17,644  
Non-taxable portion of capital gains
    (3,705 )     (17,044 )     (11,716 )
Effect of valuation allowance on future tax assets
    (10,594 )     (3,552 )      
Non-deductible amortization expense
          6,766       30,980  
Effect of foreign income tax rates differing from Canadian income tax rates
    (1,477 )     (1,924 )     (995 )
Large corporations tax
    3,853       3,250       1,788  
Effect of the expected future tax rates applicable to temporary differences differing from the current income tax rate
    2,458             (70,573 )
Non-deductible expenses
    1,261              
Other
    1,289       (13 )     5,592  
 
   
     
     
 
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    39,130       47,610       (27,280 )
 
   
     
     
 

    An analysis of earnings before tax by jurisdiction follows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Canada
    101,551       137,566       10,907  
Foreign
    24,256       17,962       31,815  
 
   
     
     
 
Earnings before tax
    125,807       155,528       42,722  
 
   
     
     
 

    An analysis of the provision for (recovery of) current and future income taxes by jurisdiction follows:

                           
        2003       2002       2001  
        $000       $000       $000  
Current income taxes
                       
 
Canada
    47,949       36,098       69,523  
 
Foreign
    371       302       203  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    48,320       36,400       69,726  
 
   
     
     
 
Future income taxes
                       
 
Canada
    (9,452 )     11,060       (94,544 )
 
Foreign
    262       150       (2,462 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (9,190 )     11,210       (97,006 )
 
   
     
     
 
Provision for income taxes
    39,130       47,610       (27,280 )
 
   
     
     
 

23


 

    Significant components of the Company’s future income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                   
      2003   2002
      $000   $000
Future tax assets
               
 
Non-capital loss carry forwards
    57,550       61,399  
 
Accounts payable and other accruals
    29,756       45,417  
 
Pension and post retirement benefits
    7,139        
 
Less: Valuation allowance
          (20,717 )
 
   
     
 
 
Total future tax assets
    94,445       86,099  
 
   
     
 
Future tax liabilities
               
 
Capital cost allowances in excess of book depreciation
    72,867       52,845  
 
Pension obligations
    2,404       14,823  
 
Intangible assets
    386,614       398,157  
 
Other assets
    19,736       11,266  
 
   
     
 
 
Total future tax liabilities
    481,621       477,091  
 
   
     
 
Net future tax liability
    387,176       390,992  
Current future tax asset
    20,223       30,013  
Current future tax liability
    (6,072 )     (6,072 )
 
   
     
 
Net long term future tax liability
    401,327       414,933  
 
   
     
 

    As at August 31, 2003, the Company had non capital loss carry forwards for income tax purposes of $201.0 million, that expire as follows: 2006 – $1.8 million, 2007 – $8.5 million, 2008 – $32.5 million, 2009 – $35.0 million, 2010 and thereafter – $123.2 million.
 
13.   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
    The following amounts comprise the net change in non-cash operating accounts included in the statements of cash flows:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
CASH GENERATED (UTILIZED) BY:
                       
Accounts receivable
    5,211       (36,426 )     93,424  
Broadcast rights
    4,359       (16,548 )     (55,674 )
Inventory
    4,681       12,342       (7,342 )
Other current assets
    2,673       977       (8,788 )
Other assets
    (7,759 )     (1,195 )     24,878  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (61,564 )     (74,392 )     (38,678 )
Income taxes payable
    84,293       33,904       (14,154 )
Deferred revenue
    1,360       (4,120 )     1,494  
Broadcast rights accounts payable
    5,447       11,925       (5,816 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    38,701       (73,533 )     (10,656 )
 
   
     
     
 

    The following amounts were paid on account of interest and income taxes:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
   
 
 
Interest
    259,712       258,719       237,264  
Income taxes
    9,052       23,005       72,923  

24


 

14.   RETIREMENT ASSETS AND OBLIGATIONS
 
    Information on the Company’s pension and post retirement benefit plans follows:

                                 
    Pension benefits   Post retirement benefits
   
 
        2002       2002
    2003   $000   2003   $000
    $000   Revised   $000   Revised
Plan Assets
                               
Fair value – beginning of year
    254,906       240,533              
Plan assets acquired (disposed)
    (1,330 )     8,163              
Investment income (loss)
    (10,368 )     3,739              
Employer contributions
    10,693       3,699       275       400  
Employee contributions
    6,322       5,800              
Benefits paid and refunds of contributions
    (9,346 )     (7,027 )     (275 )     (400 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Fair value – end of year
    250,877       254,907              
 
   
     
     
     
 

    The valuation of the plan net assets is based on market values with unrealized gains and losses averaged over a five year period.

                                 
Plan Obligations
                               
Accrued benefit obligation – beginning of year
    277,612       226,361       40,429       35,121  
Obligation acquired (disposed)
    (2,000 )     8,084              
Amendment to plan
    16,808                    
Gain on sale of assets
                (3,195 )      
Accrued interest on benefits
    20,622       18,252       2,868       2,503  
Current service cost
    17,055       15,174       1,235       1,198  
Past service costs
          11,868              
Benefits paid
    (9,346 )     (7,027 )     (275 )     (400 )
Actuarial loss (gain)
    16,685       4,900       (10,338 )     2,007  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Accrued benefit obligation – end of year
    337,436       277,612       30,724       40,429  
 
   
     
     
     
 

    The Company’s accrued benefit asset (liability) is determined as follows:

                                 
Plan deficit
    (86,559 )     (22,705 )     (30,724 )     (40,429 )
Unamortized net actuarial loss (gain)
    84,481       41,639       (8,870 )     1,500  
Unamortized transitional (asset) obligation
    6,220       (4,688 )     3,329       4,938  
Unamortized past service costs
    16,142       11,542       1,110        
Valuation allowance
    (770 )     (916 )            
 
   
     
     
     
 
Accrued plan asset (liability)
    19,514       24,872       (35,155 )     (33,991 )
 
   
     
     
     
 

    The valuation allowance represents the amount of surplus not recognized on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company’s benefit expense is determined as follows:

                                                 
    Pension benefits   Post retirement benefits
   
 
    2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Current service cost
    17,055       15,174       10,586       1,235       1,198       419  
Employee contributions
    (6,322 )     (5,800 )     (4,475 )                  
Accrued interest on benefits
    20,622       18,252       13,814       2,868       2,503       1,959  
Expected return on plan assets
    (18,060 )     (19,174 )     (16,451 )                  
Amortization of transitional (asset) obligation
    610       (358 )     (358 )     439       439       439  
Amortization of past service costs
    808       527                          
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    1,516       57             92              
Changes in valuation allowance
    (146 )     (86 )     (61 )                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Benefit expense
    16,083       8,592       3,055       4,634       4,140       2,817  
Employer contribution to the defined contribution plan
    2,299       1,552       463                    
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total pension and post retirement benefit expense
    18,382       10,144       3,518       4,634       4,140       2,817  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

25


 

    Significant actuarial assumptions in measuring the Company’s accrued benefit obligations are as follows:

                                 
    Pension benefits   Post retirement benefits
   
 
    2003   2002   2003   2002
Discount rate
    6.50-6.75 %     6.75-7.25 %     6.50-6.75 %     7.25 %
Expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets
    6.75-7.25 %     7.00-7.25 %     7.25 %     7.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.50-4.50 %     3.50-4.00 %     3.50-5.00 %     4.00 %

15.   RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS
 
    Due from parent and affiliated companies consist of the following:

                   
      2003   2002
      $000   $000
Due from parent, CanWest — non-interest bearing
    82,115       25,651  
Due from various affiliated companies – CanWest Entertainment Inc. — non-interest bearing
    60,502       59,516  
Fireworks Entertainment Inc. — bearing interest at prime
    372,408       381,290  
 
   
     
 
Due from parent and affiliated companies
    515,025       466,457  
 
   
     
 

    These advances have no fixed repayment terms.
 
    The Company has entered into the following transactions with related parties. The related parties are the parent of the Company and other affiliates:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Operating expenses — acquisition of broadcast rights — Fireworks Entertainment Inc.
    6,550       4,475       4,516  
Interest expense – CanWest
                2,613  
Management fee expense – CanWest
                7,600  
Operating lease expense – CanWest
    2,020       2,020       420  

    All transactions occur at the exchange amount agreed to by the parties.
 
    Senior subordinated notes held by CanWest Communications Corporation, the parent company of CanWest totaled $58.1 million (US$41.9 million) at August 31, 2003 (2002 - $56.1 million). This debt, issued in May 2001, matures May 15, 2011 and bears interest at 10.625%. Interest expense related to this debt totaled $6.4 million in fiscal 2003 (2002 - $6.0 million). During 2003, CanWest Communications Corporation exchanged these Canadian dollar denominated notes for United States dollar denominated notes. The exchange was completed pursuant to the provisions of the original note indenture. In September 2003, the necessary filings were made with the Securities Exchange Commission to register the notes for trading.
 
    In June 2003, a company in which an affiliate of CanWest Communications Corporation holds a 50% interest, acquired the TD Centre in Winnipeg, Manitoba, a building in which the Company is a tenant. Rent paid to this company in fiscal 2003 amounted to $195,000.

26


 

16.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Financial instruments consist of the following:

                                 
    2003   2002
   
 
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
    value   value   value   value
    $000   $000   $000   $000
Short term assets
    516,974       516,974       479,969       479,969  
Other investments
    109,280       119,822       159,181       206,117  
Short term liabilities
    349,823       349,823       406,616       406,616  
Long term debt
    2,447,224       2,331,005       2,530,324       2,474,324  
Other long term liabilities
    150,190       150,190       65,169       65,169  
Interest rate and cross-currency swap liabilities
    23,015       356,956             56,000  

    The fair value of short-term assets and liabilities, which include cash and short term investments, accounts receivable, distributions from Network TEN, income taxes recoverable, and other assets, bank loans and advances, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and broadcast rights accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short term nature of these financial instruments.
 
    The fair value of other investments is primarily based on quoted market prices for publicly traded securities, and the most recent purchase transactions and agreements for non-listed securities.
 
    The fair value of advances to parent and affiliated companies are not readily determinable.
 
    The fair value of long term debt subject to floating interest rates approximates the carrying value. The fair value of long term debt, subject to fixed interest rates, is estimated by discounting future cash flows, including interest payments, using rates currently available for debt of similar terms and maturity.
 
    The fair values of other long term liabilities, including broadcast rights accounts payable, approximates their carrying values.
 
    The fair values of unrealized net gains and losses on interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swaps are based on the amounts at which they could be settled based on estimates of market rates.
 
    Credit risk
 
    The Company is exposed to credit risk, primarily in relation to accounts receivable. Exposure to credit risk varies due to the concentration of individual balances with large advertising agencies. The Company performs regular credit assessments of its customers and provides allowances for potentially uncollectable accounts receivable.
 
   

Interest rate risk
    The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through the use of interest rate and cross currency interest rate swap agreements, more fully described in note 8.

27


 

17.   JOINTLY CONTROLLED ENTERPRISE
 
    The following amounts included in the consolidated financial statements represent the Company’s proportionate interest in TV3 Ireland.

                   
      2003   2002
      $000   $000
Balance sheets
               
Assets
               
 
Current assets
    10,182       9,329  
 
Long term assets
    9,823       12,732  
 
   
     
 
 
    20,005       22,061  
 
   
     
 
Liabilities
               
 
Current liabilities
    33,692       32,906  
 
Long term liabilities
          4,643  
 
   
     
 
 
    33,692       37,549  
 
   
     
 
Statements of earnings
               
Revenue
    29,461       25,643  
Expenses
    27,674       24,630  
 
   
     
 
Net earnings
    1,787       1,013  
 
   
     
 
Statements of cash flows
               
Cash generated (utilized) by:
               
 
Operating activities
    6,833       (1,936 )
 
Investing activities
    (70 )     (130 )
 
Financing activities
    (6,602 )     2,903  
 
   
     
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    161       857  
 
   
     
 

18.   COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES and GUARANTEES
     
    Commitments

  a)   The Company has entered into various agreements for the right to broadcast certain feature films and syndicated television programs in the future. These agreements, which range in term from one to five years, generally commit the Company to acquire specific programs or films or certain levels of future productions. The acquisition of these additional broadcast rights is contingent on the actual production and/or the airing of the programs or films. Management estimates that at August 31, 2003 these agreements will result in future annual program and film expenditures of $250 million to $277 million.
 
      In addition, at August 31, 2003 the company has entered into agreements to acquire investments in film and television programs amounting to $27.3 million (US$ 19.0 million).

28


 

  b)   The Company’s future minimum payments under the terms of its operating lease commitments for the next five years are as follows:

       
                                                                                                                              $000
2004
    30,045
2005
    28,469
2006
    24,945
2007
    19,918
2008
    19,492
thereafter
    53,050

  Contingencies
       
  a)   In November 2000, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with The Ravelston Corporation Limited, a company affiliated with The Lord Black of Crossharbour and Mr. David Radler, who are directors of the Company. The agreement provides for annual payments of $6.0 million. Either party upon six months notice may terminate the agreement. In the event of termination by the Company, a fee of $45 million is payable. In the event of termination by The Ravelston Corporation Limited or in the event that The Ravelston Corporation Limited is unable to perform the services in accordance with the agreement a fee in the amount of $22.5 million is payable.
 
  (b)   In March 2001, a statement of claim was filed against the Company and certain of the Company’s subsidiaries by CanWest Broadcasting Ltd.’s (“CBL’s”) former minority interests requesting, among other things, that their interests in CBL be purchased without minority discount. In addition, the claim alleges the Company wrongfully terminated certain agreements and acted in an oppressive and prejudicial manner towards the plaintiffs. The lawsuit seeks damages in excess of $345 million. The Company believes the allegations are substantially without merit and not likely to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. The Company intends to vigorously defend this lawsuit.
 
  (c)   The Company is involved in various legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
  (d)   The Company has claimed $54.1 million from Hollinger related to certain unresolved matters related to the acquisition of CanWest Publications including the National Post. Certain of these matters are in dispute and may result in the claim being referred to arbitration or formal court adjudication. (note 2(b)).

    Guarantees
     
    In connection with the disposition of assets, the Company has provided customary representations and warranties that range in duration. In addition, as is customary, the Company has agreed to indemnify the buyers of certain assets in respect of certain liabilities pertaining to events occurring prior to the respective sales relating to taxation, environmental, litigation and other matters. The Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential liability for these indemnifications as the underlying agreements often do not specify a maximum amount and the amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined.

29


 

    The Company has agreed to indemnify its current and former directors and officers to the extent permitted by law, against any and all charges, costs, expenses, amounts paid in settlement and damages incurred by the directors and officers as a result of any lawsuit or any other judicial, administrative or investigative proceeding in which the directors and officers are sued as result of their service. These indemnification claims will be subject to any statutory or other legal limitation period. The nature of such indemnification prevents the Company from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount if it could be required to pay to counter parties. The Company has $30 million in directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage.
 
19.   SEGMENTED INFORMATION
 
    The Company operates primarily within the publishing, online, broadcasting, and outdoor advertising industries in Canada, New Zealand, Ireland and Australia.
 
    Each segment below operates as a strategic business unit with separate management. Segment performance is measured primarily on the basis of operating profit. Management includes its proportionate interest in the results of its equity accounted Australian television and outdoor operations in strategic decision making, therefore, these proportionate results are included in the following segmented disclosure. Segmented information in Canadian dollars is as follows:

                                                 
    Revenue   Operating profit
   
 
Operating Segments   2003   2002   2001   2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Television
                                               
Canada
    730,407       691,888       701,027       216,346       190,752       229,494  
Australia - Network TEN
    336,362       281,427       233,117       106,975       81,782       69,212  
New Zealand
    95,752       69,079       58,436       10,095       (1,938 )     (8,939 )
Ireland
    32,490       28,317       31,056       9,729       7,654       2,748  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    1,195,011       1,070,711       1,023,636       343,145       278,250       292,515  
Radio - New Zealand
    73,400       60,724       56,864       20,751       16,361       14,301  
Publishing and Online - Canada
    1,164,012       1,270,335       919,923       258,496       285,027       207,804  
Outdoor - Australia
    36,656       38,074       22,861       2,560       874       1,610  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,469,079       2,439,844       2,023,284       624,952       580,512       516,230  
Corporate and other
                      (23,213 )     (26,807 )     (13,057 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,469,079       2,439,844       2,023,284       601,739       553,705       503,173  
Restructuring and television program impairment expenses
                      (23,305 )            
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Combined
    2,469,079       2,439,844       2,023,284       578,434       553,705       503,173  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Elimination of equity accounted affiliates(1)
    (373,018 )     (319,500 )     (255,978 )     (99,219 )     (82,655 )     (69,103 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Consolidated
    2,096,061       2,120,344       1,767,306       479,215       471,050       434,070  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

30


 

                                         
    Total assets   Capital expenditures
   
 
Operating Segments   2003   2002   2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Television
                                       
Canada
    1,485,263       1,362,562       9,364       14,392       16,465  
Australia - Network TEN
    372,039       345,051       11,097       12,388       8,670  
New Zealand
    156,662       141,677       3,056       1,518       2,163  
Ireland
    19,923       21,530       117       479       86  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,033,887       1,870,820       23,634       28,777       27,384  
Radio - New Zealand
    163,118       150,176       2,666       1,207       1,090  
Publishing and Online - Canada
    2,836,809       3,236,317       9,348       17,063       21,932  
Outdoor - Australia
    23,789       27,867       693       2,379       2,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    5,057,603       5,285,180       36,341       49,426       52,406  
Corporate and other
    874,027       796,110       13,589       17,613        
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    5,931,630       6,081,290       49,930       67,039       52,406  
Restructuring and television program impairment expenses
                             
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total Combined
    5,931,630       6,081,290       49,930       67,039       52,406  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Elimination of equity accounted affiliates(1)
    (319,373 )     (368,424 )     (11,790 )     (14,767 )     (10,670 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total Consolidated
    5,612,257       5,712,866       38,140       52,272       41,736  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

(1)   Elimination of proportionate interest in Australia’s Network TEN and Outdoor.


 

20.   UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
 
    These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. In certain aspects GAAP as applied in the United States (“U.S.”) differs from Canadian GAAP.
 
    Principal differences affecting the Company
 
    Comprehensive income
 
    Comprehensive income, defined as all changes in equity other than those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners, must be reported under U.S. GAAP. There is no similar requirement under Canadian GAAP.
 
    Pre-operating costs
 
    In the U.S., pre-operating costs are expensed in the period incurred. In accordance with Canadian GAAP, the Company defers pre-operating costs until commencement of commercial operations and amortizes the deferred costs over a period of five years.
 
    Foreign currency translation
 
    In the U.S., distributions from self-sustaining foreign operations do not result in a realization of the cumulative translation adjustments account. Realization of such foreign currency translation adjustments occur only upon the sale of all or a part of the investment giving rise to the translation adjustments. In accordance with Canadian GAAP, reductions in the net investment in self-sustaining foreign operations result in a proportionate reduction in the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment accounts.
 
    Programming commitments
 
    Under Canadian GAAP, certain programming commitments related to an acquisition imposed by regulatory requirements were accrued in the purchase equation. Under U.S. GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.
 
    Equity accounted affiliates
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, investments placed in trust due to regulatory requirements must be accounted for at cost. Under Canadian GAAP, these investments are accounted as cost, equity or consolidated investments based on the level of influence that the investor has over the investment.
 
    Investment in WIC on an equity basis
 
    Under Canadian GAAP, the investment in WIC was accounted for using the equity method during the period that this investment was held in trust pending completion of the regulatory approval process. Under US GAAP, the investment was accounted for on a cost basis then, as a result of receiving approval to complete the purchase of WIC, the Company changed its method of accounting for WIC to the equity method. The change in accounting policy was retroactively applied as required under APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. Effective July 6, 2000, the Company consolidated its investment in WIC for both Canadian and US GAAP purposes.

31


 

    Intangible assets
 
    Under Canadian GAAP, certain costs related to the acquisition of broadcast licences other than through a business combination were recorded as intangible assets. Under US GAAP such costs are expensed as incurred.
 
    Investment in marketable securities
 
    In the U.S., investment assets classified as “available for sale” are carried at market, and unrealized temporary gains and losses are included, net of tax, in accumulated comprehensive income. In accordance with Canadian GAAP, the Company carries its investment in marketable securities at lower of cost and net realizable value.
 
    Effect of tax rate changes
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, changes in tax rates are applied to reduce or increase future income tax assets or liabilities when the proposed tax rate change has received legislative approval. Under Canadian GAAP, tax rate changes are applied when the change in tax rate is considered substantively enacted.
 
    Pension Valuation Allowances
 
    Under Canadian GAAP, a valuation allowance is used to reduce the carrying value of pension assets to the future benefit expected to be realized. Changes in the valuation allowance are recorded as adjustments to pension expense. Under US GAAP, valuation allowances are not recorded.
 
    Cash flow statement
 
    The Canadian accounting standard for the preparation of cash flow statements is consistent with the guidance provided under IAS 7, and accordingly, the cash flow statements presented herein have not been reconciled to U.S. GAAP under the accommodation provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States (“SEC”).
 
    Proportionate consolidation
 
    Canadian GAAP requires the accounts of jointly controlled enterprises to be proportionately consolidated. In the U.S., investments in jointly controlled entities are accounted as equity investments. This accounting difference applies to the Company’s investment in TV3 Ireland. The proportionate interest is disclosed in note 17. Accordingly, under accommodation provided by the SEC this difference is not included in the following reconciliation.
 
    Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, entities are required to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet, and measure those instruments at fair value. The changes in fair value of the derivative are included in the statement of earnings. In addition, under U.S. GAAP foreign denominated debt is adjusted through earnings to reflect currency translation rates at each balance sheet date. Under Canadian GAAP hedging derivatives are eligible for hedge accounting if certain criteria are met. Non-hedging derivatives are recognized at their fair value as either assets or liabilities.
 
  U.S. GAAP for Equity accounted affiliates
 
    For Canadian GAAP the Company accounts for Network TEN’s derivative instruments using hedge

32


 

    accounting. Under U.S. GAAP the change in fair value of the instruments would be reflected in earnings as described above.
 
    Cumulative effect of the prospective adoption of new accounting pronouncements
 
    Under U.S. GAAP, the transitional impairment of goodwill related to Network TEN is recorded as a charge to net earnings in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, where as under Canadian GAAP it was recorded as a charge to opening retained earnings. The principles and methods for computing impairment in accordance with FAS 142 are similar to those prescribed under Canadian GAAP, as described in notes 1 and 3.
 
    Integration costs related to CanWest Publications
 
    Under Canadian GAAP certain integration costs related to the CanWest Publications acquisition were accrued in the purchase equation. Under US GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.
 
    Reconciliation of financial statements
 
    Consolidated statements of earnings
 
    The following is a reconciliation of net earnings reflecting the differences between Canadian and U.S. GAAP:

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Net earnings in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    187,606       97,910       97,682  
Pre-operating costs net of tax of ($939) (2002 – $1,331, 2001 - $1,175)
    2,921       (100 )     3,337  
Realization of cumulative translation adjustments net of tax of nil
    (922 )     1,000       7,200  
Reversal of amortization of goodwill related to future programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement on business combination, net of tax of nil
                938  
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement net of tax of $2,567 (2002 – $2,438, 2001 - $774)
    (3,403 )     (3,232 )     (1,026 )
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $109 (2002 - $827)
    (193 )     (1,470 )      
Intangible assets net of tax of $860
    (1,465 )            
Pension valuation allowances net of tax of $54 (2002 - $32, 2001 - $23)
    (92 )     (54 )     (38 )
Equity accounted affiliates in trust net of tax of nil
          3,375       (3,375 )
Reclassification of interest on junior subordinated notes from equity net of tax of $31,622 (2002 – $36,538, 2001 – 28,900)
    (60,009 )     (57,148 )     (44,902 )
Timing of tax rate enactment
                14,832  
US GAAP adjustments in equity accounted affiliates net of tax of ($1,955)
    (3,476 )            
Amortization of WIC goodwill adjustment resulting from retroactive equity accounting of WIC upon regulatory approval net of tax of nil
                (1,576 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate and cross-currency swaps and translation of foreign denominated debt net of tax of $30,272 (2002 - $1,199, 2001 – $37,016)
    (40,605 )     27,535       (55,618 )
 
   
     
     
 

33


 

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $000   $000   $000
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP before cumulative effect of adoption of new accounting policies
    80,362       67,816       17,454  
Cumulative effect of adoption of new accounting policies net of tax of nil (2002 - $2,500)
          (45,269 )      
 
   
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    80,362       22,547       17,454  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles Net of tax of $11,975
                63,506  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles In equity accounted affiliates net of tax of nil
                6,211  
 
   
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP adjusted to exclude amortization expense recognized in 2001
    80,362       22,547       87,171  
 
   
     
     
 

34


 

    Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
    Comprehensive income (loss) – current periods:

                           
      2003   2002   2001
      $000   $000   $000
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    80,362       22,547       17,454  
 
   
     
     
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                       
 
Foreign currency translation gain
    22,087       24,636       6,059  
 
   
     
     
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of tax of nil (2002 – nil, 2001 - nil)
    (43,647 )     31,387       (73,178 )
Realization of prior years unrealized losses on sale / write-down of securities available for sale, net of tax of nil (2002 – nil, 2001 - nil)
    10,952       60,000       (987 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (32,695 )     91,387       (74,165 )
 
   
     
     
 
Reclassification of transition adjustment related to interest rate swaps net of tax of $68 (2002 - $69, 2001 - $70)
    118       115       114  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (10,490 )     116,138       67,992  
 
   
     
     
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
    69,872       138,685       50,538  
 
   
     
     
 

    Other comprehensive income (loss) – accumulated balances:

                                 
    Foreign   Unrealized   Transition        
    currency   gains (losses)   adjustment        
    translation   on securities   on swaps   Total
Balance, August 31, 2000
    (85,783 )     32,307             (53,476 )
Transition adjustment on swaps
                (2,577 )     (2,577 )
Change during 2001
    6,059       (74,165 )     114       (67,992 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, August 31, 2001
    (79,724 )     (41,858 )     (2,463 )     (124,045 )
Change during 2002
    24,636       91,387       115       116,138  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, August 31, 2002
    (55,088 )     49,529       (2,348 )     (7,907 )
Change during 2003
    22,087       (32,695 )     118       (10,490 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Balance, August 31, 2003
    (33,001 )     16,834       (2,230 )     (18,397 )
 
   
     
     
     
 

35


 

    Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
    Balance sheet captions restated to reflect the above items are presented below:

                   
      2003   2002
      $000   $000
ASSETS
               
 
Current assets
    634,618       628,523  
 
Investment in Network TEN
    52,070       4,494  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    624,820       660,700  
 
Intangibles and goodwill
    3,536,645       3,714,768  
 
Due from parent and affiliated companies
    515,025       466,457  
 
Other investments
    126,115       208,710  
 
Other assets
    145,841       186,394  
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
    5,635,134       5,870,046  
 
 
   
     
 
LIABILITIES
               
 
Current liabilities
    446,377       586,670  
 
Long term debt
    2,942,327       3,320,781  
 
Other liabilities
    460,646       196,835  
 
Future income taxes
    342,371       393,950  
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
    4,191,721       4,498,236  
 
 
   
     
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
Capital stock
    438,838       437,107  
 
Contributed surplus
    132,953       132,953  
 
Retained earnings
    890,019       809,657  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (18,397 )     (7,907 )
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
    1,443,413       1,371,810  
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
    5,635,134       5,870,046  
 
 
   
     
 

36


 

    A reconciliation of shareholders’ equity reflecting the differences between Canadian and U.S. GAAP is set out below:

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
Shareholders’ equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    2,227,554       2,259,230  
Adjustments relating to pre-operating costs, net of tax of $2,669 (2002 - $3,608)
    (3,552 )     (6,473 )
Adjustment to goodwill resulting from retroactive equity accounting of WIC upon regulatory approval net of tax of nil
    38,503       38,503  
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement On business combination net of tax of $5,779 (2002 – $3,212)
    (7,661 )     (4,258 )
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $936 (2002 - $827)
    (1,663 )     (1,470 )
Reversal of amortization of goodwill related to future programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement on business combination net of tax of nil
    938       938  
Adjustment from expensing intangible assets net of tax of $860
    (1,465 )      
Pension valuation allowance net of tax of $285 (2002 - $339)
    485       577  
Adjustments to equity accounted affiliates net of tax of $1,955
    (3,476 )      
Adjustment to reflect losses on interest rate and cross currency swaps net of tax of $65,951 (2002 – $35,679)
    (68,688 )     (28,083 )
Transition adjustment on interest rate swaps, net of tax of $1,451 (2002 - $1,383)
    (2,230 )     (2,348 )
Reclassification of junior subordinated notes to debt
    (752,166 )     (934,335 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on other investments net of tax of nil (2002 – nil)
    16,834       49,529  
 
   
     
 
Shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    1,443,413       1,371,810  
 
   
     
 

    Other
 
    The following amounts are included in accounts receivable:

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    14,600       13,700  

37


 

    The following amounts are included in operating expenses:

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
Bad debt expense
    5,800       5,700  
Rent expense
    20,600       17,300  

    The following amounts are included in accrued liabilities:

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $000
Accrued salaries
    75,800       62,200  

    Amortization expense related to existing finite life intangibles will be $17.5 million per year to 2005, $8.8 million in 2006, and $1.5 million in 2007 and 2008.
 
21.   CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has entered into financing arrangements which are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Such guarantees are full, unconditional and joint and several.
 
    The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on an unconsolidated basis, balance sheets, statements of operations and cash flow information for the Company, Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Company’s other subsidiaries (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The supplemental financial information reflects the investments of the Company in the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. As indicated in note 1 for the years ended August 31, 1999 and 2000 the results of the Company reflect results identical to those of GTNI on a continuity of interests basis. As of September 28, 2000 when the Company was created results reflect the actual results of the Company.

38


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Balance Sheet
August 31, 2003

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Assets
                                       
Current Assets
                                       
Cash
    27,922       85,014       2,514             115,450  
Accounts receivable
    1,191       361,215       7,726             370,132  
Due from Network TEN
          20,909                   20,909  
Inventory
          14,509                   14,509  
Broadcast rights
          75,007       7,905             82,912  
Future income taxes
          20,223                   20,223  
Other
    2,985       7,203       295             10,483  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    32,098       584,080       18,440             634,618  
Investment in Network TEN
          55,546                   55,546  
Investment in equity accounted subsidiaries
    1,424,215                   (1,424,215 )      
Other investments
    7       109,110       163             109,280  
Broadcast rights
          24,614       3,047             27,661  
Due from parent and affiliated companies
    3,138,732       (2,621,982 )     (1,725 )           515,025  
Property, plant and equipment
    26,936       593,770       4,114             624,820  
Other assets
    58,927       67,345       454             126,726  
Intangibles
          1,091,554       2,264             1,093,818  
Goodwill
          2,423,540       1,223             2,424,763  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    4,680,915       2,327,577       27,980       (1,424,215 )     5,612,257  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable
    5,684       90,753       11,066             107,503  
Accrued liabilities
    35,162       156,189       3,494             194,845  
Income taxes payable
    1,755       14,919       294             16,968  
Broadcast rights accounts payable
          28,429       2,078             30,507  
Deferred revenue
    64       29,991       12             30,067  
Future income taxes
          6,072                   6,072  
Current portion of long term debt
    36,901             26,177             63,078  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    79,566       326,353       43,121             449,040  
Long term debt
    2,384,146                         2,384,146  
Other accrued liabilities
          149,924       266             150,190  
Future income taxes
    (10,351 )     407,796       3,882             401,327  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,453,361       884,073       47,269             3,384,703  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s Equity
                                       
Equity instruments
    1,191,004       438,841       846       (439,687 )     1,191,004  
Contributed surplus
    132,953       132,953       2,654       (135,607 )     132,953  
Retained earnings
    931,090       898,921       (22,507 )     (876,414 )     931,090  
Cumulative foreign currency translation Adjustments
    (27,493 )     (27,211 )     (282 )     27,493       (27,493 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,227,554       1,443,504       (19,289 )     (1,424,215 )     2,227,554  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    4,680,915       2,327,577       27,980       (1,424,215 )     5,612,257  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s Equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    2,227,554       1,443,504       (19,289 )     (1,424,215 )     2,227,554  
Adjustments relating to pre-operating costs — net of tax of $2,669
          (3,636 )     84             (3,552 )
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement on business combination net of tax of $5,779
          (7,661 )                 (7,661 )
Adjustment to goodwill resulting from retroactive equity accounting of WIC upon regulatory approval - net of tax of nil
          38,503                   38,503  
Reversal of amortization of goodwill related to future programming expenses, net of tax of nil
          938                   938  
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $936
          (1,663 )                 (1,663 )
Adjustment to reflect losses on interest rate and cross currency swaps net of tax of $65,951
    (68,688 )                       (68,688 )
Adjustment from expensing intangible assets net of tax of $860
          (1,465 )                 (1,465 )
Pension valuation allowance net of tax of $285
          485                   485  
Adjustments to equity accounted affiliates net of tax of $1,955
          (3,476 )                 (3,476 )
Transition adjustment on interest rate swaps, net of tax of $1,451
    (2,230 )                       (2,230 )
Reclassification of junior subordinated notes to debt
    (752,166 )                       (752,166 )
Unrealized gain on other investments net of tax of nil
          16,834                   16,834  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s equity in accordance with U.S GAAP
    1,404,470       1,482,363       (19,205 )     (1,424,215 )     1,443,413  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

39


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended August 31, 2003

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Revenue
          2,037,501       58,560             2,096,061  
Operating expenses
          1,042,338       30,040             1,072,378  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    15,440       508,441       7,598             531,479  
Restructuring and film and television program impairment expenses
          12,989                   12,989  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (15,440 )     473,733       20,922             479,215  
Amortization of broadcast licenses, goodwill and circulation
          17,500                   17,500  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    4,668       62,665       2,767             70,100  
Other amortization
          5,819       1,268             7,087  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (20,108 )     387,749       16,887             384,528  
Financing (expenses) income
    119,489       (359,666 )     (8,301 )           (248,478 )
Dividend income
          3,532                   3,532  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    99,381       31,615       8,586             139,582  
Investment gains net of write-down of investments
    (10,386 )     19,626                   9,240  
Interest rate swap loss
    (23,015 )                       (23,015 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    65,980       51,241       8,586             125,807  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    26,301       9,737       3,092             39,130  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings before the following
    39,679       41,504       5,494             86,677  
Interest in earnings of Network TEN
          101,339                   101,339  
Interest in earnings (loss) of other equity accounted affiliates
    147,927       (1,332 )           (147,927 )     (1,332 )
Realized currency translation adjustments
          922                   922  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings for the year
    187,606       142,433       5,494       (147,927 )     187,606  
Retained earnings – beginning of year
    803,493       747,297       (18,810 )     (728,487 )     803,493  
Dividends
          9,191       (9,191 )            
Interest on junior subordinated debentures – net of tax of $31,622
    (60,009 )                       (60,009 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Retained earnings – end of year
    931,090       898,921       (22,507 )     (876,414 )     931,090  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    187,606       142,433       5,494       (147,927 )     187,606  
Pre-operating costs net of tax of ($939)
          20       2,901             2,921  
Realization of currency translation adjustments net of tax of nil
          (922 )                 (922 )
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $109
          (193 )                 (193 )
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement, net of tax of $2,567
          (3,403 )                 (3,403 )
Reclassification of interest on junior subordinated debentures from equity net of tax of $31,622
    (60,009 )                       (60,009 )
Intangible assets net of tax of $860
          (1,465 )                 (1,465 )
Pension valuation allowances net of tax of $54
          (92 )                 (92 )
US GAAP adjustments in equity accounted affiliates net of tax of ($1,955)
          (3,476 )                 (3,476 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate and cross currency swaps and translation of foreign denominated debt bet of tax of $30,272
    (40,605 )                       (40,605 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    86,992       132,902       8,395       (147,927 )     80,362  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

41


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended August 31, 2003

                                           
      CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
      parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
     
 
 
 
 
      $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
CASH GENERATED (UTILIZED) BY:
                                       
Operating activities
                                       
Net earnings for the year
    187,606       142,433       5,494       (147,927 )     187,606  
Items not affecting cash
                                       
 
Amortization
    14,114       85,984       4,035             104,133  
 
Future income taxes
    (5,899 )     (5,957 )     2,666             (9,190 )
 
Interest in loss of Network TEN
          (101,339 )                 (101,339 )
 
Interest in loss (earnings) of equity accounted affiliates
    (147,927 )     1,332             147,927       1,332  
 
Interest rate swap loss
    23,015                         23,015  
 
Realized translation adjustments
          (922 )                 (922 )
 
Investment gains net of write-down of investments
          (9,240 )                 (9,240 )
 
Pension expense
          7,609                   7,609  
Distributions from Network TEN
          33,378                   33,378  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    70,909       153,278       12,195             236,382  
Changes in non-cash operating accounts
    33,644       (57,258 )     62,315             38,701  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    104,553       96,020       74,510             275,083  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Investing Activities
                                       
Other investments
          (4,311 )                 (4,311 )
Investment in broadcast licences
          (2,260 )     (65 )           (2,325 )
Proceeds from sale of investments
          45,605                   45,605  
Proceeds from divestitures
          193,500                   193,500  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (13,588 )     (24,435 )     (117 )           (38,140 )
Advances to parent and affiliated companies
    292,760       (291,058 )     (50,270 )           (48,568 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    279,172       (82,959 )     (50,452 )           145,761  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Financing Activities
                                       
Dividends paid
          9,191       (9,191 )            
Issuance of long term debt
    294,700                         294,700  
Repayment of long term debt
    (636,931 )           (14,672 )           (651,603 )
Issuance of share capital
    1,731                         1,731  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (340,500 )     9,191       (23,863 )           (355,172 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net change in cash
    43,225       22,252       195             65,672  
Cash — beginning of year
    (15,303 )     62,762       2,319             49,778  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Cash — end of year
    27,922       85,014       2,514             115,450  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

42


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Balance Sheet
August 31, 2002

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Assets
                                       
Current Assets
                                       
Cash
    (15,303 )     62,762       2,319             49,778  
Accounts receivable
    803       368,630       12,904             382,337  
Income taxes recoverable
    2,842       32,288       (507 )             34,623  
Inventory
          19,836                   19,836  
Broadcast rights
          90,193       7,903             98,096  
Future income taxes
          30,013                   30,013  
Other
    1,218       11,559       454             13,231  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (10,440 )     615,281       23,073             627,914  
Investment in Network TEN
          4,494                   4,494  
Investment in equity accounted subsidiaries
    1,253,792                   (1,253,792 )      
Other investments
    7       159,173       1             159,181  
Broadcast rights
          19,359       3,813             23,172  
Due from parent and affiliated companies
    3,431,492       (2,913,040 )     (51,995 )           466,457  
Property, plant and equipment
    16,555       634,478       9,667             660,700  
Other assets
    67,796       24,479       3,019             95,294  
Intangibles
          1,093,274       3,184             1,096,458  
Goodwill
          2,577,973       1,223             2,579,196  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    4,759,202       2,215,471       (8,015 )     (1,253,792 )     5,712,866  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Liabilities
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable
          154,609       3,643             158,252  
Accrued liabilities
    2,334       201,014       9,722             213,070  
Broadcast rights accounts payable
          34,511       783             35,294  
Deferred revenue
          30,522                   30,522  
Future income taxes
          6,072                   6,072  
Current portion of long term debt
    122,822             28,043             150,865  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    125,156       426,728       42,191             594,075  
Long term debt
    2,374,816             4,643             2,379,459  
Other accrued liabilities
          64,903       266             65,169  
Future income taxes
          416,969       (2,036 )           414,933  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,499,972       908,600       45,064             3,453,636  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s Equity
                                       
Equity instruments
    1,371,442       437,110       1,246       (438,356 )     1,371,442  
Contributed surplus
    132,953       132,953       2,654       (135,607 )     132,953  
Retained earnings
    803,493       785,195       (56,708 )     (728,487 )     803,493  
Cumulative foreign currency translation Adjustments
    (48,658 )     (48,387 )     (271 )     48,658       (48,658 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    2,259,230       1,306,871       (53,079 )     (1,253,792 )     2,259,230  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    4,759,202       2,215,471       (8,015 )     (1,253,792 )     5,712,866  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s Equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    2,259,230       1,306,871       (53,079 )     (1,253,792 )     2,259,230  
Adjustments relating to pre-operating costs — net of tax of $3,608
          (3,656 )     (2,817 )           (6,473 )
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement on business combination net of tax of $3,212
          (4,258 )                 (4,258 )
Adjustment to goodwill resulting from retroactive equity accounting of WIC upon regulatory approval - net of tax of nil
          38,503                   38,503  
Reversal of amortization of goodwill related to future programming expenses, net of tax of nil
          938                   938  
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $827
          (1,470 )                 (1,470 )
Pension valuation allowance net of tax of $339
          577                   577  
Adjustment to reflect losses on interest rate and cross currency swaps net of tax of $35,748
    (28,083 )                       (28,083 )
Transition adjustment on interest rate swaps net of tax of $1,383
    (2,348 )                       (2,348 )
Reclassification of junior subordinated notes to debt
    (934,335 )                       (934,335 )
Adjustment to reflect unrealized gain on other investments net of tax of nil
          49,529                   49,529  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Shareholder’s equity in accordance with U.S GAAP
    1,294,464       1,387,034       (55,896 )     (1,253,792 )     1,371,810  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

43


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended August 31, 2002

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Revenue
          2,046,669       73,675             2,120,344  
Operating expenses
          1,066,135       42,807             1,108,942  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    9,628       515,390       15,334             540,352  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (9,628 )     465,144       15,534             471,050  
Amortization of broadcast licenses, goodwill and circulation
          17,500                   17,500  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    2,356       68,033       3,041             73,430  
Other amortization
          2,994       3,676             6,670  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (11,984 )     376,617       8,817             373,450  
Financing (expenses) income
    129,153       (373,371 )     (10,788 )           (255,006 )
Investment gains net of write-down of investments
          33,843                   33,843  
Dividend income
          3,241                   3,241  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    117,169       40,330       (1,971 )           155,528  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    33,338       16,281       (2,009 )           47,610  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings before the following
    83,831       24,049       38             107,918  
Minority interest
          4,330                   4,330  
Interest in loss of Network TEN
          (11,815 )                 (11,815 )
Interest in earnings of equity accounted affiliates
    14,079       (1,523 )           (14,079 )     (1,523 )
Realized currency translation adjustments
          (1,000 )                 (1,000 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings for the year
    97,910       14,041       38       (14,079 )     97,910  
Retained earnings – beginning of year
    808,000       876,133       (54,456 )     (821,677 )     808,000  
Adjustment for the adoption of new accounting pronouncement
    (45,269 )     (45,269 )           45,269       (45,269 )
Dividends
          (59,710 )     (2,290 )     62,000        
Interest on junior subordinated debentures – net of tax of $36,538
    (57,148 )                       (57,148 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Retained earnings – end of year
    803,493       785,195       (56,708 )     (728,487 )     803,493  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    97,910       14,041       38       (14,079 )     97,910  
Pre-operating costs net of tax of $1,331
          (3,656 )     3,556             (100 )
Realization of currency translation adjustments net of tax of nil
          1,000                   1,000  
Integration costs related to CanWest Publications net of tax of $827
          (1,470 )                 (1,470 )
Pension valuation allowances net of tax of $32
          (54 )                 (54 )
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement, net of tax of $2,438
          (3,232 )                 (3,232 )
Equity accounted affiliates in trust, net of tax of $nil
          3,375                   3,375  
Reclassification of interest on junior subordinated debentures from equity net of tax of $36,538
    (57,148 )                       (57,148 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate and cross currency interest rate swaps net of tax of $1,199
    27,535                         27,535  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP before cumulative effect of adoption of new accounting policy
    68,297       10,004       3,594       (14,079 )     67,816  
Cumulative effect of adoption of new goodwill and intangibles accounting policy net of tax of $2,500
          (45,269 )                 (45,269 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    68,297       (35,265 )     3,594       (14,079 )     22,547  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

44


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended August 31, 2002

                                           
      CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
      parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   Entries   Consolidated
     
 
 
 
 
      $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
CASH GENERATED (UTILIZED) BY:
                                       
Operating activities
                                       
Net earnings for the year
    97,910       14,041       38       (14,079 )     97,910  
Items not affecting cash
                                       
 
Amortization
    12,298       88,527       6,717             107,542  
 
Future income taxes
          11,060       150             11,210  
 
Interest in loss of Network TEN
          11,815                   11,815  
 
Interest in loss (earnings) of equity accounted affiliates
    (14,079 )     1,523             14,079       1,523  
 
Minority interests
          (4,330 )                 (4,330 )
 
Realized translation adjustments
          1,000                   1,000  
 
Investment gains net of write-down of investments
          (33,843 )                 (33,843 )
 
Pension expense
          6,445                   6,445  
Distributions from Network TEN
          60,984                   60,984  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    96,129       157,222       6,905             260,256  
Changes in non-cash operating accounts
    4,061       (80,235 )     2,641             (73,533 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    100,190       76,987       9,546             186,723  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Investing Activities
                                       
Other investments
          (4,400 )     (787 )           (5,187 )
Proceeds from sale of investments
          87,000                   87,000  
Proceeds from divestitures
          390,059                   390,059  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (18,735 )     (33,058 )     (479 )           (52,272 )
Advances to parent and affiliated companies
    329,650       (374,925 )                 (45,275 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    310,915       64,676       (1,266 )           374,325  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Financing Activities
                                       
Dividends paid
    62,000       (59,710 )     (2,290 )            
Repayment of long term debt
    (488,408 )           (5,295 )           (493,703 )
Net change in bank loans and advances
          (28,999 )                 (28,999 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (426,408 )     (88,709 )     (7,585 )           (522,702 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net change in cash
    (15,303 )     52,954       695             38,346  
Cash — beginning of year
          9,808       1,624             11,432  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Cash — end of year
    (15,303 )     62,762       2,319             49,778  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

45


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended August 31, 2001

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Revenue
          1,594,387       172,919             1,767,306  
Operating expenses
          828,224       137,291             965,515  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    (913 )     359,483       9,151             367,721  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    913       406,680       26,477             434,070  
Amortization of intangibles and goodwill
          87,404       1,915             89,319  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
          54,060       5,468             59,528  
Other amortization
          2,172       3,068             5,240  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    913       263,044       16,026             279,983  
Financing (expenses) income
    69,974       (331,986 )     (6,831 )           (268,843 )
Investment income and gains
          28,630                   28,630  
Dividend income
          2,952                   2,952  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    70,887       (37,360 )     9,195             42,722  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
    29,630       (62,456 )     5,546             (27,280 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings before the following
    41,257       25,096       3,649             70,002  
Minority interest
          (3,196 )                 (3,196 )
Interest in earnings of Network TEN
          52,567                   52,567  
Interest in earnings of equity accounted affiliates
    56,425       (14,491 )           (56,425 )     (14,491 )
Realized currency translation adjustments
          (7,200 )                 (7,200 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings for the year
    97,682       52,776       3,649       (56,425 )     97,682  
Retained earnings – beginning of year
    755,549       753,870       5,257       (759,127 )     755,549  
Adjustment for the adoption of new accounting pronouncement
    (329 )     (3,910 )           3,910       (329 )
Dividends
          48,095       (48,095 )            
Interest on junior subordinated debentures – net of tax of $28,900
    (44,902 )                       (44,902 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Retained earnings – end of year
    808,000       850,831       (39,189 )     (811,642 )     808,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with Canadian GAAP
    97,682       52,776       3,649       (56,425 )     97,682  
Pre-operating costs net of tax of $1,175
                3,337             3,337  
Realization of currency translation adjustments net of tax of nil
          7,200                   7,200  
Pension valuation allowances net of tax of $23
            (38 )                     (38 )
Reversal of amortization of goodwill related to future programming expenses imposed by regulatory requirement on business combination, net of tax of nil
          938                   938  
Programming costs imposed by regulatory requirement, net of tax of $774
          (1,026 )                 (1,026 )
Equity accounted affiliates in trust, net of tax of nil
          (3,375 )                 (3,375 )
Reclassification of interest on junior subordinated notes from equity net of tax of $28,900
    (44,902 )                       (44,902 )
Timing of tax rate enactment
          14,832                   14,832  
Amortization of WIC goodwill adjustment resulting from retroactive equity accounting of WIC upon regulatory approval net of tax of nil
          (1,576 )                 (1,576 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate and cross currency interest rate swaps, net of tax of $37,016
    (55,618 )                       (55,618 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    (2,838 )     69,731       6,986       (56,425 )     17,454  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles net of tax of $11,975
          61,591       1,915             63,506  
Amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles in equity accounted affiliates net of tax of nil
          6,211                   6,211  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

46


 

                                         
    CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
    parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
   
 
 
 
 
    $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
Net earnings in accordance with U.S. GAAP adjusted to exclude amortization expense recognized in 2001
    (2,838 )     137,533       8,901       (56,425 )     87,171  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

47


 

CanWest Media Inc.

Supplemental Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended August 31, 2001

                                           
      CanWest Media Inc.   Consolidated   Non-guarantor   Elimination        
      parent company   guarantors   subsidiaries   entries   Consolidated
     
 
 
 
 
      $000   $000   $000   $000   $000
CASH GENERATED (UTILIZED) BY:
                                       
Operating activities
                                       
Net earnings for the year
    97,682       52,776       3,649       (56,425 )     97,682  
Items not affecting cash
                                       
 
Amortization
    6,583       149,945       8,600             165,128  
 
Future income taxes
          (89,476 )     (7,530 )           (97,006 )
 
Interest in earnings of Network TEN
          (52,567 )                 (52,567 )
 
Interest in loss (earnings) of equity accounted affiliates
    (56,425 )     14,491             56,425       14,491  
 
Minority interests
          3,196                   3,196  
 
Realized translation adjustments
          7,200                   7,200  
 
Write-off of deferred financing fees
    17,900                         17,900  
 
Investment income and gains
          (28,630 )                 (28,630 )
 
Pension expense
          2,909                   2,909  
Distributions from Network TEN
          71,096                   71,096  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    65,740       130,940       4,719             201,399  
Changes in non-cash operating accounts
    (12,481 )     (19,836 )     21,661             (10,656 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    53,259       111,104       26,380             190,743  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Investing Activities
                                       
Acquisitions
          (2,007,291 )                 (2,007,291 )
Other investments
          52,090       (52,090 )            
Proceeds from sale of investments
          64,045                   64,045  
Proceeds from divestitures
          32,454                   32,454  
Purchase of broadcast facilities and licenses
          (1,106 )     (627 )           (1,733 )
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
          (41,118 )     (618 )           (41,736 )
Advances to parent and affiliated companies
    (3,062,322 )     2,851,733       60,525             (150,064 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    (3,062,322 )     950,807       7,190             (2,104,325 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Financing Activities
                                       
Dividends paid
          48,095       (48,095 )            
Issuance (repayment) of long-term debt
    3,009,063       (1,166,721 )     (10,730 )           1,831,612  
Net change in bank loans and advances
          24,682       (943 )           23,739  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
    3,009,063       (1,093,944 )     (59,768 )           1,855,351  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Net change in cash
          (32,033 )     (26,198 )           (58,231 )
Cash — beginning of year
          35,513       34,150             69,663  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Cash — end of year
          3,480       7,952             11,432  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

48


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 2003
(expressed in Australian dollars)


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

                                 
            2003   2002   2001
    Note   $’000   $’000   $’000
Revenue from ordinary activities     2       732,995       667,012       664,157  
             
     
     
 
Television costs             (483,376 )     (446,110 )     (401,061 )
Out of Home costs             (75,107 )     (272,214 )     (65,683 )
Ventures costs                         (31,099 )
Borrowing costs     3 (b)     (117,333 )     (37,355 )     (93,263 )
Share of net profit of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method     26       2,430       916       588  
             
     
     
 
Profit/(Loss) from ordinary activities before income tax             59,609       (87,751 )     73,639  
Income tax revenue/(expense)     4 (a)     27,223       (70,530 )     (23,822 )
             
     
     
 
Net profit/(loss) from ordinary activities after income tax             86,832       (158,281 )     49,817  
Net loss attributable to outside equity interests             54       29,790       5,451  
             
     
     
 
Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company     24       86,886       (128,491 )     55,268  
             
     
     
 
(Decrease)/Increase in asset revaluation reserve     23       (208,098 )     751,400        
Net exchange difference on translation of financial report of foreign controlled entities     23       (431 )     (81 )     18  
             
     
     
 
Total changes in equity from non-owner related transactions attributable to the members of the Company             (121,643 )     622,828       55,286  
             
     
     
 

The above statements of financial performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Page 2


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS AT 31 AUGUST 2003

                             
                2003   2002
        Note   $’000   $’000
Current Assets
                       
 
Cash
    5       20,982       11,799  
 
Receivables
    6       127,808       116,124  
 
Inventories
    7       123,417       127,638  
 
Current tax receivables
    4 (d)           63,716  
 
Other
    8       4,022       12,029  
 
           
     
 
Total Current Assets
            276,229       331,306  
 
           
     
 
Non-Current Assets
                       
 
Receivables
    9       2,532       2,116  
 
Inventories
    12       3,005       1,565  
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
    10       10,162       2,888  
 
Other financial assets
    11       2,553       2,553  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    13       89,202       84,779  
 
Intangibles
    14       1,156,190       1,159,707  
 
Deferred tax assets
    4 (e)     108       8,270  
 
Other
    15       1,397       626  
 
           
     
 
Total Non-Current Assets
            1,265,149       1,262,504  
 
           
     
 
Total Assets
            1,541,378       1,593,810  
 
           
     
 
Current Liabilities
                       
 
Payables
    16       215,875       159,958  
 
Interest-bearing liabilities
    17       945       29,247  
 
Current tax liabilities
    4 (d)     16,110        
 
Provisions
    18       23,789       40,737  
 
           
     
 
Total Current Liabilities
            256,719       229,942  
 
           
     
 
Non-Current Liabilities
                       
 
Payables
    19       36,377       26,521  
 
Interest-bearing liabilities
    20       434,457       510,111  
 
Deferred tax liabilities
    4 (f)     224,286       32,042  
 
Provisions
    21       1,796       1,971  
 
           
     
 
Total Non-Current Liabilities
            696,916       570,645  
 
           
     
 
Total Liabilities
            953,635       800,587  
 
           
     
 
Net Assets
            587,743       793,223  
 
           
     
 
Equity
                       
   
Contributed equity
    22       59,934       45,500  
   
Reserves
    23       543,737       752,266  
   
Retained earnings
    24       (15,947 )     (4,468 )
 
           
     
 
Total parent entity interest
            587,724       793,298  
Outside equity interests in controlled entities
    30       19       (75 )
 
           
     
 
Total Equity
            587,743       793,223  
 
           
     
 

The above statements of financial performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Page 3


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

                                     
                2003   2002   2001
        Note   $’000   $’000   $’000
Cash and its equivalents
                               
 
Cash on hand
    5       80       65       69  
 
Cash at bank
    5       20,902       11,734       21,700  
 
Bank overdraft
    17             (1,791 )     (1,084 )
 
           
     
     
 
At end of year
            20,982       10,008       20,685  
At beginning of year
            10,008       20,685       38,309  
 
           
     
     
 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) for the year
            10,974       (10,677 )     (17,624 )
 
           
     
     
 
Represented by:
                               
Cash Flows from operating activities
                               
 
Receipts from customers
            786,459       745,199       610,972  
 
Payments to suppliers and employees
            (603,836 )     (609,867 )     (521,070 )
 
Dividends received
            1,915       346       1,959  
 
Interest received
            2,416       933       1,424  
 
Bank interest paid
            (26,501 )     (25,503 )     (18,897 )
 
Income tax received/(paid)
                               
   
Prior year refunds received
            71,188       4,447        
   
Current year payments
            (33,706 )     (56,305 )     (55,043 )
   
Tax settlement
                  (36,158 )      
 
           
     
     
 
Net cash flow from operating activities
    36       197,935       23,092       19,345  
 
           
     
     
 
Cash Flows from investment activities
                               
 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
            (23,909 )     (25,490 )     (23,120 )
 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
            591       326       13,282  
 
Sale of equity investments
                  142       91,682  
 
Payment for investments
            (5,567 )            
 
Purchase of controlled entities (net of cash acquired)
    25 (b)           (10,000 )     (184,711 )
 
Payment for intangible licence rights
                        (1,000 )
 
Payment for Out-of-home investments and site acquisitions
                  (6,361 )      
 
Advances/(repayments) from/(to):
                               
   
Controlled entities
                         
   
Associated companies and joint ventures
            122       11       (12,173 )
   
Directors of controlled entities
            350       (1,017 )     1,017  
   
Other related parties
                  (1,138 )     (7,766 )
   
Other
            (169 )     153       (2,837 )
 
           
     
     
 
Net cash flow from investment activities
            (28,582 )     (43,374 )     (125,626 )
 
           
     
     
 
Cash Flows from financing activities
                               
 
Dividends paid
            (53,602 )     (66,221 )     (73,797 )
 
Debenture interest paid
            (30,018 )     (66,221 )     (73,797 )
 
Debenture interest – withholding tax
            (3,002 )     (6,622 )     (7,380 )
 
Amounts received/(paid) re: Tax Dispute
            16,972       (16,972 )      
 
Financing establishment costs paid
            (1,467 )            
 
Proceeds from exercise of options
            14,434              
 
Proceeds from borrowings
            380,084       538,000       526,435  
 
Repayment of borrowings
            (481,780 )     (372,359 )     (282,804 )
 
           
     
     
 
Net cash flow from financing activities
            (158,379 )     9,605       88,657  
 
           
     
     
 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) for the year
            10,974       (10,677 )     (17,624 )
 
           
     
     
 

Page 4


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

The above statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with Accounting Standards, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues Group Consensus Views and the Corporations Act 2001.

It is prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention except for certain assets which are at valuation. The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous year, except for the change in Income Taxes as detailed at point (b) below. Comparative information has been reclassified where appropriate to enhance comparability.

(a)   Principles of Consolidation
 
    The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of all entities controlled by the Ten Group Pty Limited (“the Company”) as detailed in Note 25 to the financial statements. The Ten Group Pty Limited and its controlled entities together are referred to in this financial report as the consolidated entity. The financial statements of controlled entities are included from the date control commences until the date control ceases.
 
    All intercompany transactions are eliminated in full. Outside equity interests in the equity and results of the entities that are controlled by the Company are shown as a separate item in the consolidated financial statements.
 
(b)   Income Tax
 
    The income tax expense or revenue for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses.
 
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantially enacted for each jurisdiction. The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and assessable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability.
 
    Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.
 
    Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of distributions from controlled entities and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
 
    Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.
 
    Change in Accounting Policy for Income Tax
 
    The above policy was adopted with effect from 1 September 2002 to comply with AASB 1020 Income Taxes released in December 1999 and applied to the year ended 31 August 2003 in accordance with a written election by the directors under subsection 334(5) of the Corporations Act 2001. In previous years, income tax expense in the statement of financial performance was calculated by reference to the accounting profit after allowing for permanent differences and deferred tax was not recognised in relation to amounts recognised directly in equity.

Page 5


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
(b)   Income Tax (continued)
 
    The change in accounting policy has resulted in the recognition of deferred tax liabilities on the difference between accounting and taxation values of television licences and capitalised licences at 31 August 2002. The adjustments were as follows:

    Increase in consolidated deferred tax liabilities of $270,192,000
 
    A reduction in consolidated asset revaluation reserve of $225,413,000
 
    A reduction in consolidated retained earnings of $44,779,000.

    These adjustments resulted in a net reduction in consolidated net assets and consolidated total equity of $270,192,000 as at 31 August 2002. It is not practical to restate the prior financial year results as if the new accounting policy had always applied.
 
    Tax Consolidation Legislation
 
    The Ten Group Pty Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 July 2003. The Australian Taxation Office has not yet been notified of this decision.
 
    The deferred tax balances recognised by the parent entity and the consolidated entity in relation to wholly-owned entities joining the tax consolidated group are initially measured and remeasured based on the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities of those entities at the level of the tax consolidation group and their tax values, as applicable under tax consolidation. The resetting of tax values of the assets on entering the tax consolidation regime on 1 July 2003 has resulted in the following adjustments:

    Decrease in consolidated deferred tax liabilities of $62,041,000
 
    An increase in consolidated asset revaluation reserve of $17,315,000
 
    A decrease in current year income tax expense of $44,726,000.

    These adjustments resulted in a net increase in consolidated net assets and consolidated total equity of $62,041,000.
 
    The Ten Group Pty Limited, as the head entity in the tax consolidation group, recognises current and deferred tax amounts relating to transactions, events and balances of the controlled entities in this group as if those transactions, events and balances were its own, in addition to the current and deferred tax amounts arising in relation to its own transactions, events and balances. Amounts receivable or payable under a tax sharing agreement with the tax consolidated entities are recognised separately as tax-related amounts receivable or payable. Expenses and revenues arising under the tax sharing agreement are recognised as a component of income tax expense/(revenue).
 
(c)   Receivables and Revenue Recognition
 
    Revenue is recognised at fair value of the consideration received net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST). Revenue from core operating activities consists of advertising and media revenues and is recognised when the advertisement has been broadcast/displayed or the media service performed.
 
    Advertising and media revenues are disclosed after making allowance for commissions paid to advertising agencies.
 
    Collectability of trade debtors is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectable are written off.
 
    The gross proceeds of non-current asset sales are included as revenue at the date control of the asset passes to the buyer, usually when an unconditional contract of sale is signed. The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the time of disposal and the net proceeds on disposal.

Page 6


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
(d)   Inventories
 
    Television Program Rights
 
    Television programs which are available for broadcast are recognised as an asset and stated at cost. Series programs are written off in full upon initial airing. Features are amortised over their estimated useful lives. The carrying values of television program rights are reviewed on a periodic basis and, where required, written down to their recoverable amount.
 
    Television programs at balance date for which the telecast licence period has commenced or will commence in the succeeding year have been classified as a current asset.
 
    Other Inventories
 
    All other inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
 
(e)   Property, plant and equipment
 
    Depreciation or amortisation is provided on fixed assets other than freehold land so as to write off the cost of the assets progressively over their estimated remaining useful lives. The straight line method of calculating depreciation is applied. The cost of the freehold land and buildings is supported by independent valuations conducted at least once every three years. Estimates of remaining useful lives are made on a regular basis for all assets. The expected useful lives are as follows:

                 
    2003   2002
Buildings
  40 years   40 years
Plant and Equipment
  3 to 10 years   3 to 10 years

    The cost of leasehold improvements is amortised over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement, whichever is the shorter.
 
(f)   Intangibles
 
    Television Licences
 
    Television licences are measured at fair value based on a Directors’ valuation and are supported by an independent valuation received from Grant Samuel & Associates Pty Limited in October 2002. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount of television licences does not differ materially from fair value at the reporting date. Annual assessments are made by the Directors, supplemented by independent assessments at least every three years. The revaluation increments are credited directly to the asset revaluation reserve.
 
    The television licences continue to be subject to Government legislation and regulation by the Australian Broadcasting Authority (“ABA”). The Directors have no reason to believe that the licences will not be renewed in due course.
 
    No amortisation is provided against these assets as the Directors believe that the television licences do not have a limited useful life.
 
    Other Licences
 
    Other licences represent capitalised outdoor site leases. These licences are being amortised on a straight line basis over the term of the site leases (approximately 20 to 40 years).
 
    Goodwill
 
    Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration plus incidental costs over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is being amortised on a straight line basis over 20 years.
 
    Directors review goodwill at each reporting date and recognise it as an expense to the extent that future benefits are no longer probable.

Page 7


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
(g)   Investments
 
    Controlled entities
 
    Investments in controlled entities are carried in the Company’s financial statements at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.
 
    Associates and Joint Ventures
 
    Investments in associates and joint ventures are carried in the Company’s financial statements at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.
 
    Investments in associates and joint ventures are detailed in Note 26 and comprise those investments where the consolidated entity exercises significant influence but not control.
 
    Information determined in accordance with the equity method of accounting is detailed in Note 26 to the financial statements in respect of material investments in associated and joint venture companies. The consolidated entity’s equity accounted share of the associates’ and joint ventures’ net profit or loss is recognised in the consolidated statement of financial performance from the date significant influence commences until the date significant influence ceases.
 
    In the prior year, joint ventures were accounted for using the proportional consolidation method, rather than the equity method, the effects of which are not material.
 
(h)   Leases
 
    Operating leases
 
    Operating leases are those leases under which the lessor effectively retains substantially all the risks and benefits incident to ownership of leased non-current assets.
 
    The present value of future payments for surplus leased space under non-cancellable operating leases is recognised as a liability, net of sub-leasing revenue, in the period in which it is determined that the leased space will be of no future benefit to the company. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charge.
 
    Finance leases
 
    Finance leases are capitalised. A lease asset and a lease liability equal to the present value of the minimum lease payments are recorded at the inception of the lease.
 
    Lease liabilities are reduced by repayments of principal. The interest components of the lease payments are expensed. Contingent rentals are expensed as incurred.
 
(i)   Recoverable Amount of Non-Current Assets Measured on the Cost Basis
 
    The recoverable amount of an asset is the net amount expected to be recovered through the net cash inflows arising from its continued use and subsequent disposal.
 
    Where the carrying amount of a non-current asset is greater than its recoverable amount the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. The write down is recognised as an expense in the reporting period in which it occurs. Where the net cash inflows are derived from a group of assets working together, recoverable amount is determined on the basis of the relevant group of assets.
 
    The expected net cash flows included in determining recoverable amounts of non-current assets are discounted to their present values using a market-determined, risk-adjusted discount rate. The discount rates used ranged from 10%-12% (2002: 12%-14%) depending on the nature of the assets.

Page 8


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
(j)   Payables
 
    These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the financial period and which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.
 
(k)   Employee Entitlements
 
    Liabilities for wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognised, and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.
 
    The liability for long service leave expected to be settled more than 12 months from reporting date and Indonesian statutory severance entitlements are recognised, and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels including related on-costs, experience of employee departures and periods of service.
 
(l)   Intercompany Loans
 
    Loans between members of the consolidated entity have no specified terms of repayment but where it is unlikely that such amounts will be repayable within 12 months the advances have been included, as appropriate, in non-current assets or liabilities.
 
(m)   Cash
 
    For purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash management deposits at call net of outstanding overdrafts.
 
(n)   Interest Bearing Securities
 
    Interest bearing deposits and borrowings are stated at cost with interest income or expense brought to account in the periods to which they relate. Interest expense is accrued at the contracted rate and included in “Payables”.
 
(o)   Borrowing Costs
 
    Borrowing costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. Borrowing costs include interest on bank overdrafts, finance lease charges, short-term and long-term borrowings. Ancillary costs incurred in connection with arrangement of borrowings are capitalised and amortised over the period of the loan.
 
    So as to hedge some or all of the financial exposure of the long-term borrowings at variable market determined interest rates, the consolidated entity enters into interest swap contracts. The costs of such contracts are brought to account in the periods to which they relate and are included in interest expense.
 
(p)   Dividends
 
    Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, determined or publicly recommended by the Directors on or before the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.
 
(q)   Program Development
 
    The consolidated entity’s long term commitment to program planning and development requires significant expenditure on an infrequent basis. Accordingly, where appropriate, amounts are set aside as a charge against revenue to reflect more properly the ongoing nature of these expenses in the periods in which they accrue.

Page 9


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

1   STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
(r)   Acquisition of Assets
 
    The cost method of accounting is used for all acquisitions of assets, regardless of whether shares or other assets are acquired. Cost is determined as the fair value of the assets given up at the date of acquisition plus costs incidental to the acquisition.
 
    Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of the acquisition. The discount rate used is the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained under comparable terms and conditions.
 
    A liability for restructuring costs is recognised as at the date of acquisition of an entity or part thereof when there is a demonstrable commitment to a restructuring of the acquired entity and a reliable estimate of the amount of the liability can be made.
 
(s)   Foreign Currency Translation

  (i)   Transactions
 
      Foreign currency transactions are translated at the rate applicable at the date of the transaction. At balance date amounts payable and receivable are translated at rates of exchange current at that date. All realised and unrealised currency translation gains and losses are brought to account in the statement of financial performance.
 
  (ii)   Translation of Controlled Foreign Entities
 
      The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including associates and joint ventures, that are self-sustaining are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at balance date. Equity items are translated at historical rates. The statements of financial performance are translated at a weighted average rate for the year. Exchange differences arising on translation are taken directly to the foreign currency translation reserve.

Page 10


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

2   REVENUE FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

                                   
              2003   2002   2001
      Note   $’000   $’000   $’000
Revenue from Operating Activities
                               
Sales revenue
            729,865       665,555       551,174  
Revenue from Outside the Operating Activities
                               
Dividends - Other
                  66       5,702  
Interest
                               
 
Other
            2,539       923       1,354  
Gross proceeds on sale of listed investments
                  142       92,645  
Gross proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
            591       326       13,282  
 
           
     
     
 
Total Revenue from Ordinary Activities
            732,995       667,012       664,157  
 
           
     
     
 

3   PROFIT/(LOSS) FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INCOME TAX

                                     
                2003   2002   2001
        Note   $’000   $’000   $’000
(a) Individually significant items included in profit from ordinary activities before related income tax expense
                               
 
Write down of goodwill and other charges
            (20,000 )     (178,421 )     (3,711 )
 
Net profit on sale of listed investments
                        58,626  
 
Net profit on sale of land and buildings
                        6,989  
 
Write off of capitalised costs
                  (3,493 )      
 
Write down of unlisted online investments
                        (26,877 )
 
Write down of listed investments
                  (16,522 )     (2,366 )
 
Restucture and relocation costs
                        (2,779 )
 
           
     
     
 
 
            (20,000 )     (198,436 )     29,882  
 
           
     
     
 
(b) Profit/(Loss) from ordinary activities before income tax has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following items:
                               
 
Loss/(Profit) on sale of property, plant and equipment
            73       (317 )     (17 )
 
Profit on sale of investments
                  (142 )      
 
Net foreign currency losses – realised
            53       27        
 
Net bad and doubtful debts, including movements in provision for doubtful debts
            441       794       (14 )
 
Operating lease rentals
                               
   
Minimum lease payments
            42,348       49,134       39,548  
   
Contingent rental expense
            9,589       6,112       6,185  
 
Borrowing costs
                               
   
Subordinated debentures
    33       87,791       6,825       71,271  
   
Other
            29,542       30,530       21,992  
 
           
     
     
 
 
            117,333       37,355       93,263  
 
           
     
     
 

Page 11


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

3   PROFIT/(LOSS) FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INCOME TAX (continued)

                             
        2003   2002   2001
        $’000   $’000   $’000
(b) Profit/(Loss) from ordinary activities before income tax has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following items (continued):
                       
 
Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant & equipment
                       
   
Plant and equipment
    16,204       15,722       9,359  
   
Leasehold improvements
    212       161       75  
   
Buildings
    253       253       252  
   
Leased plant and equipment
    957       117       995  
 
Amortisation
                       
   
Goodwill
    2,805       10,043       9,342  
   
Other intangibles
    712       711       501  
   
Capitalised digital costs
          1,543       1,019  
 
4
     INCOME TAX                        
 
                       
(a) Income tax (revenue)/expense
                       
Current income tax expense
    42,563       52,506       (1,113 )
Deferred income tax (revenue)/expense (2003 consolidated includes $44,726,000 deferred tax revenue arising as a result of the tax consolidation legislation – see notes (b))     (69,786 )     18,024       24,935  
   
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (27,223 )     70,530       23,822  
 
   
     
     
 
Attributable to:
                       
Profit from ordinary activities
    (27,223 )     70,530       23,822  
 
   
     
     
 
Deferred income tax (revenue)/expense included in income tax expense comprises:
                       
Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets
    8,162       (5,562 )     16,479  
(Decrease)/increase in deferred tax liabilities
    (77,948 )     23,586       8,456  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    (69,786 )     18,024       24,935  
 
   
     
     
 

Page 12


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

4   INCOME TAX (continued)

                             
        2003   2002   2001
        $’000   $’000   $’000
(b) Numerical reconciliation of income tax (revenue)/ expense to prima facie tax payable                        
Pre-tax profit/(loss)
    59,609       (87,751 )     73,639  
 
   
     
     
 
Tax at the Australian tax rate 30%
    17,883       (26,326 )     24,298  
Increase in income tax expense is due to:
                       
 
Non-recurring tax settlement expenses
          36,158        
 
Non deductible expenditure
                       
   
Amortisation
    1,055       3,226       3,248  
   
Writedown of goodwill
          51,735        
   
Writedown of listed investments
          4,957       710  
   
Other
    2,193       1,356       875  
Decrease in income tax expense is due to:
                       
 
Non-assessable profits on sale of listed investments
                 
 
Prior year adjustments
    (51 )     (576 )     553  
 
Tax settlement
    (3,196 )            
 
Other
    (381 )            
 
Dividend rebate
                (1,478 )
 
Benefit of tax losses of prior years recouped
                (1,421 )
 
Tax rate change
                (2,963 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    17,503       70,530       23,822  
 
   
     
     
 
  Deferred tax (revenue) arising from the resetting of the tax values of assets as a result of the tax consolidation legislation implemented on 1 July 2003     (44,726 )            
 
   
     
     
 
Income tax expense
    (27,223 )     70,530       23,822  
 
   
     
     
 
(c) Amounts recognised directly in equity
                       
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly debited or credited to equity                        
 
Deferred tax- debited directly to equity
    270,192              
 
   
     
     
 
 
    270,192              
 
   
     
     
 

Page 13


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

4   INCOME TAX (continued)

                         
            2003   2002
    Note   $’000   $’000
(d) Current tax liabilities/(receivables)
                       
Provision for income tax
            16,110       (63,716 )
 
           
     
 
(e) Deferred tax assets
                       
Future income tax benefit
            108       8,270  
 
           
     
 
(f) Deferred tax liabilities
                       
Provision for deferred income tax
            224,286       32,042  
 
           
     
 

Deferred tax balances include $5.2m attributable to tax losses.

                           
    2003   2002   2001  
    $’000   $’000   $’000  
The potential future income tax benefit relating to tax losses not brought to account is:
    521       1,071       429    
 
   
     
     
   

The benefit for tax losses will only be obtained if:

(i)   The consolidated entity derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit from the deductions for the losses to be realised;
 
(ii)   the consolidated entity continues to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation; and
 
(iii)   no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the consolidated entity in realising the benefit from the deductions for the losses.

Tax consolidation legislation

The Ten Group Pty Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 July 2003. The Australian Taxation Office has not yet been notified of this decision.

The deferred tax balances recognised by the parent entity and the consolidated entity in relation to wholly-owned entities joining the tax consolidated group are initially measured and remeasured based on the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities of those entities at the level of the tax consolidation group and their tax values, as applicable under tax consolidations. The resetting of tax values of the assets on entering the tax consolidation regime on 1 July 2003 has resulted in the following adjustments:

  A decrease in consolidated deferred tax liabilities of $62,041,000
 
  An increase in consolidated asset revaluation reserve of $17,315,000
 
  A decrease in current income tax expense of $44,726,000

These adjustments resulted in a net increase in consolidated net assets and consolidated total equity of $62,041,000.

The Ten Group Pty Limited, as the head entity in the tax consolidation group, recognises current and deferred tax amounts relating to transactions, events and balances of the controlled entities in this group as if those transactions, events and balances were its own, in addition to the current and deferred tax amounts arising in relation to its own transactions, events and balances. Amounts receivable or payable under a tax sharing agreement with the tax consolidated entities are recognised separately as tax-related amounts receivable or payable. Expenses and revenues arising under the tax sharing agreement are recognised as a component of income tax expense/(revenue).

Page 14


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

5   CASH

                           
              2003         2002
      Note   $’000         $’000
Cash on hand
            80       65  
Cash at bank
            20,902       11,734  
 
           
     
 
 
    31       20,982       11,799  
 
           
     
 
 
6
RECEIVABLES (CURRENT)                        
 
Trade debtors
            136,476       127,426  
Provisions for doubtful debts and advertising credits
            (8,827 )     (11,677 )
 
           
     
 
 
            127,649       115,749  
 
           
     
 
Loans and advances
                       
 
Controlled entities
    33              
 
Associated companies
    33       2       2  
 
Other
            157       373  
 
           
     
 
 
            159       375  
 
           
     
 
 
    31       127,808       116,124  
 
           
     
 
 
7
INVENTORIES (CURRENT)
                       
 
Program rights
            122,411       126,503  
Other inventories
            1,006       1,135  
 
           
     
 
 
            123,417       127,638  
 
           
     
 
 
8
OTHER ASSETS (CURRENT)
                       
 
Prepayments and sundry debtors
            3,873       12,029  
Capitalised borrowing costs
            149        
 
           
     
 
 
            4,022       12,029  
 
           
     
 
 
9
RECEIVABLES (NON-CURRENT)
                       
 
Loans and advances
                       
 
Associated companies
    33       686       791  
 
Joint venture entities
                   
 
Related entities
                   
 
Directors of controlled entities
    33             350  
 
Other
            1,846       975  
 
           
     
 
 
    31       2,532       2,116  
 
           
     
 

Page 15


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

10   INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

                           
Associates
    26(a),33       8,635       2,888  
Joint ventures
    26(b),33       1,527        
 
           
     
 
 
            10,162       2,888  
 
           
     
 
 
11
OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
                       
 
Investments in listed securities
                       
 
Cost
                  16,522  
 
Provision for diminution
                  (16,522 )
 
           
     
 
 
                   
 
           
     
 
Investments in unlisted securities
                       
 
Associated companies
    33       2,119       2,119  
 
Other
    31       434       434  
 
           
     
 
 
            2,553       2,553  
 
           
     
 
 
12
INVENTORIES (NON-CURRENT)
                         
 
Program rights
            3,005       1,565  
 
           
     
 

Page 16


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

13   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

                           
              2003   2002
      Note   $’000   $’000
Freehold land
                       
 
At cost
            5,188       5,188  
 
           
     
 
Freehold buildings
                       
 
At cost
            9,724       9,461  
 
Accumulated depreciation
            (2,001 )     (1,748 )
 
           
     
 
 
            7,723       7,713  
 
           
     
 
Leasehold improvements
                       
 
At cost
            4,488       3,414  
 
Accumulated depreciation
            (761 )     (549 )
 
           
     
 
 
            3,727       2,865  
 
           
     
 
Plant and equipment
                       
 
At cost
            176,900       157,955  
 
Accumulated depreciation
            (106,923 )     (92,490 )
 
           
     
 
 
            69,977       65,465  
 
           
     
 
Leased Plant and Equipment
                       
 
At cost
            6,799       6,835  
 
Accumulated depreciation
            (4,212 )     (3,287 )
 
           
     
 
 
            2,587       3,548  
 
           
     
 
Total property, plant and equipment
                       
 
Net book value
            89,202       84,779  
 
           
     
 
           
      2003
      $’000
Reconciliations
       
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below:
       
Freehold buildings
       
 
Balance at beginning of year
    7,713  
 
Additions
    263  
 
Depreciation
    (253 )
 
 
   
 
 
Balance at end of year
    7,723  
 
   
 
Leasehold improvements
       
 
Balance at beginning of year
    2,865  
 
Additions
    1,077  
 
Disposals
    (2 )
 
Foreign currency exchange differences
    (1 )
 
Depreciation
    (212 )
 
 
   
 
 
Balance at end of year
    3,727  
 
   
 
Plant and equipment
       
 
Balance at beginning of year
    65,465  
 
Additions
    22,552  
 
Disposals
    (1,646 )
 
Foreign currency exchange differences
    (279 )
 
Depreciation
    (16,115 )
 
 
   
 
 
Balance at end of year
    69,977  
 
   
 

Page 17


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

13   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

           
      2003
      $’000
Leased plant and equipment
       
 
Balance at beginning of year
    3,548  
 
Additions
    14  
 
Disposals
    (8 )
 
Foreign currency exchange differences
    (10 )
 
Depreciation
    (957 )
 
   
 
 
Balance at end of year
    2,587  
 
   
 

14   INTANGIBLES

                           
              2003   2002
      Note   $’000   $’000
Television licences
            1,077,822       1,077,822  
 
           
     
 
Other licences – cost
            29,500       29,500  
Accumulated amortisation
            (1,912 )     (1,200 )
 
           
     
 
 
            27,588       28,300  
 
           
     
 
Goodwill – cost
            245,421       245,421  
Writedown of goodwill
            (172,451 )     (172,451 )
Accumulated amortisation
            (22,190 )     (19,385 )
 
           
     
 
 
            50,780       53,585  
 
           
     
 
 
            1,156,190       1,159,707  
 
           
     
 
 
15
OTHER ASSETS (NON-CURRENT)
                       
 
Capitalised borrowing costs
            1,268        
Other
            129       626  
 
           
     
 
 
            1,397       626  
 
           
     
 
 
16
PAYABLES (CURRENT)
                       
 
Trade creditors
            147,545       145,430  
Unearned income
            2,568       4,135  
Accrued interest
                       
 
Related entity
    33       61,803       6,825  
 
Other
            3,959       3,568  
 
           
     
 
 
    31       215,875       159,958  
 
           
     
 
 
                       
 
17
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (CURRENT)
                       
 
Bank loans
    31             23,000  
Bank overdraft
    31             1,791  
Commercial bills
    31             3,000  
Lease liabilities
    29,31       945       987  
Other loans
                  469  
 
           
     
 
 
            945       29,247  
 
           
     
 

Page 18


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

18   PROVISIONS (CURRENT)

                         
            2003   2002
    Note   $’000   $’000
Employee entitlements
            12,940       13,234  
Surplus lease space
            345       441  
Deferred settlement
            3,000       3,000  
Other
            7,504       24,062  
 
           
     
 
 
            23,789       40,737  
 
           
     
 

Movements in provisions
 
Movements in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee entitlements are set out below:

                                 
    Surplus   Deferred                
    lease space   settlement   Other   Total
    $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000
Current
                               
Carrying amount at beginning of year
    441       3,000       24,062       27,503  
Additional provisions recognised
                518       518  
Payments
                (5,652 )     (5,652 )
Reductions from remeasurement
    (96 )           (11,424 )     (11,520 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Carrying amount at end of year
    345       3,000       7,504       10,849  
 
   
     
     
     
 

19   PAYABLES (NON-CURRENT)

                             
                2003   2002
        Note   $’000   $’000
Trade creditors
            36,073       26,256  
Loans
                       
   
Related entities
            304       265  
 
           
     
 
 
    31       36,377       26,521  
 
           
     
 
 
20
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES (NON-CURRENT)
                       
 
Bank loan
    31       175,000       460,000  
USD senior unsecured notes
    31       210,084        
Debentures
                       
 
Subordinated
    31,33       45,500       45,500  
 
Convertible
    31,33       45       45  
Lease liabilities
    29,31       3,828       4,566  
 
           
     
 
 
            434,457       510,111  
 
           
     
 
 
21
PROVISIONS (NON-CURRENT)
                       
 
Employee entitlements
            1,796       1,971  
 
           
     
 

Page 19


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

22   CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

                         
            2003   2002
    Note   $’000   $’000
Paid up capital
                       
462,125,000 ordinary shares fully paid (2002:
                       
455,000,000)
            59,934       45,500  
 
           
     
 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at shareholders’ meetings.

In the event of winding up of the Company ordinary shareholders rank after all creditors and are fully entitled to any proceeds of liquidation.

23   RESERVES

                           
              2003   2002
      Note   $’000   $’000
Asset revaluation
            544,231       752,329  
Foreign currency translation
            (494 )     (63 )
 
           
     
 
 
            543,737       752,266  
 
           
     
 
Movements during the year
                       
Asset revaluation
                       
 
Balance at beginning of year
            752,329       929  
 
(Decrement)/Increment on revaluation of television licences
            (208,098 )     751,400  
 
           
     
 
 
Balance at end of year
            544,231       752,329  
 
           
     
 
Foreign currency translation
                       
 
Balance at beginning of year
            (63 )     18  
 
Net translation adjustment
            (431 )     (81 )
 
           
     
 
 
Balance at end of year
            (494 )     (63 )
 
           
     
 

Nature and purpose of reserves

Asset Revaluation

The asset revaluation reserve includes the net revaluation increments and decrements arising from the revaluation to independent valuations in 1995 of land and buildings and a Directors’ valuation of television licences in 2002.

Foreign currency translation

The foreign currency translation reserve records the foreign currency differences arising from the translation of self-sustaining foreign operations, as disclosed in accounting policy note 1(s).

24   RETAINED EARNINGS

                         
Retained earnings at beginning of year
            (4,468 )     124,023  
Adjustments to opening retained earnings
                       
Adoption of AASB 1020
            (44,763 )      
 
           
     
 
Adjusted retained earnings at the beginning of the financial year
            (49,231 )     124,023  
Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the Company
            86,886       (128,491 )
Dividends paid
            (53,602 )      
 
           
     
 
Retained earnings at end of year
            (15,947 )     (4,468 )
 
           
     
 

Page 20


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

25   CONTROLLED ENTITIES

                         
            Ordinary Share
            Consolidated Entity Interest
            2003   2002
            %   %
(a) Particulars in relation to controlled entities
               
Parent entity
               
The Ten Group Pty Limited
               
Controlled entities
               
 
Ten Pay TV Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
 
Network Ten Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Network Ten (Sydney) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Network Ten (Melbourne) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Network Ten (Brisbane) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Television & Telecasters (Properties) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Network Ten Nominees Pty Limited
    100       100  
   
Caprice Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
     
Network Ten (Adelaide) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
   
Chartreuse Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
     
Network Ten (Perth) Pty Limited (i)
    100       100  
 
Ten Ventures Pty Limited
    100       100  
   
Ten Online Pty Limited
    100       100  
 
Eye Corp Pty Limited
    100       100  
   
Eye Corp Australia Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
     
Eye Fly (Sydney) Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
       
Eye Drive Sydney No. 2 Pty Limited (ii)*
    100       100  
       
Pimington Pty Limited (ii)*
    100       100  
       
Olympic Murals 2000 Pty Limited (ii)*
    100       100  
       
Boyd Outdoor Advertising Pty Limited (ii)*
    100       100  
     
Eye Digital Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
     
NLD Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
     
Australian Airport Advertising Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
       
Eye Corp Airport Advertising Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
     
Eye Drive Sydney Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
     
Eye Mall Media Pty Limited (ii)
    100       100  
   
Eye Corp Asia Limited
    100       100  
     
Eyecorp Limited
    100       100  
     
PT Netra Estha Muda
    95       95  
       
PT Agung Bali
    67       67  
     
PT Eye Corp (iii)
           
   
Eye Corp Media Pty Limited
    100       100  
     
Adval Holdings Pty Limited
    100       100  
     
Adval Australia Pty Limited
    100       100  

All the above controlled entities are incorporated in Australia, except for the following:

-   Eye Corp Asia Limited (incorporated in Mauritius);
 
-   Eyecorp Limited (incorporated in Myanmar); and
 
-   PT Netra Estha Muda, PT Agung Bali and PT Eye Corp (incorporated in Indonesia).

(i)   Refer to Note 37 for details of The Ten Group Pty Limited Deed of Cross Guarantee.
 
(ii)   Refer to Note 37 for details of the Eye Corp Pty Limited Deed of Cross Guarantee.

Page 21


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

(iii)    Eye Corp Asia Limited has a 100% beneficial ownership interest in PT Eye Corp and PT Netra Estha Muda and a 70% beneficial ownership interest in PT Agung Bali.
 
*: In liquidation

Page 22


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

25   CONTROLLED ENTITIES (continued)

(b)  Acquisition of controlled entities

During the previous financial year The Ten Group Pty Limited acquired the remaining 40% of the voting shares of Eye Corp Pty Limited and its controlled entities. Details of the acquisition are as follows:

                           
              2003   2002
              $’000   $’000
Fair value of net assets of entity acquired:
                       
 
Property, plant and equipment
                  8,990  
 
Future income tax benefit
                  2,752  
 
Inventories
                  480  
 
Trade debtors
                  5,622  
 
Investments
                  1,167  
 
Intangibles
                  29,874  
 
Other assets
                  3,677  
 
Bank overdraft
                  (215 )
 
Bank loans - secured
                  (9,200 )
 
Trade creditors
                  (7,955 )
 
Net loans payable
                  (20,194 )
 
Other provisions
                  (4,998 )
 
           
     
 
 
                  10,000  
Goodwill on acquisition
                   
 
           
     
 
Consideration (cash)
                  10,000  
 
           
     
 
 
          2003   2002
          $’000   $’000
Consideration
                  10,000  
Cash acquired
                   
 
             
     
 
Outflow of cash
                  10,000  
 
             
     
 
 
26 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD
 
          2003   2002
      Note   $’000   $’000
Share of net profits accounted for using the equity method included in the statement of financial performance
                       
 
Associates
    26 (a)     1,038       916  
 
Joint ventures
    26 (b)     1,392        
 
           
     
 
 
            2,430       916  
 
           
     
 

Page 23


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

26   INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (continued)

(a) Investments in equity accounted associates

                                                     
        Principal           Ownership interest   Amount of investment
        Activity/   Balance   2003   2002   2003   2002
Name   Note   Date   %   %   $’000   $’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Held by Eye Corp Pty Limited
                                               
 
Big Tree Sdn Bhd
    (i )   31 Dec     30.0       30.0       2,792       2,888  
Held by The Ten Group Pty Limited
                                               
   
Television & Media Services Ltd
  (ii)   30 Jun     24.3       9.8       5,843        
 
                                   
     
 
 
                                    8,635       2,888  
 
                                   
     
 

The principal activities of the associated companies are:

(i)   Outdoor advertising
 
(ii)   Television and studio production services, field production services, and cinema screen advertising to December 2002.

                 
    2003   2002
    $’000   $’000
Results attributable to associates
               
Profits from ordinary activities before income tax
    1,480       1,390  
Income tax expense
    (387 )     (474 )
 
   
     
 
Profits from ordinary activities after income tax
    1,093       916  
Goodwill amortisation
    (55 )      
 
   
     
 
 
    1,038       916  
Retained profits attributable to associates at the beginning of the financial year
    1,504       588  
 
   
     
 
Retained profits attributable to associates at the end of the financial year
    2,542       1,504  
 
   
     
 
Reserves attributable to associates
               
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
               
Share of associates’ reserve at beginning of year
    (107 )     21  
Share of decrement in associates’ reserve
    (449 )     (128 )
 
   
     
 
Share of associates’ reserve at end of year
    (556 )     (107 )
 
   
     
 
Movements in carrying amount of investments
               
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
    2,888       2,384  
Investments in associates acquired during the year
    5,567        
Share of profits from ordinary activities after income tax
    1,093       916  
Goodwill amortisation
    (55 )      
Dividends received/receivable
    (409 )     (284 )
Share of decrement in associates’ reserve
    (449 )     (128 )
 
   
     
 
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year
    8,635       2,888  
 
   
     
 

Page 24


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

26   INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (continued)

(a)  Investments in equity accounted associates (continued)

                 
    2003   2002
    $’000   $’000
Financial position of associates
               
The consolidated entity’s share of aggregate assets and liabilities of associates is as follows:
               
Current assets
    3,903       1,459  
Non-current assets
    14,898       3,645  
 
   
     
 
Total assets
    18,801       5,104  
 
   
     
 
Current liabilities
    (3,456 )     (2,216 )
Non-current liabilities
    (9,857 )      
 
   
     
 
Total liabilities
    (13,313 )     (2,216 )
 
   
     
 
Net assets
    5,488       2,888  
 
   
     
 
Share of associates’ expenditure commitments as at 30 June
               
Capital commitments
    1        
Lease commitments
    8,674        
 
   
     
 
 
    8,675        
 
   
     
 

Page 25


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

26   INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (continued)

(b)  Investments in joint venture companies

                                                   
      Principal           Ownership interest   Amount of investment
      Activity/   Balance   2003   2002   2003   2002
Name   Note   Date   %   %   $’000   $’000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Held by Eye Corp Pty Limited
                                               
 
Eye Village Pty Limited
    (i )   30 Jun     50.0       50.0       1,527        
 
                                   
     
 

The principal activities of the joint venture companies are:

(i)   Internal advertising in shopping centres.

                 
    Consolidated
    2003   2002
    $’000   $’000
Results attributable to joint ventures
               
Profits from ordinary activities before income tax
    1,392        
Income tax expense
           
 
   
     
 
Profits from ordinary activities after income tax
    1,392        
Retained profits attributable to joint ventures equity accounted for the first time
    (1,124 )      
 
   
     
 
Retained profits attributable to joint ventures at the end of the financial year
    268        
 
   
     
 
Reserves attributable to joint ventures
               
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
               
Share of joint ventures’ reserve at beginning of year
           
Share of increment in joint ventures’ reserve
    14        
 
   
     
 
Share of joint ventures’ reserve at end of year
    14        
 
   
     
 
Movements in carrying amount of investments
               
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
           
Carrying amount of joint ventures equity accounted for the first time
    1,221        
Investments in joint ventures acquired during the year
    400        
Share of profits from ordinary activities after income tax
    1,392        
Dividends received/receivable
    (1,500 )      
Share of increment in joint ventures’ reserve
    14        
 
   
     
 
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year
    1,527        
 
   
     
 
Financial position of joint ventures
               
The consolidated entity’s share of aggregate assets and liabilities of joint ventures is as follows:
               
Current assets
    1,593        
Non-current assets
    383        
 
   
     
 
Total assets
    1,976        
 
   
     
 
Current liabilities
    (449 )      
Non-current liabilities
           
 
   
     
 
Total liabilities
    (449 )      
 
   
     
 
Net assets
    1,527        
 
   
     
 

Page 26


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

27   DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $’000   $’000   $’000
Income paid or payable, or otherwise made available, to Directors of the Company and controlled entities by entities in the consolidated entity and related parties in connection with the management of affairs of the Company or its controlled entities
    4,365       4,835       2,453  
 
   
     
     
 

The number of Directors of the Company whose income from the Company or any related party falls within the following bands:

                                         
                             
$’000     2003   2002   2001
0
          10       3       2       6  
10
          20       8       7       8  
20
          30       3       2        
30
          40             1        
50
          60             1        
190
          200                   1  
590
          600             1        
1,160
          1,170                   1  
1,180
          1,190             1        
1,320
          1,330             1        
1,350
          1,360       1              
2,250
          2,260       1              

Page 27


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

28   AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

                             
        2003   2002   2001
        $’000   $’000   $’000
Audit and other assurance services:
                       
 
Auditors of the Company – PwC
                       
   
Audit or review of financial reports
    458       434       266  
   
Other audit related work
    10       98       40  
   
Other assurance services
    267       292       576  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    735       824       882  
 
   
     
     
 
Other services:
                       
 
Auditors of the Company – PwC
                       
   
Advisory services
    50       23       80  
   
Taxation
    625       745       508  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    675       768       588  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    1,410       1,592       1,470  
 
   
     
     
 

The auditors’ remuneration attributable to the Company is borne by a controlled entity.

29   COMMITMENTS

                                       
                      2003   2002
                      $’000   $’000
  (a )  
Capital expenditure commitments
                       
       
Amounts contracted but not provided for:
                       
             
No later than one year
            3,535       4,166  
             
Later than one year and not later than five years
            636        
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            4,171       4,166  
       
 
           
     
 
  (b )  
Program expenditure commitments
                       
       
Amounts contracted but not provided for:
                       
             
No later than one year
            44,732       77,767  
             
Later than one year and not later than five years
            70,110       13,721  
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            114,842       91,488  
       
 
           
     
 
  (c )  
Non-cancellable operating lease commitments
                       
       
Minimum lease payments contracted but not provided for:
                       
             
No later than one year
            38,074       39,643  
             
Later than one year and not later than five years
            89,814       91,274  
             
Later than five years
            29,259       34,246  
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            157,147       165,163  
       
 
           
     
 
             
Less: Total future minimum sub lease payments receivable
            7        
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            157,140       165,163  
       
 
           
     
 
  (d )  
Finance lease commitments
                       
       
Finance lease commitments are payable:
                       
             
No later than one year
            1,677       1,370  
             
Later than one year and not later than five years
            3,446       4,579  
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            5,123       5,949  
       
Less: Total future finance charges
            350       396  
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            4,773       5,553  
       
 
           
     
 
       
Represented by:
                       
       
Current
    17       945       987  
       
Non-current
    20       3,828       4,566  
       
 
           
     
 
       
 
            4,773       5,553  
       
 
           
     
 

Page 28


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

29   COMMITMENTS (continued)

(e)  Superannuation

      The consolidated entity contributes superannuation benefits to numerous, but solely accumulation-type superannuation funds including personal, award based and the company administered fund at various percentages of salary pursuant to employee contracts and statutory obligations.
 
      The assets of the company administered fund are at all times sufficient to satisfy all benefits that would have been payable in the event of the termination of the fund, and voluntary or compulsory termination of employment by each employee.

30   OUTSIDE EQUITY INTERESTS

                 
    2003   2002
    $000   $ 000
Outside equity interests in controlled entities comprise:
               
Interest in share capital
          104  
Interest in reserves
    40       (3 )
Interest in retained earnings at the end of the financial year
    (21 )     (176 )
 
   
     
 
Total outside equity interests
    19       (75 )
 
   
     
 

Page 29


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

31   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

                                                         
    Fixed interest maturing in:
                                            Non-        
            Floating                   More than   interest        
            interest rate   1 year or   1 to 5 years   5 years   bearing   Total
    Note   $’000   less $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
2003
                                                       
Financial assets
                                                       
Cash
    5       20,902                         80       20,982  
Receivables
    6,9                               130,340       130,340  
Investments
    11                               434       434  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
            20,902                         130,854       151,756  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Financial liabilities
                                                       
Payables
    16,19                               252,251       252,251  
Bank overdrafts and loans
    17,20       175,000                               175,000  
USD senior unsecured notes
    20       210,084                               210,084  
Subordinated debentures
    20       45,500                               45,500  
Convertible debentures
    20       45                               45  
Lease liabilities
    17,20             945       3,828                   4,773  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
            430,629       945       3,828             252,251       687,653  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net financial assets (liabilities)
            (409,727 )     (945 )     (3,828 )           (121,397 )     (535,897 )
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest rate swaps *
                  50,000       135,000       50,000             235,000  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average interest rate
                                                    5.95 %
2002
                                                       
Financial assets
                                                       
Cash
    5       11,734                         65       11,799  
Receivables
    6,9                               118,240       118,240  
Investments
    11                               434       434  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
            11,734                         118,739       130,473  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Financial liabilities
                                                       
Payables
    16,19                               186,479       186,479  
Bank overdrafts and loans
    17,20       484,791                               484,791  
Commercial bills
    17       3,000                               3,000  
Subordinated debentures
    20       45,500                               45,500  
Convertible debentures
    20       45                               45  
Lease liabilities
    17,20             987       4,566                   5,553  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
            533,336       987       4,566             186,479       725,368  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net financial assets (liabilities)
            (521,602 )     (987 )     (4,566 )           (67,740 )     (594,895 )
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest rate swaps *
                  50,000       165,000       50,000             265,000  
 
           
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average interest rate
                                                    5.8 %

*     Notional principal amounts

Page 30


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

31   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

The terms and conditions of financial instruments at balance date are:

                 
        Facility    
    Security   $’000   Period to Maturity
Bank loan   Unsecured     700,000     2years
US senior unsecured notes   Unsecured     210,084     10 years(i)
Bank overdraft   Secured     3,000     On demand – Note (iv)
Subordinated debentures   Unsecured     45,500     40 years – Note (ii)
Convertible debentures   Unsecured     45     35 years – Note (iii)
Interest rate swap contracts   Unsecured     235,000     Up to 8 years

Notes:

(i)   During the year, The Ten Group Pty Limited raised funds through USD $125m Senior Unsecured Notes (due March 2013) in the US Private Placement market. The notes have been fully swapped by the use of foreign currency and interest rate swaps into an AUD floating exposure of $210.084m. This amount will be required to be repaid to noteholders upon maturity in March 2013.
 
(ii)   The 45,500,000 subordinated debentures of $1 each fully paid have a base interest rate of 15%. The rate of interest paid will be adjusted to the rate of dividend distribution (grossed up for Australian non- resident interest withholding tax to the extent such dividends are franked) should the dividend distribution amount exceed the base rate in any year. An equivalent amount of interest is also payable in the same proportion to any additional dividend distributions that may be paid from retained earnings. The notes cannot be redeemed until 30 December 2042, except to the extent that convertible debentures have to be converted.
 
    Since inception of the subordinated debentures, The Ten Group Pty Limited, has claimed a tax deduction for the interest paid on the debentures each year. As part of the settlement reached with the Australian Taxation Office during the previous year, The Ten Group Pty Limited will receive debenture interest tax deductions until 30 June 2004.
 
(iv)   The 455,000 convertible debentures of $1.01 each partly paid to 10 cents have a market linked interest rate and can each be converted to 1,000 ordinary shares at the option of the debenture holder in certain circumstances within 45 years from date of issue. The new ordinary shares would need to be subscribed for at the price of $0.10 per share.
 
(v)   The Eye Corp Pty Limited consolidated entity has granted a fixed and floating charge over all assets as security for the bank overdraft.

Off-balance sheet financial assets and liabilities

Except for the interest rate swap contracts and the foreign currency swap contract in note (i) above, the consolidated entity has no other off-balance sheet financial assets and liabilities.

Interest rate risk exposures

The consolidated entity enters into interest rate swaps to manage cash flow risks associated with the interest rates on borrowings that are floating. Interest rate swaps allow the consolidated entity to swap floating rate borrowings into fixed rates.

Credit risk exposures

The credit risk on financial assets of the consolidated entity which have been recognised in the balance sheet is the carrying amount, net of any provisions for doubtful debts.

Net fair value of financial assets and liabilities

The net fair value of financial assets and liabilities of the consolidated entity is their carrying value. For equity investments, the net fair value is an assessment by the Directors based on any special circumstances pertaining to a particular investment.

Page 31


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

32   EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS

                 
    2003   2002
Number of employees
               
Number of employees at year end
    1,282       1,289  
 
   
     
 

The Ten Executive Option Plan

The Ten Executive Option Plan involves the issue of options in Ten Network Holdings Limited to executives and senior management of the Company and its controlled entities. The total number of options that may be issued have been limited to 5% of the issued capital of The Ten Group Pty Limited. At balance date total options issued amounted to 10,510,000. A total of 675,000 of these options are exercisable subject to performance hurdles at a price of $2.11 per share over the next year. A total of 200,000 of these options are exercisable subject to performance hurdles at a price of $2.09 per share over the next two years. A total of 1,385,000 of these options are exercisable subject to performance hurdles at a price of $2.41 per share over the next two years. A total of 750,000 of these options are exercisable subject to performance hurdles at a price of $2.25 per share over the next three years. A total of 7,500,000 of these options are exercisable on certain nominated dates at a price of $1.90 per share over the next nine years. All issued options are also subject to various vesting date arrangements. As of balance date, 5,183,500 options may be exercised, due to hurdle and vesting date preconditions having been met.

During the year ended 31 August 2003, 3,125,000 options were exercised at a price of $1.92 per share, 3,700,000 options were exercised at a price of $2.11 per share and 300,000 options were exercised at a price of $2.09 per share.

Directors have had regard to the particular capital structure of the Company and Ten Network Holdings Limited and have implemented arrangements to ensure that dilution arising from the issue of new shares in Ten Network Holdings Limited under the terms of the Plan are matched at the Company level.

The Ten Employee Award Plan

This plan was established as a reward and incentive plan for employees of The Ten Group Pty Limited and its controlled entities. A controlled entity contributed $1,000 per employee in 1998 for the on-market purchase of shares of Ten Network Holdings Limited on behalf of each employee. Although the shares are registered in the name of each employee, these shares are restricted from being traded for a period of three years from the date of grant, except for the termination of the employee or hardship circumstances. The plan is also designed to accommodate further contributions by The Ten Group Pty Limited and its controlled entities, however there is no commitment by the Company to make future contributions.

The Ten Employee Savings Plan

The Ten Employee Savings Plan was established as a mechanism for employees of the Company and its controlled entities for the purchase of shares in Ten Network Holdings Limited. Employees may set aside amounts from their remuneration and reward arrangements for the on-market purchase of such shares.

Page 32


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

33   RELATED PARTY INFORMATION

                             
                2003   2002
        Note   $’000   $’000
Ownership interest in related entities
                       
Controlled entities
    11              
Associated companies- equity accounted
    10,26 (a)     8,635       2,888  
   
                             - other
    11       2,119       2,119  
Joint venture companies
    10,26 (b)     1,527        
 
           
     
 
 
            12,281       5,007  
 
           
     
 
Dividends
                       
Dividends to controlling entities
            44,936        
 
           
     
 
Amounts receivable from/(payable to) related entities
                       
Controlled entities
                       
 
Receivable
    6,9              
 
Payable
    19              
 
           
     
 
 
                   
 
           
     
 
Associated companies
                       
 
Receivable
    6,9       688       793  
 
           
     
 
Related entities
                       
 
Payable
    16       (61,803 )     (6,825 )
 
Subordinated debentures
    20       (45,500 )     (45,500 )
 
Convertible debentures
    20       (45 )     (45 )
 
           
     
 
 
            (107,348 )     (52,370 )
 
           
     
 

The amount of debenture interest ultimately payable is dependent on the amount of any dividend paid.

Financial transactions with related entities

         
Entity’s name   Note   Nature of transaction at normal commercial terms

 
 
Between controlled entities:        
Network Ten Pty Limited   2   Interest on loans $26.4m (2002: $26.4m)
Eye Corp Pty Limited   2   Interest on loans $nil (2002: $3.2m)
Eye Corp Pty Limited       Purchase of Out-of-home advertising by Network Ten Pty Limited of $0.3m (2002: $0.7m)
Eye Corp Pty Limited       Rental income charged by Network Ten Pty Limited, Network Ten (Adelaide) Pty Limited and Network Ten (Perth) Pty Limited of $0.1m (2002: $0.2m)
Eye Corp Pty Limited       Loan from The Ten Group Pty Limited of $79.4m (2002: $46.2m)
Network Ten Pty Limited   3   Debt collection fee revenue of $89.3m (2002: $79.4m) Management fees of $469.0m (2002: $425.9m)
Network Ten (Adelaide) Pty Limited   3   Debt collection fee revenue of $11.9m (2002: $10.1m) Management fees of $32.6m (2002: $29.9m)
Network Ten (Perth) Pty Limited
With related entities:
  3   Debt collection fee revenue of $15.1m (2002: $13.2m) Management fees of $39.7m (2002: $36.2m)
CanWest Global Communications Corp. (Group)   3   Interest on subordinated and convertible debentures $87.8m (2002: $6.8m)

Page 33


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

33   RELATED PARTY INFORMATION (continued)

Contracts with Directors

During the financial year, Competitive Foods Australia Limited entered into agreements in respect of the purchase of television airtime (through an advertising agency) from a controlled entity on normal commercial terms and conditions. Mr JJ Cowin, a Director of the Company, is Chairman of, and has a substantial interest in, Competitive Foods Australia Limited.

Also during the financial year, Investec Wentworth Pty Limited provided the consolidated entity with corporate consultancy services on normal commercial terms and conditions. Mr GH Levy, a Director of the Company, is a Director of Investec Wentworth Pty Limited.

Loans to/from Directors

Loans to Directors of controlled entities disclosed in Note 9 were repaid during the current period. No interest was payable on the loans.

Network Agreements

The Company has networking agreements with a number of its controlled entities whereby advertising revenues derived by those controlled entities are assigned to the Company. Revenues assigned by those controlled entities totalled $581.7m (2002: $513.3m). Management fees payable by the Company to controlled entities under the agreements totalled $541.4m (2002: $492.1m). Debt collection fees are also collected by the Company totalling $116.3m (2002: $102.7m).

Controlling Entities

The ultimate parent entity in the wholly owned group is The Ten Group Pty Limited. The ultimate parent entity is Ten Network Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, which at 31 August 2003 had a beneficial interest of 84.06% (2002: 83.73%) and an economic interest of 42.35% (2002: 41.87%).

34   CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

General

As part of its normal operations as a television broadcaster, the consolidated entity has received writs for defamation and various claims for damages. At balance date, the aggregate of all such claims will not give rise to any material liability.

     Details and estimates of other maximum amounts of contingent liabilities are as follows:

                 
    2003   2002
    $’000   $’000
Unsecured guarantees by the parent entity and consolidated entity in respect of leases of controlled entities
    34,856       39,053  
Secured guarantees by a controlled entity, Eye Corp Pty Limited, in respect of leases of certain of its controlled entities. The guarantees are secured by a fixed and floating charge over all assets of the Eye Corp Pty Limited consolidated entity
    1,910       1,768  
 
   
     
 
 
    36,766       40,821  
 
   
     
 

No material losses are anticipated in respect of any of the above contingent liabilities.

Page 34


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

35   SEGMENT INFORMATION

Business segments

The consolidated entity is organised into the following divisions by service type.

Television

Operation of commercial television licences TEN-10 (Sydney), ATV-10 (Melbourne), TVQ-10 (Brisbane), ADS-10 (Adelaide) and NEW-10 (Perth).

Out-of-home

Advertising media outside the home environment.

Ventures

Investments in the online industry.

Geographical segments

The consolidated entity operates principally within Australia.

Inter-segment transactions

Segment revenues, expenses and results include transactions between segments. Such transactions are priced on an “arm’s-length” basis and are eliminated on consolidation.

Page 35


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

35   SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Primary reporting – business segments

                                   
                      Eliminations/        
      Television   Out-of-home   Unallocated   Consolidated
2003   $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000

 
 
 
 
Revenue
                               
Sales to external customers
    660,384       69,481             729,865  
Inter-segment sales
    119       289       (408 )      
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total sales revenue
    660,503       69,770       (408 )     729,865  
Other revenue
    3,033       97             3,130  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    663,536       69,867       (408 )     732,995  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Segment Result
                               
Result
    210,308       2,808             213,116  
Share of associates’ and joint ventures’ profit
    193       2,237             2,430  
 
   
     
     
     
 
EBITDA
    210,501       5,045             215,546  
Depreciation
    (12,883 )     (4,743 )           (17,626 )
Amortisation
          (3,517 )           (3,517 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
EBIT
    197,618       (3,215 )           194,403  
Non-recurring Items
    (20,000 )                 (20,000 )
Borrowing costs
                            (117,333 )
Interest revenue
                            2,539  
 
                           
 
Profit before tax
                            59,609  
Income tax revenue/(expense)
                               
 
Normal
                            (23,503 )
 
Non-recurring
                            50,726  
 
                           
 
Net Profit after tax
                            86,832  
 
                           
 
Depreciation and amortisation
    12,883       8,260             21,143  
Other non-cash expenses
    20,000                   20,000  
Assets
                               
Segment assets
    1,416,377       112,720             1,529,097  
Investments in associates and joint ventures
    7,962       4,319             12,281  
 
                           
 
Consolidated total assets
                            1,541,378  
 
                           
 
Liabilities
                               
Segment liabilities
    927,216       26,419             953,635  
 
                           
 
Acquisitions of non-current assets
    27,666       2,206             29,872  
 
                           
 

Page 36


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

35   SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

                                           
                              Eliminations/        
      Television   Out-of-home   Ventures   Unallocated   Consolidated
2002   $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000

 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
                                       
Sales to external customers
    587,453       78,102                   665,555  
Inter-segment sales
    171       667             (838 )      
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total sales revenue
    587,624       78,769             (838 )     665,555  
Other revenue
    1,172       143       142             1,457  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    588,796       78,912       142       (838 )     667,012  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Segment Result
                                       
Result
    173,590       1,019       142             174,751  
Share of associates’ profit
          916                   916  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
EBITDA
    173,590       1,935       142             175,667  
Deprecation
    (10,953 )     (5,300 )                 (16,253 )
Amortisation
    (1,543 )     (10,754 )                 (12,297 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
EBIT
    161,094       (14,119 )     142             147,117  
Non-recurring items
    (20,015 )     (178,421 )                 (198,436 )
Borrowing costs
                                    (37,355 )
Interest revenue
                                    923  
 
                                   
 
Loss before tax
                                    (87,751 )
Income tax expense
                                       
 
Normal
                                    (34,372 )
 
Non-recurring
                                    (36,158 )
 
                                   
 
Net Loss after tax
                                    (158,281 )
 
                                   
 
Depreciation and amortisation
    12,496       16,054                   28,550  
Other non-cash expenses
    16,522       169,540                   186,062  
Assets
                                       
Segment assets
    1,451,437       137,366                   1,588,803  
Investments in associates
    2,119       2,888                   5,007  
 
                                   
 
Consolidated total assets
                                    1,593,810  
 
                                   
 
Liabilities
                                       
Segment liabilities
    731,547       69,040                   800,587  
 
                                   
 
Acquisitions of non-current assets
    20,509       5,004                   25,513  
 
                                   
 

Page 37


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

35   SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

                                 
    Television   Out Of Home   Ventures   Consolidated
2001   $’000   $’000   $’000   $’000

 
 
 
 
Revenue
                               
Sales to external customers
    501,823       49,359             551,182  
Inter-segment sales
                       
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total sales revenue
    501,823       49,359             551,182  
Other revenue
    7,102       49             7,151  
Non-recurring revenue
    105,824                   105,824  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Total revenue
    614,749       49,408             664,157  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Result
                               
Segment result before non-recurring items
    147,498       (10,562 )     (1,858 )     135,078  
Non-recurring items
    65,615       (6,490 )     (29,243 )     29,882  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Segment result
    213,113       (17,052 )     (31,101 )     164,960  
Share of associates’ profit/(loss)
                            588  
Borrowing costs
                            (93,263 )
Interest revenue
                            1,354  
 
                           
 
Profit before tax
                            73,639  
Income tax expense
                            (23,822 )
 
                           
 
Net profit
                            49,817  
 
                           
 
Depreciation and amortisation
    8,800       12,743             21,543  
Other non-cash expenses
    11,189             29,243       40,432  
Assets
                               
Segment assets
    637,116       350,371       457       987,944  
Investments in associates
          2,384             2,384  
 
                           
 
Consolidated total assets
                            990,328  
 
                           
 
Liabilities
                               
Segment liabilities
    649,477       76,603       27,157       753,237  
 
                           
 
Acquisitions of non-current assets
    18,852       4,405             23,257  
 
                           
 

Page 38


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

36   NOTES TO THE STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                         
    2003   2002   2001
    $’000   $’000   $’000
Reconciliation of profit/(loss) from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash flow from operating activities
                       
Net profit/(loss) from ordinary activities after income tax
    86,832       (158,281 )     49,817  
 
   
     
     
 
Non-cash revenue
    (2,430 )     (916 )     (4,331 )
Non-cash expenses
    21,143       28,550       20,524  
Dividends from associates
    1,915       280        
Profit on sale of non-current assets
    73       (459 )     (65,632 )
Write down of program rights – Columbia features
    20,000              
Non-cash tax benefit due to tax consolidations
    (44,726 )            
Write down of Out-of-home goodwill and other charges
          178,422        
Write down of non-current assets
          20,015       29,243  
Debenture interest
    87,791       6,825       71,271  
Amount (paid)/refunded from provisions
    (17,123 )     (10,111 )     (879 )
Net increase/(decrease) in tax provisions
    55,162       (17,486 )     (31,222 )
Net increase/(decrease) in accrued revenue and expense items in payables/(receivables)
    (10,702 )     (23,747 )     (49,446 )
 
   
     
     
 
Net cashflow from operating activities
    197,935       23,092       19,345  
 
   
     
     
 

Non cash financing and investing activities

During the year Ten Network Holdings Limited issued 350,000 shares to Copplemere Pty Limited in consideration for the acquisition by Ten Network Holdings Limited from Copplemere Pty Limited of 350,000 shares in The Ten Group Pty Limited pursuant to the relevant exchange deeds detailed in the Prospectus.

37   DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

There are two separate Deeds of Cross Guarantee within the consolidated entity. The Ten Group Pty Limited is the holding company under the first of the Deeds and those wholly owned subsidiaries party to The Ten Group Pty Limited Deed are listed in Note 25(a), reference note (i).

Eye Corp Pty Limited is the holding company under the second Deed of Cross Guarantee and those wholly owned subsidiaries party to the Eye Corp Pty Limited Deed are listed in Note 25(a), reference note (ii).

The controlled entities party to the Deeds of Cross Guarantee have been granted relief from the necessity to prepare a financial report and Directors’ report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended by Class Orders 98/2017, 00/0321, 01/1087, 02/0248 and 02/1017) issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. Under the Deeds of Cross Guarantee each of the companies party to each of the Deeds guarantees the debts of the other named companies.

An abridged consolidated statement of financial performance and consolidated statement of financial position, comprising The Ten Group Pty Limited and controlled entities which are a party to The Ten Group Pty Limited Deed, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, at 31 August is set out below:

Page 39


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

38   DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (continued)

                     
        Consolidated
        2003   2002
        $’000   $’000
Abridged Statement of financial performance
               
Profit/(loss) from ordinary activities before income tax
    63,884       (67,335 )
Income tax benefit/(expense) relating to ordinary activities
    27,894       (72,249 )
 
   
     
 
Profit/(loss) from ordinary activities after income tax
    91,778       (139,582 )
Profit/(loss) from extraordinary items after income tax
           
 
   
     
 
Net profit/(loss)
    91,778       (139,582 )
Retained profits at the beginning of year
    21,953       161,675  
Adjustment to retained profits at beginning of year on initial adoption of AASB 1020 Income Taxes
    (44,108 )      
 
   
     
 
 
    69,623       22,093  
Dividends provided or paid
    (53,602 )      
 
   
     
 
Retained earnings at end of year
    16,021       22,093  
 
   
     
 
Statement of financial position
               
 
Cash assets
    19,375       11,799  
 
Receivables
    116,641       147,241  
 
Inventories
    122,411       126,503  
 
Current tax receivable
          65,542  
 
Other
    1,076       3,883  
 
   
     
 
Total current assets
    259,503       354,968  
 
   
     
 
 
Receivables
    74,121       30,517  
 
Inventories
    3,005       1,565  
 
Investments accounted for using the equity method
    5,843        
 
Other financial assets
    27,119       27,528  
 
Property, plant and equipment
    71,806       62,698  
 
Intangibles
    1,077,823       1,077,823  
 
Other
    1,268        
 
   
     
 
Total non-current assets
    1,260,985       1,200,131  
 
   
     
 
Total assets
    1,520,488       1,555,099  
 
   
     
 
 
Payables
    204,494       143,137  
 
Provisions
    29,633       24,155  
 
   
     
 
Total current liabilities
    234,127       167,292  
 
   
     
 
 
Payables
    9,378       28,326  
 
Interest-bearing liabilities
    430,630       505,545  
 
Deferred tax liabilities
    224,286       32,042  
 
Provisions
    1,796       1,971  
 
   
     
 
Total non-current liabilities
    666,090       567,884  
 
   
     
 
Total liabilities
    900,217       735,176  
 
   
     
 
Net assets
    620,271       819,783  
 
   
     
 
   
Contributed equity
    59,934       45,500  
   
Reserves
    544,316       752,330  
   
Retained earnings
    16,021       22,093  
 
   
     
 
Total Equity
    620,271       819,923  
 
   
     
 

Page 40


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

38   DIVIDENDS

Dividends proposed or paid by the Company are:

                                         
    Cents   Total           Tax rate for        
    per   amount           franking   Percentage
    share   $’000   Date of Payment   credit   franked
2003
                                       
Dec – ordinary dividend proposed and paid
    6.6       30,032     20 December 2002     30 %     100 %
Jun – ordinary dividend proposed and paid
    5.1       23,570     30 June 2003     30 %     100 %
2002
                                       
Final – ordinary dividend paid
    14.2       66,221     20 December 2001     30 %     100 %
                         
            The Company        
    2003   2002   2001
    $’000   $’000   $’000
Dividend franking account
                       
Franking credits (30%) available for the subsequent financial year
    43,141       37,488       8,970  
 
   
     
     
 

The above amounts represent the balances of the franking accounts as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:

(a)   franking credits that will arise from the payment of income tax payable as at the reporting date;
 
(b)   franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends proposed or provided as at the reporting date;
 
(c)   franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at reporting date; and
 
(d)   franking credits that may be prevented from being distributed in the subsequent year.
 
39   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On 8 October 2003 the Directors declared a special dividend of 5.5 cents per share to be paid on 19 December 2003. The special dividend is a result of the additional distributable earnings from the implementation of the tax consolidations regime on 1 July 2003.

Except for the special dividend noted above, at the date of this report, no matters or circumstances have arisen since balance date that have significantly affected or may significantly affect:

  the operations in financial years subsequent to 31 August 2003 of the consolidated entity and the entities it controls from time to time; or
 
  the results of those operations; or
 
  the state of affairs in financial years subsequent to 31 August 2003 of the consolidated entity.

Page 41


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

The consolidated financial statements of The Ten Group Pty Limited are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applicable in Australia (“AUS GAAP”) (refer Note 1), which differ in some respects from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“US GAAP”).

The following are reconciliations of the net profit and shareholders’ equity applying US GAAP. This summary is not intended to be a comprehensive US GAAP report. All amounts are in Australian dollars.

(a)   Revaluation of Non-Current Assets
 
    Under AUS GAAP the consolidated entity may revalue certain assets from time to time to amounts supported by independent valuations. The revaluation increments and decrements are included in the consolidated entity’s asset revaluation reserve. Revalued buildings are depreciated over their estimated useful lives to the entity (land is not depreciated). Under US GAAP, revaluations of land and buildings, and profit and loss on sale of revalued buildings, are adjusted to reinstate the historical cost basis for US GAAP purposes.
 
(b)   Intangible Assets
 
    Under AUS GAAP, amounts paid on the acquisition of television licenses are not amortised. Under US GAAP, in the years prior to 2002, these intangible assets were amortised on a straight-line basis over forty years. Upon adoption of SFAS142 on September 1, 2001, the Company deemed these licenses to have an indefinite life and therefore ceased amortisation (see note 40(m) for further discussion on the adoption of SFAS142).
 
(c)   Investment Securities
 
    Under AUS GAAP, shares in listed securities (refer note 11) are carried at original cost unless a permanent diminution in the value of an equity security occurs. In circumstances where there has been a permanent diminution the loss is taken to the profit and loss statement. For US GAAP purposes, the Company, in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” classifies its quoted equity securities as available-for-sale. Accordingly, the securities are carried at fair value with changes in fair value (net of tax) being recorded as an item of other comprehensive income until realised. Realised gains and losses on securities classified as available-for-sale, along with the associated deferred tax, are recorded in earnings in the year of sale based on the specific identification of each individual security sold. A decline in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings, resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the security.
 
(d)   Executive Option Plan
 
    Under AUS GAAP, no charge attributable to the options issued under the Ten Executive Option Plan has been recognised in the profit and loss statements. Under US GAAP, the Company, as permitted by SFAS No. 123,, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,” follows the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related provisions in accounting for compensation expense related to the issuance of stock options. Under APB No. 25, the Ten Executive Option Plan would be treated as a variable stock award plan and, as such, the compensation expense recognised over the life of the plan would be adjusted in each accounting period for changes in the quoted market price of the shares. Compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the Company’s stock at the measurement date over the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options issued. The total compensation cost is amortised over the service (vesting) period. The compensation expense has no net equity impact as share capital is increased as the compensation cost is recorded over the vesting period.

Page 42


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)
 
(e)   Purchase Price Allocation
 
    Under AUS GAAP a deferred tax liability has been recognised in the current year representing predominantly the difference between the book and tax value of television licences arising from book value revaluations recorded against asset revaluation reserve. AASB 1020 “Income taxes” requires the company to revisit purchase price allocations on the acquisition of television licenses. The revaluation of licenses occurred partially as a pre-acquisition revaluation and subsequent to acquisition. Under AUS GAAP the deferred tax liability is therefore partially recorded against the asset revaluation reserve (reflecting the variance in book and tax values arising from equity) and partially against opening retained earnings (reflecting the variance in book and tax values from pre-acquisition revaluation reserves recorded against opening retained earnings in the Company’s purchase price accounting). No such opening retained earnings entry is recorded under US GAAP.
 
    US GAAP required deferred tax amounts to be recorded in purchase combinations. A deferred tax asset arose which was recognised on the basis that it is “more likely than not” that those amounts will be realised. Recognition of such deferred tax asset created negative goodwill, which the Company has proportionately allocated against certain non-current assets.
 
(f)   Developing Business
 
    Under AUS GAAP, costs incurred in the development of major new activities are capitalised until the operations have commenced on a commercial basis. Thereafter, these costs are amortised over the period that benefits are expected to be received. In 1999/2000, the Company invested in a joint venture which capitalised its development costs on this basis. In the following year, these costs were fully written off under AUS GAAP upon the closure of the joint venture. Under US GAAP, expenditures not satisfying the criteria for deferral are charged to operating income in the period incurred.
 
(g)   Capitalised Costs
 
    Under AUS GAAP material items of expenditure relating to the introduction of digital television are capitalised to the extent that management consider that it is probable that future economic benefits embodied in the expenditure will eventuate and can be reliably measured. Under US GAAP such development costs are written off as incurred.
 
(h)   Comprehensive Income
 
    SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” requires the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that, under US GAAP are excluded from net income.
 
(i)   Deferred Tax
 
    Under AUS GAAP, the Company changed its deferred tax accounting policy from the income statement method to the balance sheet method of tax-effect accounting.
 
    For US GAAP purposes, the Company utilises SFAS 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (the balance sheet method of tax effect accounting). In addition to the deferred tax accounting recognised in respect of business combinations, as described in note 40 (f), the deferred tax effects of the various differences between US GAAP and AUS GAAP are also recorded.
 
(j)   Tax consolidation
 
    During the year, the group adopted Australian tax consolidation legislation which allowed an uplift in the tax cost base of the underlying assets. The impact of the uplift is recorded in the groups deferred tax accounting. Under AUS GAAP, the uplift in the tax base of assets was recorded as a credit to income tax expense and asset revaluation reserve. This reflects the reversal of the income statement impact of the initial recognition of the deferred tax liability with the balance of the movement relating to the revaluation of assets. Under US GAAP, the full uplift in the tax base of assets is recorded direct to the income statement as no revaluation of assets is recorded under US GAAP as described in note 40 (a).

Page 43


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)
 
(k)   Derivative Instruments
 
    Under AUS GAAP derivative instruments are recognized in the financial statements to the extent described in note 31. For US GAAP purposes, SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” became applicable on September 1, 2000 and requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge and changes in the fair value of the hedge recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The Ten Group Pty has not designated its interest rate swaps as hedges in accordance with SFAS 133 and as a result the changes in the fair value are required to be recognized in earnings for US GAAP purposes.
 
(l)   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
    On September 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”) for USGAAP reporting purposes. In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill and other indefinite lived intangibles upon adoption. Historically, the Company had classified amortization of goodwill and other intangibles as a non-operating expense. In accordance with SFAS 142, 2001 results have not been restated for the effects of ceasing goodwill amortization.
 
    The adoption of SFAS 142 required the performance of a goodwill impairment test upon adoption. As of September 1, 2001, the Company had approximately $257 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of Eye Corp., in 2000. As the carrying amount of this goodwill exceeded its fair value it was determined to be impaired by $102 million. A charge was therefore recorded as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Statement of Operations for the year ended August 31, 2002 to reduce the goodwill to its recoverable amount.
 
    SFAS 142 further requires the performance of an impairment test for goodwill and other indefinite lived intangibles on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The remaining goodwill carrying value of $155 million was determined to be further impaired by $70 million and a charge was recorded as a non-operating expense to reduce the goodwill to its recoverable amount.
 
(m)   Cash Flow Statement
 
    The preparation of the Company’s Australian GAAP consolidated cash flow statement does not differ in any material respect from the preparation under US GAAP.
 
(n)   Recently issued financial accounting standards
 
    In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 149 (“SFAS 149”), Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Statement amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS 133. In particular, it (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in SFAS 133, (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component, (3) amends the definition of an underlying to conform it to the language used in FIN 45 and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except as stated below and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003.
 
    The provisions of SFAS 149 that relate to SFAS 133 Implementation Issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, should continue to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. In addition, certain provisions relating to forward purchases or sales of when-issued securities or other securities that do not yet exist, should be applied to existing contracts as well as new contracts entered into after June 30, 2003. SFAS 149 should be applied prospectively. The Company has adopted this Statement which had no material impact on its financial position.

Page 44


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)
 
(o)   Recently issued financial accounting standards (continued)

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 (“SFAS 150”), Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS 150 modifies the accounting for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as equity. The Statement requires that those instruments be classified as liabilities in statements of financial position. SFAS 150 affects an issuer’s accounting for three types of freestanding financial instruments, namely:

  -   Mandatorily redeemable shares, which the issuing company is obligated to buy back in exchange for cash or other assets.
 
  -   Financial Instruments, other than outstanding shares, that do or may require the issuer to buy back some of its equity shares in exchange for cash or other assets. These instruments include put options and forward purchase contracts.
 
  -   Unconditional obligations that can be settled with equity shares, the monetary value of which is fixed, tied solely or predominantly to a variable such as a market index, or varies inversely with the value of the issuer’s equity shares.

    SFAS 150 does not apply to features embedded in financial instruments that are not derivatives in their entirety. In addition to its requirements for the classification and measurement of financial instruments within its scope, SFAS 150 also requires disclosures about alternative ways of settling those instruments and the capital structure of entities, all of whose shares are mandatorily redeemable.
 
    SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. It is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in an accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance date of the Statement and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 150 on its results of operations and financial position.
 
    In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (FIN) 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”. This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee.
 
    This Interpretation does not prescribe a specific approach for subsequently measuring the guarantor’s recognized liability over the term of the related guarantee. This Interpretation also incorporates, without change, the guidance in FASB Interpretation No. 34, Disclosure of Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, which is being superseded. The disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal year 2003 and have been included in Note 37. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company, upon adoption of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No.51. In October 2003, the Board finalized the proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 46-e, Effective Date of Interpretation 46 (“FIN 46”), for Certain Interests Held by a Public Entity (“Proposed FSP”). FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The Final FSP allows public entities to defer the effective date for applying the provisions of FIN 46 to interests held by the public entity in certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or potential VIEs until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 if both of the following two conditions are met:

  1.   The VIE or potential VIE was created before February 1, 2003; and,
 
  2.   The public entity has not issued financial statements reporting that VIE in accordance with FIN 46, other than in disclosures required by paragraph 26 of FIN 46.

Page 45


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)
 
(o)   Recently issued financial accounting standards (continued)
 
    The Company does not expect the adoption of FIN 46 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
    The Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”) has not issued nor revised any accounting standards that are not effective for the fiscal periods reported upon in the consolidated financial statements.
 
    From 1 January 2005, all entities reporting under the Corporations Act will be required to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The impacts of IFRS will be confirmed once the standards have mandatory applicability.

Page 46


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 AUGUST 2003

40   UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Continued)

The application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as described above, would have had the following approximate effect on consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity.
                           
      2003   2002   2001
      (A$’000)   (A$’000)   (A$’’00)
Net income as reported in the profit and loss statements under AUS GAAP
    86,886       (128,491 )     55,268  
Adjustments required to accord with US GAAP
                       
 
Depreciation expense (a)
    10       56       56  
 
Intangible assets – amortisation expense (b)
                (6,776 )
 
Executive Option Plan (d)
    (2,656 )     (568 )     3,192  
 
Developing business (f)
                2,021  
 
Capitalised costs (g)
          5,036       (748 )
 
Increase in profit on sale of revalued assets (a)
                1,059  
 
Fair value of financial instruments (k)
    (9,521 )     2,302       (3,774 )
 
Amortisation of goodwill (l)
    2,805       10,043        
 
Additional writedown of goodwill to recoverable amount (l)
          (10,043 )      
 
Income tax consolidation (j)
    16,667              
 
Tax effect of adjustments (i)
    2,853       (2,218 )     (2,211 )
 
   
     
     
 
Net income under US GAAP
    97,044       (123,883 )     48,087  
 
   
     
     
 
Other comprehensive income:
                       
 
Foreign currency translation
    (431 )            
 
Unrealised holding gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities (net of tax)
          4,708       (16,555 )
 
   
     
     
 
Comprehensive income/(loss)
    96,613       (119,175 )     31,532  
 
   
     
     
 
 
      2003   2002
      (A$’000)   (A$’000)
Shareholders’ equity as reported in the balance sheet under AUS GAAP
    587,724       793,298          
Adjustments required to accord with US GAAP
                       
 
Impact of tax consolidation on revaluation of assets
    225,413                
 
Revaluation of assets (a)
    (751,270 )     (751,270 )        
 
Accumulated depreciation – PPE (a)
    12,919       12,909          
 
Accumulated amortisation – Intangibles (b)
    (50,629 )     (50,629 )        
 
Fair value of financial instruments (k)
    (10,993 )     (1,472 )        
 
Amortisation of goodwill (l)
    2,805       10,043          
 
Additional writedown of goodwill to recoverable amount (l)
          (10,043 )        
 
Impact of tax consolidation (j)
    44,115                
 
Tax effect of adjustments (i)
    22,513       19,660          
 
   
     
         
Shareholders’ equity under US GAAP
    82,597       22,496          
 
   
     
         
 
      2003
      (A$’000)
Reconciliation of US GAAP shareholders equity
                       
Opening shareholders equity under US GAAP
    22,496                  
 
US GAAP comprehensive income
    96,613                  
 
Share capital movements
    17,090                  
 
Dividends paid
    (53,602 )                
 
   
                 
Closing shareholders’ equity under US GAAP
    82,597                  
 
   
                 

Page 47


 

THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

The directors declare that the financial statements and notes set out on pages 2 to 37:

(a)   comply with Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting requirements;
 
(b)   give a true and fair view of the company’s and consolidated entity’s financial position as at 31 August 2003 and of their performance, as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows, for the financial year ended on that date; and
 
(c)   accounting principles generally accepted in Australia vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America would have affected the determination of consolidated shareholders’ equity and financial position, as of 31 August 2003 and 2002 and the determination of the consolidated results of operations for each of the three years ended 31 August 2003 to the extent summarised in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements.

In the directors’ opinion:

(a)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable; and
 
(b)   at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the subsidiaries identified in Note 25(a), reference note (i), will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee between the Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418.

SIGNED at Sydney on 8 October 2003 except for note 40 which is dated 20 February 2004, in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

(-s- [ILLEGIBLEE])


Director

Page 48


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE TEN GROUP PTY LIMITED

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of The Ten Group Pty Limited and its controlled entities as of 31 August, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of financial position and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 August 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Australia and the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in note 1(b) to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes in the year ended 31 August 2003.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Ten Group Pty Limited and its controlled entities at 31 August 2003 and 2002 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 August 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Australia.

Accounting principles generally accepted in Australia vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of the latter would have affected the determination of consolidated net income for each of the three years in the period ended 31 August 2003 and the determination of consolidated shareholders’ equity at 31 August 2003 and 2002 to the extent summarized in Note 40 to the consolidated financial statements.

(-s- PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS)

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Chartered Accountants

Sydney, Australia
8 October 2003

Page 49


 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
1.1   Articles of Incorporation of CanWest Media Inc., as amended. (1)
1.2   By-laws of CanWest Media Inc.(1)
4.1   Purchase Agreement, dated May 10, 2001, among CanWest Media Inc., the Guarantors identified therein, CIBC World Markets Corp., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., RBC Dominion Securities Corp. and TD Securities (USA) Inc.(1)
4.2   Indenture, dated as of May 17, 2001, among CanWest Media Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.(1)
4.3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2001, among CanWest Media Inc., the Guarantors named therein, CIBC World Markets Corp., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., RBC Dominion Securities Corp. and TD Securities (USA) Inc.(1)
4.4   Guarantee, dated as of May 17, 2001, executed by the Guarantors identified therein.(1)
4.5   Demand Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2001, among CanWest Media Inc., CanWest Communications Corporation and the Guarantors named therein.(1)
4.6   License Agreement #2000-13, dated October 6, 2000, between CanWest Global Broadcasting Inc. and Fireworks Distributing Corporation.(1)
4.7   Development Letter Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1999, between CanWest Global Broadcasting Inc. and Fireworks Media Inc.(1)
4.8   License Agreement #2000-12, dated August 16, 2000, between CanWest Global Broadcasting Inc. and Fireworks Distributing Corporation.(1)
4.9   Letter Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2000, between Global Television Network Inc. and Fireworks Entertainment.(1)
4.10   Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2000, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and Gerry Noble.(1)
4.11   Television License Agreement, dated November 20, 2000, between CanWest Entertainment International Distribution and TV3 Network Service Ltd. (1)
4.12   Television License Agreement, dated November 20, 2000, between CanWest Entertainment International Distribution and TV3 Network Services Ltd.(1)
4.13   Standard Television Agreement, dated August 12,

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
    1998, between CanWest Global Broadcasting Inc. and Fireworks Entertainment Inc., as amended. (1)
4.14   Transaction Agreement, dated July 30, 2000, among Hollinger International Inc., Southam Inc. (n/k/a XSTM Holdings (2000) Inc.), Hollinger Canadian Newspapers, Limited Partnership and HCN Publications Company and CanWest Global Communications Corporation. (1)
4.15   Amending Agreement to the Transaction Agreement, dated November 15, 2000, among Hollinger International Inc., Southam Inc. (n/k/a XSTM Holdings (2000) Inc.), Hollinger Canadian Newspapers, Limited Partnership and HCN Publications Company and CanWest Global Communications Corporation.(1)
4.16   Services Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among CanWest Global Communications Corporation, The National Post Company and Hollinger International Inc.(1)
4.17   Transition Services Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among CanWest Global Communications Corporation, Hollinger Canadian Newspapers G.P. Inc. and Hollinger Canadian Operating Company.(1)
4.18   Services Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among CanWest Global Communications Corporation, Hollinger Canadian Newspapers G.P. Inc. and Hollinger Canadian Operating Company.(1)
4.19   Employee Interim Services Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among Hollinger International Inc., Hollinger Canadian Newspapers, Limited Partnership and CanWest Global Communications Corporation. (1)
4.20   Pension and Employee Benefit Plans Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among Hollinger International Inc., Southam Inc. (n/k/a XSTM Holdings (2000) Inc.), Hollinger Canadian Newspapers, Limited Partnership, HCN Publications Company, Hollinger Canadian Operating Company ULC and CanWest Global Communications Corporation.(1)
4.21   Asset Transfer Agreement, dated November 15, 2000, between 3815668 Canada Inc. and CanWest Media Inc.(1)
4.22   Trust Indenture, dated as of November 15, 2000, between CanWest Media Inc. and CanWest Global Communications Corporation.(1)
4.23   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2000, among CanWest Media Inc., as borrower, CanWest Global Communications Corp., as guarantor, the financial institutions identified on the signature pages thereto, as lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as co-lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as co-lead arranger, joint

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
    bookrunner and administrative agent, and Bank of America Canada, as arranger and documentation agent.(1)
4.24   Collateral Covenant Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2000, among each of the parties listed in Schedule “A” thereto, as guarantors, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent.(1)
4.25   Form of Guarantee among each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.1 hereto, as guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent and the persons listed as lenders in the Credit Agreement dated November 7, 2000 (included in Exhibit 10.19).(1)
4.26   Form of Securities Pledge Agreement between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.2 hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent.(1)
4.27   Form of Security Agreement between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.3 hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent.(1)
4.28   Form of Note Pledge Agreement between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.4 hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent.(1)
4.29   Southam Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of June 6, 1994, between Southam Inc. (n/k/a XSTM Holdings (2000) Inc.) and Don Babick. (1)
4.30   Amendment to Southam Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of June 29, 1994, between Southam Inc. (n/k/a XSTM Holdings (2000) Inc.) and Don Babick.(1)
4.31   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 8, 1999, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and Cathton Holdings Ltd.(1)
4.32   Amended and Restated Master Agreement, dated November 8, 1999, among CanWest Global Communications Corp., Shaw Communications Inc., Corus Entertainment Inc. and WIC Western International Communications Ltd. (1)
4.33   Proposed Purchase of Corus Class B Shares, dated as of February 18, 2000, among Liberty CJR Inc., Corus Entertainment Inc., Shaw Communications Inc., CanWest Global Communications Corp., and WIC Western International Communications Ltd.(1)
4.34   Amalgamation Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2000, between WIC Western International Communications Ltd. and CW Newco Inc.(1)
4.35   Management Services Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among The Ravelston Corporation Limited, CanWest Global Communications Corporation and The National Post Company.(1)
4.36   Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2000, among Global Communications Limited, NP Holdings Company and 3048510 Nova Scotia Company.(1)

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
4.37   Asset Transfer Agreement, dated November 15, 2000, between CanWest Media Inc. and Global Television Network Inc.(1)
4.38   Asset Transfer Agreement, dated November 15, 2000, between Global Television Network Inc. and Global Communications Limited.(1)
4.39   Variation Deed, entered into in August 1998, among CanWest Global Communications Corp., CGS International Holdings (Netherlands) B.V., CGS Shareholding (Netherlands) B.V., CGS Debenture Holding (Netherlands) B.V., The Ten Group Pty. Limited, Ten Network Holdings Limited, Telecasters North Queensland Limited, TNQ Television Limited, Donholken Pty. Limited, Selli Pty. Limited, Turnand Pty. Limited and Numeration Pty. Limited.(1)
4.40   Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of November 7, 2000, among CanWest Television NZ Limited, TV3 Network Services Limited, TV4 Network Limited, Global Television Properties Limited, CanWest NZ Television Holdings Limited, CanWest NZ Finance Limited, CanWest NZ Radio Holdings Limited, CanWest Radio NZ Limited and Media Investments Limited and The Bank of Nova Scotia.(1)
4.41   Share Pledge Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, between CGS International Holdings (Netherlands) B.V. and The Bank of Nova Scotia. (1)
4.42   Form of Deed of Mortgaged Shares between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.5 hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.(1)
4.43   Form of Charge between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.6 hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.(1)
4.44   Form of Pledge Agreement by each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.7 hereto in favor of The Bank of Nova Scotia.(1)
4.45   Form of Exchange Agent Agreement between CanWest Media Inc. and The Bank of New York, as exchange agent.(1)
4.46   Share Purchase Agreement, dated April 12, 2001, among L.R. Sherman, CanWest Television Inc., CHUM Limited and Global Television Network Inc.(2)
4.47   Amalgamation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, among Global Communications Limited, CanWest Broadcasting (2001) LTD., CanWest Television Inc., CanWest Properties Limited, and 4434129 Manitoba LTD., Formerly 3649091 Canada LTD. (3)
4.48   Amending Agreement to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, dated as of September 5, 2001, among CanWest Media Inc., as borrower, CanWest Global Communications Corp., as guarantor, the financial institutions identified on the

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
    signature pages thereto, as lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as co-lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as co-lead arranger, joint bookrunner and administration agent, and Bank of America Canada, as arranger and documentation agent. (3)
4.49   Retirement Compensation Arrangement Plan, dated January 1, 2002, approved on behalf of CanWest Global Communications Corp. (3)
4.50   Retirement Compensation Arrangement Trust Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2002, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and Royal Trust Corporation of Canada. (3)
4.51   General Conveyance, dated as of March 31, 2002, between NP Holdings Company and Global Television Network Inc. (3)
4.52   Letter Agreement, dated May 22,2002, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and Richard C. Camilleri. (3)
4.53   Amending Agreement No. 2 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, dated as of July 15, 2002, among CanWest Media Inc., as borrower, CanWest Global Communications Corp., as guarantor, the financial institutions identified on the signature pages thereto, as lenders, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as co-lead arranger, joint bookrunner and administrative agent, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as co-lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as arranger and documentation agent. (3)
4.54   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 6, 2002, between CanWest Media Inc. and The Bank of New York. (3)
4.55   Letter Agreement, dated August 6, 2002, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and TV3 Television Network Limited. (3)
4.56   Share Purchase Agreement, dated August 8, 2002, among Global Communications Limited, G.T.C. Transcontinental Group LTD., and CanWest Global Communications Corp. (3)
4.57   Letter Agreement, dated January 8, 2003, between CanWest Media Inc. on behalf of CanWest Publications Inc. and Donald Babick. (3)
4.58   Share Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2003, among Global Communications Limited, CanWest Global Communications Corp., and Osprey Media Holdings Inc. (3)
4.59   Letter Agreement, dated February 3, 2003, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. on behalf of Global Television Network Inc. and Gerry Noble. (3)
4.60   Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, and Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2003, between CanWest Global Communications Corp. and Global Communications Limited, and

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
    Osprey Media Holdings Inc. (3)
4.61   Form of Amended and Restated Advertising Representation Agreement, dated February 14, 2003, between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.8 and CanWest Media Sales Limited. (3)
4.62   Form of Amended and Restated CanWest News Services Agreement, dated February 14, 2003, between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.9 and CanWest Publications Inc. (3)
4.63   Pension and Employee Benefit Plans Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2003, among Global Communications Limited, CanWest Global Communications Corp., and Osprey Media Holdings Inc. (3)
4.64   Transitional Services Agreement, dated February 14, 2003, between CanWest Publications Inc. and Osprey Media Holdings Inc. (3)
4.65   Form of Amended and Restated CanWest Editorial Services Agreement, dated February 14, 2003, between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.10 and CanWest Publications Inc. (3)
4.66   Form of Amended and Restated Electronic Distribution Agreement, dated February 14, 2003, between each of the entities listed in Exhibit 10.11 and Infomart Limited. (3)
4.67   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 27, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the guarantors identified therein and The Bank of New York. (4)
4.68   Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., the Guarantors identified therein, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., RBC Dominion Securities Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and TD Securities (USA) Inc. (4)
4.69   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., RBC Dominion Securities Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and TD Securities (USA) Inc. (4)
4.70   Guarantee, dated as of April 3, 2003, executed by the Guarantors identified therein (4)
4.71   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the guarantors identified therein and The Bank of New York. (4)
4.72   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the New Guarantors and The Bank of New York. (5)
4.73   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the New Guarantors and The Bank of New York. (5)
4.74   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 25, 2004, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the New Guarantors and The Bank of New York.
4.75   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 25, 2004, among CanWest Media Inc., each of the New Guarantors and The Bank of New York.
4.76   Letter Agreement, dated December 2, 2002 between CanWest Global Communications Corp. on behalf of CanWest Publications Inc. and Bob Calvert.
4.77   Letter Agreement, dated January 27, 2003 between CanWest Media Inc. and Bob Calvert.
4.78   Amending Agreement No. 3 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, dated as of March 27, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., as borrower, CanWest Global Communications Corp., as guarantor, the financial institutions identified on the signature pages thereto, as lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America Canada.
4.79   Amending Agreement No. 4 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities dated as of August 29, 2003, among CanWest Media Inc., CanWest Global Communications Corp., the financial institutions identified on the signature pages thereto, as lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America Canada.
7   Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

 


 

             
Exhibit No.   Exhibit   Page No.

 
 
8   See Item 4C. Organizational Structure in Part I of this Annual Report.
10.1   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.25. (1)
10.2   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.26. (1)
10.3   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.27. (1)
10.4   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.28. (1)
10.5   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.42. (1)
10.6   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.43.(1)
10.7   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.44.(1)
10.8   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.60.(3)
10.9   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.61.(3)
10.10   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.64.(3)
10.11   List of entities party to the form of agreement in Exhibit 4.65.(3)
12.1   Certifications required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)
12.2   Certifications required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)
13.1   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as
    adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
    of 2002
13.2   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


(1)   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of the Company filed on September 4, 2001, SEC File Number 333-00000 and incorporated by reference herein.
 
(2)   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company filed on February 28, 2002, SEC File Number 333-13878 and incorporated by reference herein.
 
(3)   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company filed on February 28, 2003, SEC File Number 333-13878 and incorporated by reference herein.
 
(4)   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of the Company filed on June 18, 2003, SEC File Number 333-10625 and incorporated by reference herein.
 
(5)   Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form F-3 of the Company filed on September 25, 2003, SEC File Number 333-109123 and incorporated by reference herein.

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

         
CANWEST MEDIA INC.
         
By:   /s/ JOHN MAGUIRE    
   
   
Name:
Title:
  John Maguire
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
Date: February 26, 2004